LAKELAND BANCORP INC - Annual Report: 2013 (Form 10-K)
Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
x | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013. |
¨ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO . |
Commission file number: 000-17820
LAKELAND BANCORP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
New Jersey | 22-2953275 | |
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) | |
250 Oak Ridge Road, Oak Ridge, New Jersey | 07438 | |
(Address of principal executive offices) | (Zip code) |
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (973) 697-2000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class | Name of each exchange on which registered | |
Common Stock, no par value | NASDAQ |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ¨ No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large accelerated filer ¨ |
Accelerated filer x | |
Non-accelerated filer ¨ |
Smaller Reporting Company ¨ |
Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x
As of June 30, 2013, the aggregate market value of the registrants common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $342,000,000, based on the closing sale price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
The number of shares outstanding of the registrants common stock, as of March 1, 2014, was 36,100,437.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:
None.
Table of Contents
Form 10-K Index
PART I | ||||||
PAGE | ||||||
Item 1. |
1 | |||||
Item 1A. |
14 | |||||
Item 1B. |
20 | |||||
Item 2. |
20 | |||||
Item 3. |
21 | |||||
Item 3A. |
21 | |||||
Item 4. |
22 | |||||
PART II | ||||||
Item 5. |
23 | |||||
Item 6. |
25 | |||||
Item 7. |
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
26 | ||||
Item 7A. |
51 | |||||
Item 8. |
52 | |||||
Item 9. |
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
109 | ||||
Item 9A. |
109 | |||||
Item 9B. |
112 | |||||
PART III | ||||||
Item 10. |
113 | |||||
Item 11. |
117 | |||||
Item 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
146 | ||||
Item 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
149 | ||||
Item 14. |
150 | |||||
PART IV | ||||||
Item 15. |
152 | |||||
156 |
-i-
Table of Contents
ITEM 1Business. |
GENERAL
Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. (the Company or Lakeland Bancorp) is a bank holding company headquartered in Oak Ridge, New Jersey. The Company was organized in March of 1989 and commenced operations on May 19, 1989, upon the consummation of the acquisition of all of the outstanding stock of Lakeland Bank, formerly named Lakeland State Bank (Lakeland or the Bank or Lakeland Bank). Through Lakeland, the Company currently operates 52 banking offices, located in Bergen, Essex, Morris, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex, Union and Warren counties in New Jersey. Lakeland offers a full range of lending services, including commercial loans and leases, real estate and consumer loans to small and medium-sized businesses, professionals and individuals located in its markets.
The Company has shown substantial growth through a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. Since 1998, Lakeland has opened 27 new branch offices (including acquired branches). The Company has acquired five community banks with an aggregate asset total of approximately $1.1 billion at the date of acquisition, including the acquisition of Somerset Hills Bank and its parent, Somerset Hills Bancorp (Somerset Hills), which closed on May 31, 2013. All of the acquired banks have been merged into Lakeland and their holding companies, if applicable, have been merged into the Company.
At the time of acquisition, Somerset Hills had $356.1 million in total assets, $10.4 million in investment securities, $246.5 million in loans (including $2.5 million in mortgages held for sale), and $311.8 million in deposits ($80.8 million in non-interest bearing demand deposits and $231.0 million in interest-bearing deposits) at fair value. Goodwill amounted to $22.9 million and Core Deposit Intangibles were $2.7 million. Merger related costs totaled $2.8 million in 2013.
At December 31, 2013, Lakeland Bancorp had total consolidated assets of $3.3 billion, total consolidated deposits of $2.7 billion, total consolidated loans, net of the allowance for loan and lease losses, of $2.4 billion and total consolidated stockholders equity of $351.4 million.
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (Forward-Looking Statements). Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in such Forward-Looking Statements. Certain factors which could materially affect such results and the future performance of the Company are described in Item 1ARisk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Unless otherwise indicated, all weighted average, actual shares and per share information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been adjusted retroactively for the effect of stock dividends, including the Companys 5% stock dividend which was distributed on April 16, 2012.
Commercial Bank Services
Through Lakeland, the Company offers a broad range of lending, depository, and related financial services to individuals, small to medium sized businesses and municipalities located primarily in northern and central New Jersey. In the lending area, these services include short and medium term loans, lines of credit, letters of credit, interest rate swaps, inventory and accounts receivable financing, real estate construction loans, mortgage loans and merchant credit card services. In addition to commercial real estate loans, Lakeland makes commercial and industrial loans, which are not always secured by real estate. Lakelands Equipment Finance Division provides a solution to small and medium sized companies who prefer to finance equipment over other financial alternatives. Lakelands Asset Based Loan Department provides commercial borrowers with another lending alternative.
-1-
Table of Contents
Depository products include demand deposits, as well as savings, money market and time accounts. The Company also offers wire transfer, internet banking, mobile banking and night depository services to the business community and municipal relationships. In addition, Lakeland offers cash management services, such as remote capture of deposits and overnight sweep repurchase agreements.
Consumer Banking
Lakeland also offers a broad range of consumer banking services, including checking accounts, savings accounts, NOW accounts, money market accounts, certificates of deposit, internet banking, mobile banking, secured and unsecured loans, consumer installment loans, home equity loans, mortgage loans, and safe deposit services. Lakeland also provides wealth management services.
As a result of the merger with Somerset Hills, Lakeland acquired a mortgage company subsidiary, which originates and sells residential mortgage loans, and a 50% interest in a title insurance company.
Other Services
Investment and advisory services for individuals and businesses are also available.
Competition
Lakeland faces considerable competition in its market areas for deposits and loans from other depository institutions. Many of Lakelands depository institution competitors have substantially greater resources, broader geographic markets, and higher lending limits than Lakeland and are also able to provide more services and make greater use of media advertising. In recent years, intense market demands, economic pressures, increased customer awareness of products and services, and the availability of electronic services have forced banking institutions to diversify their services and become more cost-effective.
Lakeland also competes with credit unions, brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market mutual funds, consumer finance companies, mortgage companies and other financial companies, some of which are not subject to the same degree of regulation and restrictions as Lakeland in attracting deposits and making loans. Interest rates on deposit accounts, convenience of facilities, products and services, and marketing are all significant factors in the competition for deposits. Competition for loans comes from other commercial banks, savings institutions, insurance companies, consumer finance companies, credit unions, mortgage banking firms and other institutional lenders. Lakeland primarily competes for loan originations through its structuring of loan transactions and the overall quality of service it provides. Competition is affected by the availability of lendable funds, general and local economic conditions, market interest rates, and other factors that are not readily predictable.
The Company expects that the level of competition will continue in the future.
Concentration
The Company is not dependent for deposits or exposed by loan concentrations to a single customer or a small group of customers the loss of any one or more of which would have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition of the Company.
Employees
At December 31, 2013, the Company had 550 full-time equivalent employees. None of these employees is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. The Company considers relations with its employees to be good.
-2-
Table of Contents
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
The Company is a registered bank holding company under the federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the Holding Company Act), and is required to file with the Federal Reserve Board an annual report and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Holding Company Act. The Company is subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board.
Lakeland is a state chartered banking association subject to supervision and examination by the Department of Banking and Insurance of the State of New Jersey (the Department) and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC). The regulations of the State of New Jersey and FDIC govern most aspects of Lakelands business, including reserves against deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends, and location of branch offices. Lakeland is subject to certain restrictions imposed by law on, among other things, (i) the maximum amount of obligations of any one person or entity which may be outstanding at any one time, (ii) investments in stock or other securities of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, and (iii) the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower.
The Holding Company Act
The Holding Company Act limits the activities which may be engaged in by the Company and its subsidiaries to those of banking, the ownership and acquisition of assets and securities of banking organizations, and the management of banking organizations, and to certain non-banking activities which the Federal Reserve Board finds, by order or regulation, to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling a bank as to be a proper incident thereto. The Federal Reserve Board is empowered to differentiate between activities by a bank holding company or a subsidiary thereof and activities commenced by acquisition of a going concern.
With respect to non-banking activities, the Federal Reserve Board has by regulation determined that several non-banking activities are closely related to banking within the meaning of the Holding Company Act and thus may be performed by bank holding companies. Although the Companys management periodically reviews other avenues of business opportunities that are included in that regulation, the Company has no present plans to engage in any of these activities other than providing investment brokerage services.
With respect to the acquisition of banking organizations, the Company is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may, by merger, purchase or otherwise, directly or indirectly acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank or bank holding company, if, after such acquisition, it will own or control more than 5% of the voting shares of such bank or bank holding company.
Regulation of Bank Subsidiaries
There are various legal limitations, including Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which govern the extent to which a bank subsidiary may finance or otherwise supply funds to its holding company or its holding companys non-bank subsidiaries. Under federal law, no bank subsidiary may, subject to certain limited exceptions, make loans or extensions of credit to, or investments in the securities of, its parent or the non-bank subsidiaries of its parent (other than direct subsidiaries of such bank which are not financial subsidiaries) or take their securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. Each bank subsidiary is also subject to collateral security requirements for any loans or extensions of credit permitted by such exceptions.
Commitments to Affiliated Institutions
The policy of the Federal Reserve Board provides that a bank holding company is expected to act as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks and to commit resources to support such subsidiary banks in circumstances in which it might not do so absent such policy.
-3-
Table of Contents
Interstate Banking
The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994 permits bank holding companies to acquire banks in states other than their home state, regardless of applicable state law. New Jersey enacted legislation to authorize interstate banking and branching and the entry into New Jersey of foreign country banks. New Jersey did not authorize de novo branching into the state. However, under federal law, federal savings banks, which meet certain conditions, may branch de novo into a state, regardless of state law. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act) removes the restrictions on interstate branching contained in the Riegle-Neal Act, and allows national banks and state banks to establish branches in any state if, under the laws of the state in which the branch is to be located, a state bank chartered by that state would be permitted to establish the branch.
Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999
The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999 (the Modernization Act) became effective in early 2000. The Modernization Act:
| allows bank holding companies meeting management, capital, and Community Reinvestment Act standards to engage in a substantially broader range of non-banking activities than previously was permissible, including insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments in commercial and financial companies; if a bank holding company elects to become a financial holding company, it files a certification, effective in 30 days, and thereafter may engage in certain financial activities without further approvals; |
| allows insurers and other financial services companies to acquire banks; |
| removes various restrictions that previously applied to bank holding company ownership of securities firms and mutual fund advisory companies; and |
| establishes the overall regulatory structure applicable to bank holding companies that also engage in insurance and securities operations. |
The Modernization Act also modified other financial laws, including laws related to financial privacy and community reinvestment.
The USA PATRIOT Act
In response to the events of September 11, 2001, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the USA PATRIOT Act), was signed into law on October 26, 2001. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government new powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act encourages information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.
Among other requirements, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act imposes the following requirements with respect to financial institutions:
| All financial institutions must establish anti-money laundering programs that include, at a minimum: (i) internal policies, procedures, and controls; (ii) specific designation of an anti-money laundering compliance officer; (iii) ongoing employee training programs; and (iv) an independent audit function to test the anti-money laundering program. |
| The Secretary of the Department of the Treasury, in conjunction with other bank regulators, was authorized to issue regulations that provide for minimum standards with respect to customer identification at the time new accounts are opened. |
-4-
Table of Contents
| Financial institutions that establish, maintain, administer, or manage private banking accounts or correspondent accounts in the United States for non-United States persons or their representatives (including foreign individuals visiting the United States) are required to establish appropriate, specific and, where necessary, enhanced due diligence policies, procedures, and controls designed to detect and report money laundering. |
| Financial institutions are prohibited from establishing, maintaining, administering or managing correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks (foreign banks that do not have a physical presence in any country), and will be subject to certain record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks. |
| Bank regulators are directed to consider a holding companys effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications. |
The United States Treasury Department has issued a number of implementing regulations which address various requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act and are applicable to financial institutions such as Lakeland. These regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
On July 30, 2002, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the SOA) was signed into law. The stated goals of the SOA are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws.
The SOA generally applies to all companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., that file or are required to file periodic reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the SEC) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act).
The SOA includes very specific additional disclosure requirements and corporate governance rules, requires the SEC and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules and mandates further studies of certain issues by the SEC and the Comptroller General. The SOA represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and to state corporate law, such as the relationship between a board of directors and management and between a board of directors and its committees.
The SOA addresses, among other matters:
| audit committees for all reporting companies; |
| certification of financial statements by the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer; |
| the forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuers securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement; |
| a prohibition on insider trading during pension plan black out periods; |
| disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions; |
| a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers (other than loans made by an insured depository institution (as defined in the Federal Deposit Insurance Act), if the loan is subject to the insider lending restrictions of Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act); |
| expedited filing requirements for Form 4s; |
-5-
Table of Contents
| disclosure of a code of ethics and filing a Form 8-K for a change or waiver of such code; |
| real time filing of periodic reports; |
| the formation of a public accounting oversight board; |
| auditor independence; and |
| various increased criminal penalties for violations of the securities laws. |
The SEC has enacted various rules to implement various provisions of the SOA with respect to, among other matters, disclosure in periodic filings pursuant to the Exchange Act.
Regulation W
Transactions between a bank and its affiliates are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under the Federal Reserve Act. The Federal Deposit Insurance Act applies Sections 23A and 23B to insured nonmember banks in the same manner and to the same extent as if they were members of the Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board has also issued Regulation W, which codifies prior regulations under Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and interpretative guidance with respect to affiliate transactions. Regulation W incorporates the exemption from the affiliate transaction rules but expands the exemption to cover the purchase of any type of loan or extension of credit from an affiliate. Affiliates of a bank include, among other entities, the banks holding company and companies that are under common control with the bank. The Company is considered to be an affiliate of Lakeland. In general, subject to certain specified exemptions, a bank or its subsidiaries are limited in their ability to engage in covered transactions with affiliates:
| to an amount equal to 10% of the banks capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with any one affiliate; and |
| to an amount equal to 20% of the banks capital and surplus, in the case of covered transactions with all affiliates. |
In addition, a bank and its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions and other specified transactions only on terms and under circumstances that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank or its subsidiary, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. A covered transaction includes:
| a loan or extension of credit to an affiliate; |
| a purchase of, or an investment in, securities issued by an affiliate; |
| a purchase of assets from an affiliate, with some exceptions; |
| the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral for a loan or extension of credit to any party; and |
| the issuance of a guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit on behalf of an affiliate. |
In addition, under Regulation W:
| a bank and its subsidiaries may not purchase a low-quality asset from an affiliate; |
| covered transactions and other specified transactions between a bank or its subsidiaries and an affiliate must be on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices; and |
| with some exceptions, each loan or extension of credit by a bank to an affiliate must be secured by certain types of collateral with a market value ranging from 100% to 130%, depending on the type of collateral, of the amount of the loan or extension of credit. |
Regulation W generally excludes all non-bank and non-savings association subsidiaries of banks from treatment as affiliates, except to the extent that the Federal Reserve Board decides to treat these subsidiaries as affiliates.
-6-
Table of Contents
Community Reinvestment Act
Under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), as implemented by FDIC regulations, a state bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institutions discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community. The CRA requires the FDIC, in connection with its examination of a state non-member bank, to assess the banks record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by the bank. Under the FDICs CRA evaluation system, the FDIC focuses on three tests: (i) a lending test, to evaluate the institutions record of making loans in its service areas; (ii) an investment test, to evaluate the institutions record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and businesses; and (iii) a service test, to evaluate the institutions delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.
Securities and Exchange Commission
The common stock of the Company is registered with the SEC under the Exchange Act. As a result, the Company and its officers, directors, and major stockholders are obligated to file certain reports with the SEC. The Company is subject to proxy and tender offer rules promulgated pursuant to the Exchange Act. You may read and copy any document the Company files with the SEC at the SECs Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the Public Reference Room. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, such as the Company.
The Company maintains a website at http://www.lakelandbank.com. The Company makes available on its website the proxy statements and reports on Forms 8-K, 10-K and 10-Q that it files with the SEC as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Additionally, the Company has adopted and posted on its website a Code of Ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. The Company intends to disclose any amendments to or waivers of the Code of Ethics on its website.
Effect of Government Monetary Policies
The earnings of the Company are and will be affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had, and will likely continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through the Boards power to implement national monetary policy in order to, among other things, curb inflation or combat a recession. The Federal Reserve Board has a major effect upon the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its open market operations in United States government securities and through its regulation of, among other things, the discount rate of borrowings of banks and the reserve requirements against bank deposits. The policies of the Federal Reserve Board, such as its bond-buying program referred to as quantitative easing, and the tapering of such program, affects interest rates. It is not possible to predict the nature and impact of future changes in monetary fiscal policies.
Dividend Restrictions
The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from Lakeland. Virtually all of the revenue of the Company available for payment of dividends on its capital stock will result from amounts paid to the Company by Lakeland. All such dividends are subject to various limitations imposed by federal and state laws and by regulations and policies adopted by federal and state regulatory agencies. Under state law, a bank may not pay
-7-
Table of Contents
dividends unless, following the dividend payment, the capital stock of the bank would be unimpaired and either (a) the bank will have a surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or, if not, (b) the payment of the dividend will not reduce the surplus of the bank.
If, in the opinion of the FDIC, a bank under its jurisdiction is engaged in or is about to engage in an unsafe or unsound practice (which could include the payment of dividends), the FDIC may require, after notice and hearing, that such bank cease and desist from such practice or, as a result of an unrelated practice, require the bank to limit dividends in the future. The Federal Reserve Board has similar authority with respect to bank holding companies. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have issued policy statements which provide that insured banks and bank holding companies should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings. Regulatory pressures to reclassify and charge off loans and to establish additional loan loss reserves can have the effect of reducing current operating earnings and thus impacting an institutions ability to pay dividends. Further, as described herein, the regulatory authorities have established guidelines with respect to the maintenance of appropriate levels of capital by a bank or bank holding company under their jurisdiction. Compliance with the standards set forth in these policy statements and guidelines could limit the amount of dividends which the Company and Lakeland may pay. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA), banking institutions which are deemed to be undercapitalized will, in most instances, be prohibited from paying dividends. See FDICIA. See also New Capital Rules.
Capital Adequacy Guidelines
The Federal Reserve Board has adopted risk-based capital guidelines. These guidelines establish minimum levels of capital and require capital adequacy to be measured in part upon the degree of risk associated with certain assets. Under current guidelines, all banks and bank holding companies must have a core or Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 4% and a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of at least 8%. At December 31, 2013, the Companys Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio and total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio were 11.73% and 12.98%, respectively.
In addition, the Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have approved leverage ratio guidelines (Tier 1 capital to average quarterly assets, less goodwill) for bank holding companies such as the Company. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for bank holding companies that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest regulatory rating. All other holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 3% plus an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis points. The Companys leverage ratio was 8.90% at December 31, 2013.
See FDICIA and New Capital Rules.
FDICIA
Enacted in December 1991, FDICIA substantially revised the bank regulatory provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and several other federal banking statutes. Among other things, FDICIA requires federal banking agencies to broaden the scope of regulatory corrective action taken with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements and to take such actions promptly in order to minimize losses to the FDIC. Under FDICIA, federal banking agencies were required to establish minimum levels of capital (including both a leverage limit and a risk-based capital requirement) and specify for each capital measure the levels at which depository institutions will be considered well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized.
Under regulations adopted under these provisions, for an institution to be well capitalized it must have a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5% and not be subject to any specific capital order or directive. For an institution to be adequately capitalized it must have a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least
-8-
Table of Contents
4% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4% (or in some cases 3%). Under the regulations, an institution will be deemed to be undercapitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 4%, or a Tier 1 leverage ratio of less than 4% (or in some cases 3%). An institution will be deemed to be significantly undercapitalized if it has a total risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that is less than 3%, or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% and will be deemed to be critically undercapitalized if it has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets that is equal to or less than 2%. An institution may be deemed to be in a capitalization category that is lower than is indicated by its actual capital position if it receives an unsatisfactory examination rating or is deemed to be in an unsafe or unsound condition or to be engaging in unsafe or unsound practices. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland met all regulatory requirements for classification as well capitalized under the current regulatory framework.
See New Capital Rules below.
Additional Regulation of Capital
The current federal regulatory authorities risk-based capital guidelines are based upon the 1988 capital accord (Basel I) of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the Basel Committee). The Basel Committee is a committee of central banks and bank supervisors/regulators from the major industrialized countries that develops broad policy guidelines for use by each countrys supervisors in determining the supervisory policies and regulations to which they apply. Actions of the Committee have no direct effect on banks in participating countries. In 2004, the Basel Committee published a new capital accord (Basel II) to replace Basel I. Basel II provides two approaches for setting capital standards for credit riskan internal ratings-based approach tailored to individual institutions circumstances and a standardized approach that bases risk weightings on external credit assessments to a much greater extent than permitted in existing risk-based capital guidelines. Basel II also would set capital requirements for operational risk and refine the existing capital requirements for market risk exposures.
In 2009, the United States Treasury Department issued a policy statement (the Treasury Policy Statement) entitled Principles for Reforming the U.S. and International Regulatory Capital Framework for Banking Firms, which contemplates changes to the existing regulatory capital regime involving substantial revisions to major parts of the Basel I and Basel II capital frameworks and affecting all regulated banking organizations. The Treasury Policy Statement calls for, among other things, higher and stronger capital requirements for all banking firms, with changes to the regulatory capital framework to be phased in over a period of several years.
On December 17, 2009, the Basel Committee issued a set of proposals (the 2009 Capital Proposals) that would significantly revise the definitions of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Among other things, the 2009 Capital Proposals would re-emphasize that common equity is the predominant component of Tier 1 capital. Concurrently with the release of the 2009 Capital Proposals, the Basel Committee also released a set of proposals related to liquidity risk exposure (the 2009 Liquidity Proposals). The 2009 Liquidity Proposals include the implementation of (i) a liquidity coverage ratio or LCR, designed to ensure that a bank maintains an adequate level of unencumbered, high-quality assets sufficient to meet the banks liquidity needs over a 30-day time horizon under an acute liquidity stress scenario and (ii) a net stable funding ratio or NSFR, designed to promote more medium and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banks over a one-year time horizon.
The Dodd-Frank Act includes certain provisions, often referred to as the Collins Amendment, concerning the capital requirements of the United States banking regulators. These provisions are intended to subject bank holding companies to the same capital requirements as their bank subsidiaries and to eliminate or significantly reduce the use of hybrid capital instruments, especially trust preferred securities, as regulatory capital. Under the Collins Amendment, trust preferred securities issued by a company, such as Lakeland Bancorp, with total consolidated assets of less than $15 billion before May 19, 2010 and treated as regulatory capital are grandfathered, but any such securities issued later are not eligible as regulatory capital. The banking regulators
-9-
Table of Contents
were required to develop regulations setting minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements for holding companies and banks on a consolidated basis that are no less stringent than the generally applicable requirements in effect for depository institutions under the prompt corrective action regulations. The banking regulators were also required to seek to make capital standards countercyclical so that the required levels of capital increase in times of economic expansion and decrease in times of economic contraction. See The Dodd-Frank Act and New Capital Rules.
New Capital Rules
In December 2010 and January 2011, the Basel Committee published the final texts of reforms on capital and liquidity generally referred to as Basel III. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the Comptroller of the Currency adopted final rules (the New Rules), which implement certain provisions of Basel III and the Dodd-Frank Act. The New Rules replace the general risk-based capital rules of the various banking agencies with a single, integrated regulatory capital framework. The New Rules require higher capital cushions and more stringent criteria for what qualifies as regulatory capital.
For bank holding companies and banks like Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank, January 1, 2015 is the start date for compliance with the revised minimum regulatory capital ratios and for determining risk-weighted assets under what the New Rules call a standardized approach. As of January 1, 2015, Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank will be required to maintain the following minimum capital ratios, expressed as a percentage of risk-weighted assets:
| Common Equity Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 4.5% (this is a new concept and requirement, and is referred to as the CET1); |
| Tier 1 Capital Ratio (CET1 capital plus Additional Tier 1 capital) of 6.0%; and |
| Total Capital Ratio (Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 capital) of 8.0%. |
In addition, Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank will be subject to a leverage ratio of 4% (calculated as Tier 1 capital to average consolidated assets as reported on the consolidated financial statements).
The New Rules also require a capital conservation buffer. When fully phased in on January 1 2019, Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank will be required to maintain a 2.5% capital conservation buffer, which is composed entirely of CET1, on top of the minimum risk-weighted asset ratios described above, resulting in the following minimum capital ratios:
| CET1 of 7%; |
| Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 8.5%; and |
| Total Capital Ratio of 10.5%. |
The purpose of the capital conservation buffer is to absorb losses during periods of economic stress. Banking institutions with a CET1, Tier 1 Capital Ratio and Total Capital Ratio above the minimum set forth above but below the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on their ability to pay dividends, repurchase equity and pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers, based on the amount of the shortfall. The implementation of the capital conservation buffer will begin on January 1, 2016 at the 0.625% level, and increase by 0.625% on each subsequent January 1 until it reaches 2.5% on January 1, 2019.
The New Rules also adopted a countercyclical capital buffer, which is not applicable to Lakeland Bancorp or Lakeland Bank. That buffer is applicable only to advanced approaches banking organizations, which generally are those with consolidated total assets of at least $250 billion.
The New Rules provide for several deductions from and adjustments to CET1, which will be phased in between January 1, 2015 and January 1 2018. For example, mortgage servicing rights, deferred tax assets
-10-
Table of Contents
dependent upon future taxable income and significant investments in common equity issued by nonconsolidated financial entities must be deducted from CET1 to the extent that any one of those categories exceeds 10% of CET1 or all such categories in the aggregate exceed 15% of CET1.
Under current capital standards, the effects of accumulated other comprehensive income items included in capital are excluded for the purposes of determining regulatory capital ratios. Under the New Rules, the effects of certain accumulated other comprehensive income items are not excluded; however, banking organizations such as Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank may make a one-time permanent election to continue to exclude these items effective as of January 1, 2015.
While the New Rules generally require the phase-out of non-qualifying capital instruments such as trust preferred securities and cumulative perpetual preferred stock, holding companies with less than $15 billion in total consolidated assets as of December 31, 2009, such as Lakeland Bancorp, may permanently include non-qualifying instruments that were issued and included in Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital prior to May 19, 2010 in Additional Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital, respectively, until they redeem such instruments or until the instruments mature.
The New Rules prescribe a standardized approach for calculating risk-weighted assets that expands the risk-weighting categories from the current four Basel I-derived categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, depending on the nature of the assets, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. Government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures, and resulting in higher risk weights for a variety of asset categories. In addition, the New Rules provide more advantageous risk weights for derivatives and repurchase-style transactions cleared through a qualifying central counterparty and increase the scope of eligible guarantors and eligible collateral for purposes of credit risk mitigation.
Consistent with the Dodd-Frank Act, the New Rules adopt alternatives to credit ratings for calculating the risk-weighting for certain assets.
With respect to Lakeland Bank, the New Rules revise the prompt corrective action regulations under Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act by (i) introducing a CET1 ratio requirement at each capital quality level (other than critically undercapitalized), with the required CET1 ratio being 6.5% for well-capitalized status; (ii) increasing the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio requirement for each category, with the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio for well-capitalized status being 8% (as compared to the current 6%); and (iii) requiring a leverage ratio of 5% to be well-capitalized (as compared to the current required leverage ratio of 3% or 4%). The New Rules do not change the total risk-based capital requirement for any prompt corrective action category. When the capital conservation buffer is fully phased in, the capital ratios applicable to depository institutions under the New Rules will exceed the ratios to be considered well-capitalized under the prompt corrective action regulations.
The Company believes that as of December 31, 2013, Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank would meet all capital requirements under the New Rules on a fully phase-in basis, if such requirements were currently in effect.
Federal Deposit Insurance and Premiums
Substantially all of the deposits of Lakeland are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) of the FDIC and are subject to deposit insurance assessments to maintain the DIF. As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, the basic federal deposit insurance limit was permanently increased from at least $100,000 to at least $250,000. As mandated by Section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC had adopted rules providing for temporary unlimited deposit insurance for traditional noninterest-bearing transaction accounts and IOLTA accounts beginning December 31, 2010, but these temporary rules expired December 31, 2012. As a result, as of January 1, 2013, (i) noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are no longer insured separately from depositors other accounts at the same FDIC-insured depository institution, and such accounts will instead be added to any of
-11-
Table of Contents
a depositors other accounts in the applicable ownership category, and the aggregate balance insured up to at least the standard maximum deposit insurance amount of $250,000 per depositor at each separately chartered FDIC-insured depository institution, and (ii) funds deposited in IOLTAs will no longer be insured under Section 343 of the Dodd-Frank Act, but because IOLTAs are fiduciary accounts, they generally qualify for pass-through coverage on a per-client basis.
On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted the final rule which required insured depository institutions to prepay their quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of 2012. On December 30, 2009, the Company remitted an FDIC prepayment in the amount of $18.0 million. An institutions prepaid assessment was based on the total base assessment rate that the institution paid for the third quarter of 2009, adjusted quarterly by an estimated annual growth rate of 5% through the end of 2012, plus, for 2011 and 2012, an increase in the total base assessment rate on September 30, 2009 by an annualized three basis points. The prepaid assessment in excess of the amounts that were determined to be actually due to the FDIC, totaling $8.4 million, was returned to Lakeland Bank in June 2013.
In November 2010, the FDIC approved a rule to change the assessment base from adjusted domestic deposits to average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. These new assessment rates began in the second quarter of 2011 and were paid at the end of September 2011. Since the new base is larger than the current base, the FDICs rule lowered the total base assessment rates to between 2.5 and 9 basis points for banks in the lowest risk category, and 30 to 45 basis points for banks in the highest risk category. The Company paid $2.0 million in total FDIC assessments in 2013 (including the FICO premium described below), compared to $2.2 million in 2012.
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has established 2.0% as the designated reserve ratio (DRR), that is, the ratio of the DIF to insured deposits. The FDIC has adopted a plan under which it will meet the statutory minimum DRR of 1.35% by September 30, 2020, the deadline imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with assets less than $10 billion of the increase in the statutory minimum DRR to 1.35% from the former statutory minimum of 1.15%. The FDIC has not yet announced how it will implement this offset.
In addition to deposit insurance assessments, the FDIC is required to continue to collect from institutions payments for the servicing of obligations of the Financing Corporation (FICO) that were issued in connection with the resolution of savings and loan associations, so long as such obligations remain outstanding. Lakeland paid a FICO premium of approximately $140,000 in 2013 and expects to pay a premium of approximately $185,000 in 2014.
The Dodd-Frank Act
The Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, will continue to have a broad impact on the financial services industry as a result of significant regulatory and compliance changes, including, among other things, (i) enhanced resolution authority over troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (ii) increased capital and liquidity requirements; (iii) increased regulatory examination fees; (iv) changes to assessments to be paid to the FDIC for federal deposit insurance; and (v) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and soundness for, the financial services sector. Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years.
The following is a summary of certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act:
| Minimum Capital Requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act requires new capital rules and the application of the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements that apply to insured depository institutions to most bank holding companies. In addition to making bank holding companies subject to the same |
-12-
Table of Contents
capital requirements as their bank subsidiaries, these provisions (often referred to as the Collins Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Act) were also intended to eliminate or significantly reduce the use of hybrid capital instruments, especially trust preferred securities, as regulatory capital. See New Capital Rules for a description of new capital requirements adopted by U.S. federal banking regulators in 2013 and the treatment of trust preferred securities under such rules. |
| Deposit Insurance. The Dodd-Frank Act makes permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits. Amendments to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act also revise the assessment base against which an insured depository institutions deposit insurance premiums paid to the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) will be calculated. Under the amendments, the assessment base will no longer be the institutions deposit base, but rather its average consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity during the assessment period. Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Act makes changes to the minimum designated reserve ratio of the DIF, increasing the minimum from 1.15 percent to 1.35 percent of the estimated amount of total insured deposits and eliminating the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain thresholds. In December 2010, the FDIC increased the designated reserve ratio to 2.0 percent. |
| Shareholder Votes. The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies like Lakeland Bancorp to give shareholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called golden parachute payments in certain circumstances. The Dodd-Frank Act also authorizes the SEC to promulgate rules that would allow shareholders to nominate their own candidates using a companys proxy materials. |
| Transactions with Affiliates. The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, including an expansion of the definition of covered transactions and increasing the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained. These requirements became effective during 2011. |
| Transactions with Insiders. Insider transaction limitations are expanded through the strengthening of loan restrictions to insiders and the expansion of the types of transactions subject to the various limits, including derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and securities lending or borrowing transactions. Restrictions are also placed on certain asset sales to and from an insider to an institution, including requirements that such sales be on market terms and, in certain circumstances, approved by the institutions board of directors. These requirements became effective during 2011. |
| Enhanced Lending Limits. The Dodd-Frank Act strengthened the previous limits on a depository institutions credit exposure to one borrower which limited a depository institutions ability to extend credit to one person (or group of related persons) in an amount exceeding certain thresholds. The Dodd-Frank Act expanded the scope of these restrictions to include credit exposure arising from derivative transactions, repurchase agreements, and securities lending and borrowing transactions. |
| Compensation Practices. The Dodd-Frank Act provides that the appropriate federal regulators must establish standards prohibiting as an unsafe and unsound practice any compensation plan of a bank holding company or other covered financial institution that provides an insider or other employee with excessive compensation or compensation that gives rise to excessive risk or could lead to a material financial loss to such firm. In June 2010, prior to the Dodd-Frank Act, the bank regulatory agencies promulgated the Interagency Guidance on Sound Incentive Compensation Policies, which sets forth three key principles concerning incentive compensation arrangements: |
| such arrangements should provide employees incentives that balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose the financial institution to imprudent risks; |
| such arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk management; and |
| such arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance with effective and active oversight by the financial institutions board of directors. |
-13-
Table of Contents
Together, the Dodd-Frank Act and the recent guidance from the bank regulatory agencies on compensation may impact the Companys compensation practices.
| The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (Bureau). The Dodd-Frank Act created the Bureau. The Bureau is tasked with establishing and implementing rules and regulations under certain federal consumer protection laws with respect to the conduct of providers of certain consumer financial products and services. The Bureau has rulemaking authority over many of the statutes governing products and services offered to bank consumers. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and regulations that are more stringent than those regulations promulgated by the Bureau and state attorneys general are permitted to enforce consumer protection rules adopted by the Bureau against state-chartered institutions. The Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Institutions with $10 billion or less in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. |
| De Novo Banking. The Dodd-Frank Act allows de novo interstate branching by banks. |
On December 10, 2013, the federal banking regulatory agencies approved regulations implementing the Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule implements Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Volcker Rule generally prohibits banking entities from engaging in proprietary trading, acquiring or retaining ownership interest in a hedge fund or private equity fund, referred to as covered funds, and sponsoring a hedge fund or private equity fund.
Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act still remain subject to rulemaking by various regulatory agencies and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company, its customers or the financial industry more generally. The elimination of the prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits could materially increase our interest expense, depending on our competitors responses. Provisions in the legislation that require revisions to the capital requirements of the Company and the Bank could require the Company and the Bank to seek additional sources of capital in the future. See New Capital Rules.
Proposed Legislation
From time to time proposals are made in the United States Congress, the New Jersey Legislature, and before various bank regulatory authorities, which would alter the powers of, and place restrictions on, different types of banking organizations. It is impossible to predict the impact, if any, of potential legislative trends on the business of the Company and its subsidiaries.
In accordance with federal law providing for deregulation of interest on all deposits, banks and thrift organizations are now unrestricted by law or regulation from paying interest at any rate on most time deposits. It is not clear whether deregulation and other pending changes in certain aspects of the banking industry will result in further increases in the cost of funds in relation to prevailing lending rates.
ITEM 1ARisk | Factors. |
Our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows can be affected by a number of factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth below, any one of which could cause our actual results to vary materially from recent results or from our anticipated future results.
Recently enacted legislation, particularly the Dodd-Frank Act, could materially and adversely affect us by increasing compliance costs, heightening our risk of noncompliance with applicable regulations, and changing the competitive landscape in the banking industry.
From time to time, the U.S. Congress and state legislatures consider changing laws and enact new laws to further regulate the financial services industry. On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act has resulted
-14-
Table of Contents
in sweeping changes in the regulation of financial institutions. As discussed in the section herein entitled Business-Supervision and Regulation, the Dodd-Frank Act contains numerous provisions that affect all banks and bank holding companies. Many of the provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to regulatory rule-making and implementation, the effects of which are not yet known. Although we cannot predict the specific impact and long-term effects that the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder will have on us and our prospects, our target markets and the financial industry more generally, we believe that the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder are likely to impose additional administrative and regulatory burdens that will obligate us to incur additional expenses and will adversely affect our margins and profitability. For example, the elimination of the prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits could materially increase our interest expense, depending on our competitors responses. Provisions in the legislation that require revisions to the capital requirements of the Company and the Bank, and the adoption by federal regulators in July 2013 of new capital requirements described under Business-Supervision and Regulation-New Capital Rules, could require the Company and the Bank to seek additional sources of capital in the future. More stringent consumer protection regulations could materially and adversely affect our profitability. We will also have a heightened risk of noncompliance with all of the additional regulations. Finally, the impact of some of these new regulations is not known and may affect our ability to compete long-term with larger competitors.
The Company and the Bank may be subject to more stringent capital and liquidity requirements.
The Dodd-Frank Act also imposes more stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies such as Lakeland Bancorp by, among other things, imposing leverage ratios on bank holding companies and prohibiting new trust preferred issuances from counting as Tier I capital. These restrictions will limit our future capital strategies. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, our currently outstanding trust preferred securities will continue to count as Tier I capital, but we will be unable to issue replacement or additional trust preferred securities which would count as Tier I capital.
As further described above under Business-Supervision and Regulation-New Capital Rules, we will be required to meet new capital requirements beginning on January 1, 2015. In addition, beginning in 2016, banks and bank holding companies will be required to maintain a capital conservation buffer on top of minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the capital conservation buffer will be 2.5%. Banking institutions which do not maintain capital in excess of the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on the payment of dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Accordingly, if the Bank fails to maintain the applicable minimum capital ratios and the capital conservation buffer, distributions to Lakeland Bancorp may be prohibited or limited.
Future increases in minimum capital requirements could adversely affect our net income. Furthermore, our failure to comply with the minimum capital requirements could result in our regulators taking formal or informal actions against us which could restrict our future growth or operations.
The Companys future growth may require the Company to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed or may be available only at an excessive cost.
The Company is required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support its operations. The Company anticipates that current capital levels will satisfy regulatory requirements for the foreseeable future. The Company, however, may at some point choose to raise additional capital to support its continued growth. The Companys ability to raise additional capital will depend, in part, on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of the Companys control. Accordingly, the Company may be unable to raise additional capital, if and when needed, on terms acceptable to the Company, or at all. If the Company cannot raise additional capital when needed, its ability to further expand operations through internal growth and acquisitions could be materially impacted. In the event of a material decrease in the Companys stock price, future issuances of equity securities could result in dilution of existing shareholder interests.
-15-
Table of Contents
If the recent economic recovery does not continue or the economy deteriorates, our operations and results could be adversely impacted.
While moderate economic growth may have resumed recently in the U.S., the rate of this growth is uncertain. If such growth slows or the U.S. and global economies deteriorate, our business operations, including our ability to originate or sell loans, could be adversely impacted.
A decrease in our ability to borrow funds could adversely affect our liquidity.
Our ability to obtain funding from the Federal Home Loan Bank or through our overnight federal funds lines with other banks could be negatively affected if we experienced a substantial deterioration in our financial condition or if such funding became restricted due to a further deterioration in the financial markets. While we have a contingency funds management plan to address such a situation if it were to occur (such plan includes deposit promotions, the sale of securities and the curtailment of loan growth, if necessary), a significant decrease in our ability to borrow funds could adversely affect our liquidity.
We are subject to interest rate risk and variations in interest rates may negatively affect our financial performance.
We are unable to predict actual fluctuations of market interest rates. Rate fluctuations are influenced by many factors, including:
| inflation or deflation; |
| excess growth or recession; |
| a rise or fall in unemployment; |
| tightening or expansion of the money supply; |
| domestic and international disorder; |
| instability in domestic and foreign financial markets; and |
| policies of the Federal Reserve Board, including a possible tapering of quantitative easing. |
Both increases and decreases in the interest rate environment may reduce our profits. We expect that we will continue to realize income from the difference or spread between the interest we earn on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, and the interest we pay on deposits, borrowings and other interest-bearing liabilities. Our net interest spreads are affected by the differences between the maturities and repricing characteristics of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. While we monitor our gap position over various timeframes and scenarios, changes in market interest rates could materially and adversely affect our net interest spread, asset quality, levels of prepayments, cash flows, the market value of our securities portfolio, loan and deposit growth, costs and yields on loans and deposits and our overall profitability.
Declines in value may adversely impact our investment portfolio.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $431.1 million and $101.7 million in available for sale and held to maturity investment securities, respectively. We may be required to record impairment charges on our investment securities if they suffer a decline in value that is considered other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including lack of liquidity for sales of certain investment securities, absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment could have a negative effect on our investment portfolio in future periods. If an impairment charge is significant enough it could affect the ability of Lakeland to upstream dividends to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and our ability to pay dividends to shareholders and could also negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios.
-16-
Table of Contents
The Company may incur impairment to goodwill.
We review our goodwill at least annually. Our valuation methodology for assessing impairment requires management to make judgments and assumptions based on historical experience and to rely on projections of future operating performance. We operate in a competitive environment and projections of future operating results and cash flows may vary significantly from actual results. Additionally, if our analysis results in an impairment to our goodwill, we would be required to record a non-cash charge to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which such impairment is determined to exist. Any such charge could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, our capital ratios and our stock price.
The extensive regulation and supervision to which we are subject impose substantial restrictions on our business.
The Company, Lakeland and certain non-bank subsidiaries are subject to extensive regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole. Such laws are not designed to protect our shareholders. These regulations affect our lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, dividend policy and growth, among other things. Lakeland is also subject to a number of laws which, among other things, govern its lending practices and require the Bank to establish and maintain comprehensive programs relating to anti-money laundering and customer identification. The United States Congress and federal regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputational damage, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Lakelands ability to pay dividends is subject to regulatory limitations which, to the extent that our holding company requires such dividends in the future, may affect our holding companys ability to pay its obligations and pay dividends to shareholders.
As a bank holding company, the Company is a separate legal entity from Lakeland and its subsidiaries, and we do not have significant operations of our own. We currently depend on Lakelands cash and liquidity to pay our operating expenses and dividends to shareholders. The availability of dividends from Lakeland is limited by various statutes and regulations. The inability of the Company to receive dividends from Lakeland could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects and the Companys ability to pay dividends.
In addition, as described under Business-Supervision and Regulation-New Capital Rules, beginning in 2016, banks and bank holding companies will be required to maintain a capital conservation buffer on top of minimum risk-weighted asset ratios. When fully phased in on January 1, 2019, the capital conservation buffer will be 2.5%. Banking institutions which do not maintain capital in excess of the capital conservation buffer will face constraints on the payment of dividends, equity repurchases and compensation based on the amount of the shortfall. Accordingly, if the Bank fails to maintain the applicable minimum capital ratios and the capital conservation buffer, distributions to Lakeland Bancorp may be prohibited or limited.
Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses.
Like all commercial banks, Lakeland maintains an allowance for loan and lease losses to provide for loan and lease defaults and non-performance. If our allowance for loan and lease losses is not adequate to cover actual loan and lease losses, we may be required to significantly increase future provisions for loan and lease losses, which could materially and adversely affect our operating results. Our allowance for loan and lease losses is
-17-
Table of Contents
determined by analyzing historical loan and lease losses, current trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, plans for problem loan and lease resolution, the opinions of our regulators, changes in the size and composition of the loan and lease portfolio and other environmental factors. We also consider the possible effects of economic events, which are difficult to predict. The amount of future losses is affected by changes in economic, operating and other conditions, including changes in interest rates, many of which are beyond our control. These losses may exceed our current estimates. Federal regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, review our loans and the allowance for loan and lease losses. While we believe that our allowance for loan and lease losses in relation to our current loan portfolio is adequate to cover current losses, we cannot assure you that we will not need to increase our allowance for loan and lease losses or that regulators will not require or encourage us to increase this allowance. Future increases in our allowance for loan and lease losses could materially and adversely affect our earnings and profitability.
Our mortgage banking operations expose us to risks that are different from community banking.
The Banks mortgage banking operations expose us to risks that are different from our retail banking operations. Our mortgage banking operations are dependent upon the level of demand for residential mortgages. During higher and rising interest rate environments, the level of refinancing activity tends to decline, which can lead to reduced volumes of business and lower revenues that may not exceed our fixed costs to run the business. In addition, mortgages sold to third-party investors are typically subject to certain repurchase provisions related to borrower refinancing, defaults, fraud or other reasons stipulated in the applicable third-party investor agreements. If the fair value of a loan when repurchased is less than the fair value when sold, the bank may be required to charge such shortfall to earnings.
In addition, the ability to repay and Qualified Mortgage rules promulgated as required by the Dodd-Frank Act, effective January 10, 2014, may expose the Company and our Sullivan Financial Services, Inc. subsidiary to greater losses, reduced volume and litigation related expenses and delays in taking title to collateral real estate, if these loans do not perform and borrowers challenge whether the rules were satisfied when originating the loans.
We are subject to various lending and other economic risks that could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Economic, political and market conditions, trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, changes in governmental monetary and fiscal policies and inflation affect our business. These factors are beyond our control. A further deterioration in economic conditions, particularly in New Jersey, could have the following consequences, any of which could materially adversely affect our business:
| loan and lease delinquencies may increase; |
| problem assets and foreclosures may increase; |
| demand for our products and services may decrease; and |
| collateral for loans made by us may decline in value, in turn reducing the borrowing ability of our customers. |
Further deterioration in the real estate market, particularly in New Jersey, could adversely affect our business. As real estate values in New Jersey decline, our ability to recover on defaulted loans by selling the underlying real estate is reduced, which increases the possibility that we may suffer losses on defaulted loans.
We face strong competition from other financial institutions, financial service companies and other organizations offering services similar to the services that we provide.
Many competitors offer the types of loans and banking services that we offer. These competitors include other state and national banks, savings associations, regional banks and other community banks. We also face competition from many other types of financial institutions, including finance companies, brokerage firms, insurance companies, credit unions, mortgage banks and other financial intermediaries. Many of our competitors
-18-
Table of Contents
have greater financial resources than we do, which may enable them to offer a broader range of services and products, and to advertise more extensively, than we do. Our inability to compete effectively would adversely affect our business.
The Companys framework for managing risks may not be effective in mitigating risk and loss to the Company; for example, the Companys internal control may be ineffective.
One critical component of the Companys risk management framework is its system of internal controls. Management regularly reviews and updates the Companys internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the controls are met. Any failure or circumvention of the Companys controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on the Companys business, results of operations, and financial condition.
The occurrence of any failure, breach, or interruption in service involving our systems or those of our service providers could damage our reputation, cause losses, increase our expenses, and result in a loss of customers, an increase in regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possibly financial liability, any of which could adversely impact our financial condition, results of operations and the market price of our stock.
Communications and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business, as we use such systems to manage our customer relationships, our general ledger, our deposits and our loans. Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks. Although we take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant, the security of our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to breaches, unauthorized access, misuse, computer viruses or other malicious code and cyber attacks that could have a security impact. In addition, breaches of security may occur through intentional or unintentional acts by those having authorized or unauthorized access to our confidential or other information or the confidential or other information of our customers, clients or counterparties. If one or more of such events were to occur, the confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks could potentially be jeopardized, or could otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our operations or the operations of our customers, clients or counterparties. This could cause us significant reputational damage or result in our experiencing significant losses.
Furthermore, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures arising from operational and security risks. We also may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance we maintain. In addition, we routinely transmit and receive personal, confidential and proprietary information by e-mail and other electronic means. We have discussed and worked with our customers, clients and counterparties to develop secure transmission capabilities, but we do not have, and may be unable to put in place, secure capabilities with all of these constituents, and we may not be able to ensure that these third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of such information.
While we have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures and interruptions, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, we outsource certain aspects of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty in communication with them, our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely impacted. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.
-19-
Table of Contents
If we do not successfully integrate any banks that we have acquired or may acquire in the future, the combined company may be adversely affected.
If we make additional acquisitions in the future, we will need to integrate the acquired entities into our existing business and systems. We may experience difficulties in accomplishing this integration or in effectively managing the combined company after any future acquisition. Any actual cost savings or revenue enhancements that we may anticipate from a future acquisition will depend on future expense levels and operating results, the timing of certain events and general industry, regulatory and business conditions. Many of these events will be beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that if we make any acquisitions in the future, we will be successful in integrating those businesses into our own.
ITEM 1BUnresolved | Staff Comments. |
Not Applicable.
ITEM 2Properties. |
The Companys principal office is located at 250 Oak Ridge Road, Oak Ridge, New Jersey 07438. The Company completed construction of a new training and operations center in Milton, New Jersey in mid-2012. The Bank purchased an assignment of an existing lease for this facility which expires on February 28, 2016, and contains five (5) five-year options to renew, at the Banks discretion, at fixed base rent amounts. To the extent that the Bank exercises all of the options, the lease will expire on February 28, 2041.
The Company operates 52 banking locations in Bergen, Essex, Morris, Passaic, Somerset, Sussex, Union and Warren counties in New Jersey. The following chart provides information about the Companys leased banking locations:
Location |
Lease Expiration Date | |
Bristol Glen |
October 31, 2014 | |
Caldwell |
September 30, 2024 | |
Carlstadt |
July 15, 2021 | |
Cedar Crest |
August 19, 2016 | |
Hackensack |
March 31, 2018 | |
Hampton |
September 30, 2019 | |
Little Falls |
November 30, 2015 | |
Madison |
September 1, 2015 | |
Madison Avenue |
April 30, 2017 | |
Mendham |
December 31, 2015 | |
Morristown |
May 31, 2018 | |
North Haledon |
June 30, 2017 | |
Park Ridge |
December 31, 2014 | |
Pompton Plains |
April 30, 2015 | |
Ringwood |
February 28, 2018 | |
Rochelle Park |
January 12, 2019 | |
Sparta |
August 31, 2032 | |
Summit |
September 30, 2014 | |
Sussex/Wantage |
June 19, 2017 | |
Vernon |
September 30, 2027 | |
Wantage |
October 31, 2016 | |
Wayne |
May 31, 2028 | |
Wharton |
July 31, 2015 | |
Woodland Commons |
August 31, 2016 | |
West Caldwell |
March 31, 2029 |
-20-
Table of Contents
The Company has also entered into a lease for one additional location for loan production purposes in Wyckoff, New Jersey (this lease expires on February 28, 2017).
All other offices of the Company and Lakeland are owned and are unencumbered.
ITEM 3Legal | Proceedings. |
As previously reported, on or about February 15, 2013, the Company was served with a Civil Action Summons and Class Action Complaint, captioned Higgenbottom v. McClure, et al., that was filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Chancery Division, Somerset County, Docket No. C-12006-13. The complaint states that the plaintiff is bringing the class action on behalf of the public stockholders of Somerset Hills Bancorp against the Board of Directors of Somerset Hills for their alleged breach of fiduciary duties arising out of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 28, 2013, by and between the Company and Somerset Hills Bancorp. The merger with Somerset Hills closed on May 31, 2013.
The parties negotiated a settlement of the complaint, which was approved by the court by order dated January 30, 2014. No amounts are payable to the class under the settlement. The parties did not agree on the issue of the amount of attorneys fees to be paid to the plaintiff. In its January 30, 2014 decision, the Court denied without prejudice the application for attorneys fees, pending a hearing to be scheduled in the near future. Subsequent to the date of the courts order, the parties agreed to a payment of plaintiffs attorneys fees and costs in the amount of $52,500, which was approved by the court and paid by the insurance carrier.
There are no pending legal proceedings involving the Company or Lakeland other than those arising in the normal course of business. Management does not anticipate that the potential liability, if any, arising out of such legal proceedings will have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and Lakeland on a consolidated basis.
ITEM 3AExecutive | Officers of the Registrant. |
The following table sets forth the name and age of each executive officer of the Company. Each officer is appointed by the Companys Board of Directors. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons named below have held the position indicated for more than the past five years.
Name and Age |
Officer of the Company Since |
Position with the Company, its Subsidiary Banks, and Business Experience | ||||
Thomas J. Shara Age 56 |
2008 | President and CEO, Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Lakeland Bank (April 2, 2008 Present); President and Chief Credit Officer (May 2007 April 1, 2008) and Executive Vice President and Senior Commercial Banking Officer (February 2006 May 2007), TD Banknorth, N.A.s Mid-Atlantic Division; Executive Vice President and Senior Loan Officer, Hudson United Bancorp and Hudson United Bank (prior years to February 2006) | ||||
Robert A. Vandenbergh Age 62 |
1999 | Regional President Lakeland Bank (January 29, 2013 Present) and Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company (October 2008 Present); Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Lakeland Bank (October 2008 January 29, 2013); Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company (December 2006 October 2008); Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company (October 1999 December 2006) |
-21-
Table of Contents
Name and Age |
Officer of the Company Since |
Position with the Company, its Subsidiary Banks, and Business Experience | ||||
Joseph F. Hurley Age 63 |
1999 | Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company (November 1999 Present) | ||||
Stewart E. McClure Age 63 |
2013 | Regional President Lakeland Bank (May 31, 2013 Present); President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer, and a director, of Somerset Hills Bancorp and Somerset Hills Bank (prior years to May 31, 2013) | ||||
Jeffrey J. Buonforte Age 62 |
1999 | Executive Vice President and Senior Government Banking/Business Services Officer of the Company (June 2009 Present); Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Officer of the Company (November 1999 June 2009) | ||||
Louis E. Luddecke Age 67 |
1999 | Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of the Company (October 1999 Present) | ||||
David S. Yanagisawa Age 62 |
2008 | Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company (November 2008 Present); Senior Vice President, TD Bank, N.A. (February 2006 November 2008); Hudson United Bank, Senior Vice President (1997 February 2006) | ||||
James R. Noonan Age 62 |
2003 | Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Company (December 2003 Present) | ||||
Ronald E. Schwarz Age 58 |
2009 | Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Officer of the Company (June 2009 Present); Executive Vice President and Market Executive of Sovereign Bank (June 2006 June 2009); Senior Vice President and Director of Retail Banking of Independence Community Bank (June 1999 June 2006) | ||||
Timothy J. Matteson, Esq. Age 44 |
2008 | Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company (March 2012 to Present); Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the Company (September 2008 March 2012); Assistant General Counsel, Israel Discount Bank (November 2007 September 2008); Senior Attorney and Senior Vice President, TD Banknorth, N.A. (February 2006 May 2007); General Counsel and Senior Vice President, Hudson United Bancorp and Hudson United Bank (January 2005 February 2006) |
ITEM 4MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.
Not applicable.
-22-
Table of Contents
ITEM 5MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Shares of the common stock of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. have been traded under the symbol LBAI on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (or the NASDAQ National Market) since February 22, 2000 and in the over the counter market prior to that date. As of December 31, 2013, there were 3,138 shareholders of record of the common stock. The following table sets forth the range of the high and low daily closing prices of the common stock as provided by NASDAQ and dividends declared for the periods presented. All information is adjusted for the Companys 5% stock dividends distributed on April 16, 2012.
High | Low | Dividends Declared |
||||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2013 |
||||||||||||
First Quarter |
$ | 10.36 | $ | 9.40 | $ | 0.070 | ||||||
Second Quarter |
10.43 | 9.08 | 0.070 | |||||||||
Third Quarter |
11.65 | 10.54 | 0.070 | |||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
12.64 | 11.04 | 0.075 | |||||||||
High | Low | Dividends Declared |
||||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2012 |
||||||||||||
First Quarter |
$ | 10.21 | $8.33 | $ | 0.057 | |||||||
Second Quarter |
10.52 | 8.75 | 0.060 | |||||||||
Third Quarter |
10.97 | 9.09 | 0.060 | |||||||||
Fourth Quarter |
10.77 | 8.45 | 0.070 |
Dividends on the Companys common stock are within the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company and are dependent upon various factors, including the future earnings and financial condition of the Company and Lakeland and bank regulatory policies.
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 restricts the amount of dividends the Company can pay. Accordingly, dividends should generally only be paid out of current earnings, as defined.
The New Jersey Banking Act of 1948 restricts the amount of dividends paid on the capital stock of New Jersey chartered banks. Accordingly, no dividends shall be paid by such banks on their capital stock unless, following the payment of such dividends, the capital stock of the bank will be unimpaired and the bank will have a surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or, if not, the payment of such dividend will not reduce the surplus of the bank. Under this limitation, approximately $248.5 million was available for the payment of dividends from Lakeland to the Company as of December 31, 2013.
Capital guidelines and other regulatory requirements may further limit the Companys and Lakelands ability to pay dividends. See Item 1BusinessSupervision and RegulationDividend Restrictions and New Capital Rules.
-23-
Table of Contents
Performance Graph
The following chart compares the Companys cumulative total shareholder return (on a dividend reinvested basis) over the past five years with the NASDAQ Market Index and the Peer Group Index. The Peer Group Index is the Zacks (formerly Morningstar) Regional Northeast Banks Index, which consists of 147 Regional Northeast Banks.
Company/Market/Peer Group |
12/31/2008 | 12/31/2009 | 12/31/2010 | 12/31/2011 | 12/31/2012 | 12/31/2013 | ||||||||||||||||||
Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. |
100.00 | 59.07 | 103.88 | 87.90 | 111.79 | 139.68 | ||||||||||||||||||
NASDAQ Market Index |
100.00 | 145.34 | 171.70 | 170.34 | 200.57 | 281.14 | ||||||||||||||||||
Zacks Regional Northeast Banks |
100.00 | 95.08 | 111.83 | 104.68 | 138.11 | 192.05 |
-24-
Table of Contents
ITEM 6Selected Financial Data.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following should be read in conjunction with Managements Discussion and Analysis and Results of Operations and the Companys consolidated financial statements included in item 7 and 8 of this report. The selective financial data set forth below has been derived from the Companys audited consolidated financial statements.
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands except per share data) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Years Ended December 31 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
$ | 114,199 | $ | 110,959 | $ | 117,524 | $ | 125,649 | $ | 133,822 | ||||||||||
Interest expense |
9,657 | 15,446 | 20,111 | 25,895 | 40,443 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net interest income |
104,542 | 95,513 | 97,413 | 99,754 | 93,379 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses |
9,343 | 14,907 | 18,816 | 19,281 | 51,615 | |||||||||||||||
Noninterest income excluding gains on investment securities, other-than-temporary impairment losses and gain on debt extinguishment |
18,925 | 17,856 | 16,888 | 17,654 | 15,952 | |||||||||||||||
Gains on sales of investment securities |
839 | 1,049 | 1,229 | 1,742 | 3,845 | |||||||||||||||
Other than temporary impairment losses on equity securities |
| | | (128 | ) | (940 | ) | |||||||||||||
Gain on early debt extinguishment |
1,197 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Noninterest expenses |
78,741 | 67,673 | 68,151 | 70,405 | 73,794 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes (benefit) |
37,419 | 31,838 | 28,563 | 29,336 | (13,173 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Income tax provision (benefit) |
12,450 | 10,096 | 8,712 | 10,125 | (7,777 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
24,969 | 21,742 | 19,851 | 19,211 | (5,396 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Dividends on preferred stock and accretion |
| 620 | 2,167 | 3,987 | 3,194 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders |
$ | 24,969 | $ | 21,122 | $ | 17,684 | $ | 15,224 | $ | (8,590 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Per-Share Data(1) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
33,088 | 27,619 | 26,572 | 26,352 | 26,099 | |||||||||||||||
Diluted |
33,240 | 27,692 | 26,681 | 26,384 | 26,099 | |||||||||||||||
Earnings (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.75 | $ | 0.76 | $ | 0.66 | $ | 0.57 | ($ | 0.33 | ) | |||||||||
Diluted |
$ | 0.75 | $ | 0.76 | $ | 0.66 | $ | 0.57 | ($ | 0.33 | ) | |||||||||
Cash dividend per common share |
$ | 0.29 | $ | 0.25 | $ | 0.23 | $ | 0.19 | $ | 0.27 | ||||||||||
Book value per common share |
$ | 9.74 | $ | 9.45 | $ | 8.99 | $ | 8.40 | $ | 8.05 | ||||||||||
Tangible book value per common share(2) |
$ | 6.63 | $ | 6.52 | $ | 5.75 | $ | 5.10 | $ | 4.68 | ||||||||||
At December 31 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities available for sale and other(6) |
$ | 439,044 | $ | 399,092 | $ | 471,944 | $ | 487,107 | $ | 375,530 | ||||||||||
Investment securities held to maturity |
101,744 | 96,925 | 71,700 | 66,573 | 81,821 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and leases, net of deferred costs |
2,469,016 | 2,146,843 | 2,041,575 | 2,014,617 | 2,017,035 | |||||||||||||||
Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets |
112,398 | 87,111 | 87,111 | 87,689 | 88,751 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets |
3,317,791 | 2,918,703 | 2,825,950 | 2,792,674 | 2,723,968 | |||||||||||||||
Total deposits |
2,709,205 | 2,370,997 | 2,249,653 | 2,195,889 | 2,157,187 | |||||||||||||||
Total core deposits(3) |
2,413,119 | 2,067,205 | 1,890,101 | 1,783,040 | 1,691,447 | |||||||||||||||
Term borrowings |
160,238 | 136,548 | 232,322 | 272,322 | 223,222 | |||||||||||||||
Total stockholders equity |
351,424 | 280,867 | 259,783 | 260,709 | 267,986 | |||||||||||||||
Performance ratios |
||||||||||||||||||||
Return on Average Assets(4) |
0.80 | % | 0.77 | % | 0.71 | % | 0.69 | % | NM | |||||||||||
Return on Average Common Equity(4) |
7.78 | % | 8.48 | % | 8.53 | % | 8.70 | % | NM | |||||||||||
Return on Average Equity(4) |
7.78 | % | 8.42 | % | 7.79 | % | 7.13 | % | NM | |||||||||||
Efficiency ratio(5) |
59.74 | % | 58.33 | % | 56.87 | % | 56.40 | % | 62.06 | % | ||||||||||
Net Interest Margin (tax equivalent basis) |
3.69 | % | 3.70 | % | 3.85 | % | 3.95 | % | 3.74 | % | ||||||||||
Loans to Deposits |
91.13 | % | 90.55 | % | 90.75 | % | 91.74 | % | 93.50 | % | ||||||||||
Capital ratios |
||||||||||||||||||||
Common Equity to Asset ratio |
10.59 | % | 9.62 | % | 8.54 | % | 7.99 | % | 7.78 | % | ||||||||||
Tangible common equity to tangible assets(3) |
7.46 | % | 6.84 | % | 5.63 | % | 5.01 | % | 4.68 | % | ||||||||||
Equity to Asset ratio |
10.59 | % | 9.62 | % | 9.19 | % | 9.34 | % | 9.84 | % | ||||||||||
Tier 1 leverage ratio |
8.90 | % | 8.62 | % | 8.33 | % | 9.21 | % | 9.44 | % | ||||||||||
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio |
11.73 | % | 11.52 | % | 11.23 | % | 12.43 | % | 12.65 | % | ||||||||||
Total risk-based capital ratio |
12.98 | % | 12.77 | % | 13.39 | % | 13.68 | % | 13.90 | % |
(1) | Restated for 5% stock dividends in 2012 and 2011. |
(2) | A non-GAAP financial measure. See Non-GAAP Financial Measures for a reconciliation of such measures to data calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. |
(3) | Core deposits represent all deposits with the exception of time deposits. |
(4) | Ratios for 2009 are not meaningful (NM) and therefore not presented. |
(5) | Ratio represents non-interest expense, excluding other real estate expense, other repossessed asset expense, long-term debt prepayment fee, merger related expenses, provision for unfunded lending commitments and core deposit amortization, as a percentage of total revenue (calculated on a tax equivalent basis), excluding gains (losses) on securities and gain on debt extinguishment. Total revenue represents net interest income (calculated on a tax equivalent basis) plus non-interest income. |
(6) | Includes investment in Federal Home Loan Bank and other membership stock, at cost |
-25-
Table of Contents
ITEM 7Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
This section presents a review of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc.s consolidated results of operations and financial condition. You should read this section in conjunction with the selected consolidated financial data that is presented on the preceding page as well as the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes to financial statements. As used in the following discussion, the term Company refers to Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Lakeland refers to the Companys wholly owned banking subsidiaryLakeland Bank.
Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Information
The information disclosed in this document includes various forward-looking statements that are made in reliance upon the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to credit quality (including delinquency trends and the allowance for loan and lease losses), corporate objectives, and other financial and business matters. The words anticipates, projects, intends, estimates, expects, believes, plans, may, will, should, could, and other similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. The Company cautions that these forward-looking statements are necessarily speculative and speak only as of the date made, and are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, all of which may change over time. Actual results could differ materially from such forward-looking statements.
In addition to the risk factors disclosed elsewhere in this document, the following factors, among others, could cause the Companys actual results to differ materially and adversely from such forward-looking statements: changes in the financial services industry and the U.S. and global capital markets, changes in economic conditions nationally, regionally and in the Companys markets, the nature and timing of actions of the Federal Reserve Board and other regulators, the nature and timing of legislation affecting the financial services industry including but not limited to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, government intervention in the U.S. financial system, changes in levels of market interest rates, pricing pressures on loan and deposit products, credit risks of Lakelands lending and leasing activities, customers acceptance of Lakelands products and services, competition and the failure to realize anticipated efficiencies and synergies in the merger of Somerset Hills Bank into Lakeland Bank and Somerset Hills Bancorp into the Company.
The above-listed risk factors are not necessarily exhaustive, particularly as to possible future events, and new risk factors may emerge from time to time. Certain events may occur that could cause the Companys actual results to be materially different than those described in the Companys periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Any statements made by the Company that are not historical facts should be considered to be forward-looking statements. The Company is not obligated to update and does not undertake to update any of its forward-looking statements made herein.
Strategy
The Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Lakeland Bank, operates 52 banking offices located in Northern and Central New Jersey. Lakeland offers a broad range of lending, depository, and related financial services to individuals and small to medium sized businesses located in its market areas. Lakeland also offers a broad range of consumer banking services, including lending, depository, safe deposit services and other non-traditional banking services.
Lakelands growth has come from a combination of organic growth and acquisitions. Since 1998, Lakeland has opened 27 new branch offices (including acquired branches). The Company has acquired five community banks with an aggregate asset total of approximately $1.1 billion at the date of acquisition including the acquisition of the Somerset Hills Bank and its parent, Somerset Hills Bancorp, which closed on May 31, 2013. All acquired banks have been merged into Lakeland and their holding companies, if applicable, have been merged into the Company. The Companys strategy is to continue growth both organically and through acquisition should opportunities allow. The Company continues to evaluate opportunities to increase market share by expanding within existing and contiguous markets.
-26-
Table of Contents
The Companys strategic aim is to provide an adequate return to its shareholders by focusing on profitable growth through services that meet the needs of its customers in its market areas. This will be accomplished by continuing to offer commercial and consumer loan, deposit and other financial product services in a changing economic and technological environment. The Company recognizes that there are more service delivery channels than the traditional branch office and has offered internet banking, mobile banking and cash management services to meet the needs of its business and consumer customers.
The Companys results of operations are primarily dependent upon net interest income, the difference between interest earned on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. For information on how interest rate change can influence the Companys net interest income and how the Company manages it net interest income, see Interest Rate Risk below.
The Company generates non-interest income such as income from retail and business account fees, loan servicing fees, loan origination fees, appreciation in the cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance, income from loan or securities sales, fees from wealth management services and investment product sales and other fees. The Companys operating expenses consist primarily of compensation and benefits expense, occupancy and equipment expense, data processing expense, the amortization of intangible assets, marketing and advertising expense and other general and administrative expenses. The Companys results of operations are also affected by general economic conditions, changes in market interest rates, changes in asset quality, changes in asset values, actions of regulatory agencies and government policies.
Critical Accounting Policies, Judgments and Estimates
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and Lakeland conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and predominant practices within the banking industry. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also affect reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant estimates implicit in these financial statements are as follows. For additional accounting policies and detail, refer to Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in item 8 of this report.
Allowance for loan and lease losses. The allowance for loan and lease losses is established through a provision for loan and lease losses charged to expense. Loan principal considered to be uncollectible by management is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb losses on existing loans and leases that may become uncollectible based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio. The evaluation takes into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and size of the loan and lease portfolio, overall portfolio quality, specific problem loans and leases, and current economic conditions which may affect the borrowers ability to pay. The evaluation also analyzes historical losses by loan and lease category, and considers the resulting loss rates when determining the reserves on current loan and lease total amounts. Loss estimates for specified problem loans and leases are also detailed. All of the factors considered in the analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses may be subject to change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan and lease losses may be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods.
The determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the periodic provisioning for estimated losses included in the consolidated financial statements is the responsibility of management and the Board of Directors. The evaluation process is undertaken on a quarterly basis.
-27-
Table of Contents
Methodology employed for assessing the adequacy of the allowance consists of the following criteria:
| The establishment of specific reserve amounts for all specifically identified classified loans and leases that have been designated as requiring attention by Lakeland or Lakelands external loan review consultants. |
| The establishment of reserves for pools of homogeneous types of loans and leases not subject to specific review, including impaired commercial loans under $500,000, leases, 1 4 family residential mortgages, and consumer loans. |
| The establishment of reserve amounts for the non-classified loans and leases in each portfolio based upon the historical average loss experience for these portfolios and managements evaluation of key environmental factors. |
| Lakeland also maintains an unallocated component in its allowance for loan and lease losses. Management believes that the unallocated amount is warranted for inherent factors that cannot be practically assigned to individual loss categories, such as the periodic updating of appraisals on impaired loans, as well as periodic updating of commercial loan credit risk ratings by loan officers and Lakelands internal credit review process. |
Consideration is given to the results of ongoing credit quality monitoring processes, the adequacy and expertise of Lakelands lending staff, underwriting policies, loss histories, delinquency trends, and the cyclical nature of economic and business conditions. Since many of Lakelands loans depend on the sufficiency of collateral as a secondary source of repayment, any adverse trend in the real estate markets could affect underlying values available to protect Lakeland from loss.
A loan is reviewed for charge-off when it is placed on non-accrual status with a resulting charge-off if the loan is not secured by collateral having sufficient liquidation value to repay the loan and all accrued interest and the loan is not in the process of collection. Charge-offs are recommended by the Chief Credit Officer and approved by the Board on a monthly basis.
Loans and leases are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Lakeland will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impairment is measured based on the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loans effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, Lakeland may measure impairment based on a loans observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Regardless of the measurement method, Lakeland measures impairment based on the fair value of the collateral when it is determined that foreclosure is probable. Most of Lakelands impaired loans are collateral- dependent. Lakeland groups impaired commercial loans under $500,000 into a homogeneous pool and collectively evaluates them. Interest received on impaired loans and leases may be recorded as interest income. However, if management is not reasonably certain that an impaired loan and lease will be repaid in full, or if a specific time frame to resolve full collection cannot yet be reasonably determined, all payments received are recorded as reductions of principal.
Fair value measurements and fair value of financial instruments. Fair values of financial instruments are volatile and may be influenced by a number of factors, including market interest rates, prepayment speeds, discount rates, credit ratings and yield curves. Fair values for investment securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. If quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on the quoted prices of similar instruments or an estimate of fair value by using a range of fair value estimates in the market place as a result of the illiquid market specific to the type of security.
When the fair value of a security is below its amortized cost, and depending on the length of time the condition exists and the extent the fair value is below amortized cost, additional analysis is performed to
-28-
Table of Contents
determine whether an other-than-temporary impairment condition exists. Available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities are analyzed quarterly for possible other-than-temporary impairment. The analysis considers (i) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (ii) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer which may include projections of cash flows, and (iii) the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Often, the information available to conduct these assessments is limited and rapidly changing, making estimates of fair value subject to judgment. If actual information or conditions are different than estimated, the extent of the impairment of the security may be different than previously estimated, which could have a material effect on the Companys results of operations and financial condition.
Income taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax expense is the result of changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities. The principal types of differences between assets and liabilities for financial statement and tax return purposes are allowance for loan and lease losses, core deposit intangible, deferred loan costs and deferred compensation.
The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets by examining its earnings history and projected future earnings and by assessing whether it is more likely than not that carryforwards would not be realized. Based upon the majority of the Companys deferred tax assets having no expiration date, the Companys earnings history, and the projections of future earnings, the Companys management believes that it is more likely than not that all of the Companys deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 will be realized.
The Company evaluates tax positions that may be uncertain using a recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not, and a measurement attribute for all tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return, in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the financial statements. Additional information regarding the Companys uncertain tax positions is set forth in Note 9 to the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.
Goodwill and other identifiable intangible assets. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually as of November 30 or when circumstances indicate a potential for impairment at the reporting unit level. U.S. GAAP requires at least an annual review of the fair value of a reporting unit that has goodwill in order to determine if it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If this qualitative test determines it is unlikely (less than 50% probability) the carrying value of the reporting unit is less than its fair value, then the company does not have to perform a Step One impairment test. If the probability is greater than 50%, a Step One goodwill impairment test is required. The Step One test compares the fair value of each reporting unit to the carrying value of its net assets, including goodwill. The Company has determined that it has one reporting unit, Community Banking.
The Company performed a qualitative analysis to determine whether the weight of evidence, the significance of all identified events and circumstances indicated a greater than 50% likelihood existed that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeded its fair value and if a Step One test would be required. The Company identified nine qualitative assessments that are relative to the banking industry and to the Company. These factors included macroeconomic factors, banking industry conditions, banking merger and acquisition trends, Lakelands historical performance, the Companys stock price, the expected performance of Lakeland, the change of control premium of the Company versus its peers and other miscellaneous factors. After reviewing and weighting these factors, the Company, as well as a third party adviser, determined as of November 30, 2013 that there was a less than 50% probability that the fair value of the Company was less than its carrying amount. Therefore, no Step One test was required.
Use of Non-GAAP Disclosures
Reported amounts are presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Companys management believes that the supplemental non-GAAP information, which consists of measurements and ratios based on tangible equity,
-29-
Table of Contents
tangible assets and the efficiency ratio, which excludes certain items considered to be non-recurring from earnings, is utilized by regulators and market analysts to evaluate a companys financial condition and therefore, such information is useful to investors. These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for financial results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures which may be presented by other companies.
Financial Overview
The year ended December 31, 2013 represented a year of continued growth for the Company. As discussed in this managements discussion and analysis:
| Net income available to common shareholders increased $3.8 million or 18% to $25.0 million in 2013. Included in 2013 earnings was $2.8 million in expenses related to the merger with Somerset Hills Bancorp. Exclusive of these expenses, net income was $27.1 million and fully diluted earnings per share for 2013 was $0.81 per common share, a 7% increase over the $0.76 reported in 2012. |
| The Somerset Hills acquisition, which was consummated on May 31, 2013, added six full service branches, $356.1 million in total assets, $10.4 million in investment securities, $246.5 million in loans (including $2.5 million in residential mortgages held for sale), and $311.8 million in deposits ($80.8 million in non-interest bearing demand deposits and $231.0 million in interest-bearing deposits) at fair value. For more information on the Somerset Hills acquisition, please see Note 2Acquisitions to the Notes to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein. |
| Excluding the loans acquired in the Somerset Hills acquisition, total loans increased $79.2 million, or 4%, from 2012 to 2013. Commercial Real Estate Loans increased $120.1 million, or 11%, from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 excluding the impact of the Somerset Hills loans. |
| Non-performing assets declined $11.1 million, or 39%, to $17.5 million at December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012. The Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses at December 31, 2013 was 176% of non-accruing loans compared to 103% at December 31, 2012. |
| As a result of improving loan quality, the provision for loan and lease losses was reduced from $14.9 million in 2012 to $9.3 million in 2013. |
| The Companys net interest margin at 3.69% for 2013 remained stable throughout the year and compared to 3.70% in 2012. |
| During 2013, the Company acquired and extinguished $9.0 million of Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust I debentures and recorded a $1.2 million pre-tax gain on extinguishment of debt. |
Net income
Net income for 2013 was $25.0 million compared to net income of $21.7 million in 2012. Net income available to common shareholders in 2013 was $25.0 million or $0.75 per diluted share compared to $21.1 million or $0.76 per diluted share in 2012.
Net interest income
Net interest income is the difference between interest income on earning assets and the cost of funds supporting those assets. The Companys net interest income is determined by: (i) the volume of interest-earning assets that it holds and the yields that it earns on those assets, and (ii) the volume of interest-bearing liabilities that it has assumed and the rates that it pays on those liabilities.
Net interest income for 2013 on a tax-equivalent basis was $105.5 million, representing an increase of $9.0 million, or 9%, from the $96.5 million earned in 2012. The increase in net interest income primarily resulted from a 30 basis point decline in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities, partially offset by a 26 basis point decrease in the yield on interest-earning assets. The net interest spread as a result increased 4 basis points to 3.59%. The
-30-
Table of Contents
increase in net interest spread was augmented by an increase in income earned on free funds (interest-earning assets funded by non-interest bearing liabilities) resulting from an increase in average non-interest bearing deposits of $101.8 million. The components of net interest income will be discussed in greater detail below.
Interest income and expense volume/rate analysis. The following table shows the impact that changes in average balances of the Companys assets and liabilities and changes in average interest rates have had on the Companys net interest income over the past three years. This information is presented on a tax equivalent basis assuming a 35% tax rate. If a change in interest income or expense is attributable to a change in volume and a change in rate, the amount of the change is allocated proportionately.
INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE VOLUME/RATE ANALYSIS
(tax equivalent basis, in thousands)
2013 vs. 2012 | 2012 vs. 2011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in: |
Total Change |
Increase (Decrease) Due to Change in: |
Total Change |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Volume | Rate | Volume | Rate | |||||||||||||||||||||
Interest Income |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and leases |
$ | 9,677 | $ | (5,861 | ) | $ | 3,816 | $ | 4,284 | $ | (8,356 | ) | $ | (4,072 | ) | |||||||||
Taxable investment securities and other |
(241 | ) | (348 | ) | (589 | ) | (560 | ) | (1,748 | ) | (2,308 | ) | ||||||||||||
Tax-exempt investment securities |
170 | (215 | ) | (45 | ) | (5 | ) | (279 | ) | (284 | ) | |||||||||||||
Federal funds sold |
23 | 19 | 42 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total interest income |
9,629 | (6,405 | ) | 3,224 | 3,719 | (10,383 | ) | (6,664 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Interest Expense |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Savings deposits |
26 | (169 | ) | (143 | ) | 25 | (113 | ) | (88 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing transaction accounts |
887 | (1,953 | ) | (1,066 | ) | 488 | (1,449 | ) | (961 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Time deposits |
(182 | ) | (864 | ) | (1,046 | ) | (753 | ) | (732 | ) | (1,485 | ) | ||||||||||||
Borrowings |
(1,755 | ) | (1,779 | ) | (3,534 | ) | (1,110 | ) | (1,021 | ) | (2,131 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total interest expense |
(1,024 | ) | (4,765 | ) | (5,789 | ) | (1,350 | ) | (3,315 | ) | (4,665 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
NET INTEREST INCOME |
$ | 10,653 | $ | (1,640 | ) | $ | 9,013 | $ | 5,069 | $ | (7,068 | ) | $ | (1,999 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table reflects the components of the Companys net interest income, setting forth for the years presented, (1) average assets, liabilities and stockholders equity, (2) interest income earned on interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, (3) average yields earned on interest-earning assets and average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, (4) the Companys net interest spread (i.e., the average yield on interest-earning assets less the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities) and (5) the Companys net interest margin. Rates are computed on a tax equivalent basis assuming a 35% tax rate.
-31-
Table of Contents
CONSOLIDATED STATISTICS ON A TAX EQUIVALENT BASIS
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average Balance |
Interest Income/ Expense |
Average rates earned/ paid |
Average Balance |
Interest Income/ Expense |
Average rates earned/ paid |
Average Balance |
Interest Income/ Expense |
Average rates earned/ paid |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and leases (A) |
$ | 2,317,158 | $ | 104,329 | 4.50 | % | $ | 2,073,562 | $ | 100,513 | 4.85 | % | $ | 1,997,652 | $ | 104,585 | 5.24 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Taxable investment securities and other |
423,249 | 7,985 | 1.89 | % | 435,733 | 8,574 | 1.97 | % | 460,413 | 10,882 | 2.36 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax-exempt securities |
73,768 | 2,757 | 3.74 | % | 70,309 | 2,802 | 3.98 | % | 70,437 | 3,086 | 4.38 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Federal funds sold (B) |
41,870 | 93 | 0.22 | % | 30,373 | 51 | 0.17 | % | 31,939 | 51 | 0.16 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-earning assets |
2,856,045 | 115,164 | 4.03 | % | 2,609,977 | 111,940 | 4.29 | % | 2,560,441 | 118,604 | 4.63 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest earning assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for loan and lease losses |
(30,053 | ) | (29,091 | ) | (29,064 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
276,868 | 252,055 | 251,452 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
TOTAL ASSETS |
$ | 3,102,860 | $ | 2,832,941 | $ | 2,782,829 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities and Stockholders Equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Savings accounts |
$ | 370,980 | $ | 223 | 0.06 | % | $ | 347,766 | $ | 366 | 0.11 | % | $ | 330,646 | $ | 454 | 0.14 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest-bearing transaction accounts |
1,341,691 | 3,747 | 0.28 | % | 1,171,318 | 4,813 | 0.41 | % | 1,088,678 | 5,774 | 0.53 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Time deposits |
309,384 | 2,119 | 0.68 | % | 329,355 | 3,165 | 0.96 | % | 400,442 | 4,650 | 1.16 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Borrowings |
169,048 | 3,568 | 2.11 | % | 237,814 | 7,102 | 2.99 | % | 272,744 | 9,233 | 3.39 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
2,191,103 | 9,657 | 0.44 | % | 2,086,253 | 15,446 | 0.74 | % | 2,092,510 | 20,111 | 0.96 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Demand deposits |
576,421 | 474,579 | 422,568 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other liabilities |
14,513 | 13,826 | 12,776 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stockholders equity |
320,823 | 258,283 | 254,975 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
$ | 3,102,860 | $ | 2,832,941 | $ | 2,782,829 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income/spread |
105,507 | 3.59 | % | 96,494 | 3.55 | % | 98,493 | 3.67 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tax equivalent basis adjustment |
965 | 981 | 1,080 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
NET INTEREST INCOME |
$ | 104,542 | $ | 95,513 | $ | 97,413 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest margin (C) |
3.69 | % | 3.70 | % | 3.85 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A) | Includes non-accrual loans, the effect of which is to reduce the yield earned on loans, and deferred loan fees. |
(B) | Includes interest-bearing cash accounts. |
(C) | Net interest income on a tax equivalent basis divided by interest-earning assets. |
Interest income on a tax equivalent basis increased from $111.9 million in 2012 to $115.2 million in 2013, an increase of $3.2 million, or 3%. The increase in interest income was primarily due to a $243.6 million increase in average loans and leases partially offset by a decrease in the yield on interest earning assets. The increase in average loans and leases is due primarily to the acquisition of Somerset Hills loans and leases which totaled $243.9 million at the time of acquisition. The decline in yield on earning assets is primarily a result of loans being refinanced at lower rates and lower yields on new loans and investments. The yield on average loans and leases at 4.50% in 2013 was 35 basis points lower than 2012. The yield on average taxable and tax exempt investment securities decreased by 8 basis points and 24 basis points, respectively, compared to 2012.
Interest income on a tax equivalent basis decreased from $118.6 million in 2011 to $111.9 million in 2012, a decrease of $6.7 million, or 6%. The decrease in interest income was due to a 34 basis point decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets, as a result of loans being refinanced at lower rates and lower yields on new loans and investments. The yield on average loans and leases at 4.85% in 2012 was 39 basis points lower than 2011. The yield on average taxable and tax-exempt investment securities decreased by 39 basis points to 1.97% and 40 basis points to 3.98%, respectively, in 2012.
-32-
Table of Contents
Total interest expense decreased from $15.4 million in 2012 to $9.7 million in 2013, a decrease of $5.8 million, or 37%. The cost of average interest-bearing liabilities decreased from 0.74% in 2012 to 0.44% in 2013 as a result of declining rates and a change in mix of interest earning liabilities. The decrease in yield was due primarily to an 88 basis point reduction in the cost of borrowings, a $68.8 million reduction in higher yielding average borrowings, a $20.0 million reduction in higher yielding time deposits and the continuing low rate environment. In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company redeemed a $25.8 million subordinated debenture that was paying 7.535%. In the second quarter of 2013, the Company acquired and extinguished $9 million in subordinated debentures that were paying LIBOR plus 310 basis points. From 2012 to 2013, average savings accounts and interest-bearing transaction accounts increased by $23.2 million and $170.4 million, respectively. Average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities declined in all categories.
Total interest expense decreased from $20.1 million in 2011 to $15.4 million in 2012, a decrease of $4.7 million, or 23%. Average interest-bearing liabilities decreased $6.3 million while the cost of those liabilities decreased from 0.96% in 2011 to 0.74% in 2012. The decrease in yield was due primarily to the continuing low rate environment and a $71.1 million reduction in higher yielding time deposits as customers preferred to keep their deposits in short-term transaction accounts. Additionally, higher yielding average borrowings decreased $34.9 million to $237.8 million in 2012. Contributing to the decrease in borrowings was a payment early in the fourth quarter of 2012 of a $25.8 million subordinated debenture with a yield of 7.535% The decrease in time deposits and borrowings was offset by increases in savings accounts, interest-bearing transaction accounts, and non-interest bearing deposits of $17.1 million, $82.6 million, and $52.0 million, respectively.
Net Interest Margin
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest income on a fully taxable equivalent basis by average interest-earning assets. The Companys net interest margin was 3.69%, 3.70% and 3.85% for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The decrease in net interest margin from 2011 to 2012 was primarily a result of the decrease in yield on interest-earning assets.
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses
In determining the provision for loan and lease losses, management considers national and local economic conditions; trends in the portfolio including orientation to specific loan types or industries; experience, ability and depth of lending management in relation to the complexity of the portfolio; adequacy and adherence to policies, procedures and practices; levels and trends in delinquencies, impaired loans and leases and net charge-offs and the results of independent third party loan review.
The provision for loan and lease losses decreased from $14.9 million in 2012 to $9.3 million in 2013. Net charge-offs decreased from $14.4 million or 0.69% of average loans and leases in 2012 to $8.5 million or 0.36% of average loans and leases in 2012. The lower provision resulted from a decline in non-performing assets and from lower charge-offs during 2013.
The provision for loan and lease losses decreased from $18.8 million in 2011 to $14.9 million in 2012. Net charge-offs decreased from $17.7 million or 0.89% of average loans and leases in 2011 to $14.4 million or 0.69% of average loans and leases in 2012. The lower provision resulted from a decline in non-performing assets and from lower charge-offs during 2012. During the second quarter of 2012, Lakeland sold a group of primarily non-performing loans with a net book value of $4.5 million and recorded a charge-off of $1.9 million.
Noninterest Income
Noninterest income increased $2.1 million, or 11%, to $21.0 million in 2013 compared to 2012. In 2013 the Company recorded a $1.2 million pre-tax gain on the purchase and early extinguishment of $9.0 million of Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust I debentures. Gain on sales of investment securities was $839,000 in 2013
-33-
Table of Contents
compared to $1.0 million in 2012. Income on bank owned life insurance at $1.4 million in 2013 increased $66,000 or 5% compared to 2012 due primarily to the addition of policies acquired in the Somerset Hills merger. Other income at $2.1 million in 2013 was $576,000 higher than 2012 primarily due to increases in gain on sale of loans and gain on sale of other real estate, partially offset by a reduction in gain on sale of leases. Noninterest income represented 17% of total revenue in 2013. (Total revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income).
Noninterest income increased $788,000, or 4%, to $18.9 million in 2012 compared to 2011. Service charges on deposit accounts at $10.5 million increased $242,000, or 2%, due primarily to the implementation of a new demand deposit pricing structure in the second quarter of 2012. Commissions and fees totaled $4.5 million in 2012 and were $788,000 or 21% higher than 2011 due to an increase in investment commission income and loan fees. Gains on sales of investment securities decreased $180,000 from 2011 to 2012. Although other income at $1.5 million in 2012 remained at substantially the same level as 2011, net gains on the sale of bank owned properties was offset by declines in gains on leasing related assets. The decline in gains on leasing related assets reflects the reduction in the leasing portfolio. Noninterest income represented 17% of total revenue in 2012.
Noninterest Expense
Noninterest expense totaling $78.7 million increased $11.1 million in 2013 compared to 2012. In 2013 noninterest expense included $2.8 million in merger related expenses and $288,000 in core deposit intangible amortization resulting from the Somerset Hills acquisition. Salary and employee benefits at $41.9 million increased by $3.3 million, or 9%, primarily as a result of increased staffing levels from the six new Somerset Hills branches, the retention of some administrative personnel from the Somerset Hills acquisition, and normal salary increases. Net occupancy expense at $8.1 million in 2013 increased $985,000 from 2012, due primarily to expenses relating to the six new branch locations acquired in the Somerset Hills acquisition and a new branch opening in the fourth quarter of 2012. Furniture and equipment at $6.2 million increased $1.4 million from 2012 due primarily to the new branches previously mentioned, increased service contract expenses and increased depreciation costs resulting from the upgrading of the Companys computer systems. Long-term debt prepayment fees was $1.2 million in 2013 compared to $782,000 in 2012. FDIC insurance expense at $2.0 million in 2013 decreased $149,000 compared to the same period last year due primarily to improved assessment rates resulting from a reduction in nonperforming assets. Legal expense at $1.0 million and other real estate and repossessed asset expense at $24,000 decreased $204,000 and $75,000, respectively, due primarily to the reduction in nonperforming assets. Other expenses at $11.6 million in 2013 increased $2.1 million compared to the same period in 2012 primarily due to an increase in data processing expenses reflecting technological improvements, an increase in telecommunications expense and Somerset Hills costs. Also included in other expenses was an additional $600,000 in professional fees related to costs associated with the resignation of the Companys external accountants.
Noninterest expense totaling $67.7 million decreased $478,000 in 2012 compared to 2011. FDIC insurance expense at $2.2 million was $627,000 lower than the same period in 2011 as a result of changes made by the FDIC in the method of calculating assessment rates. Legal expense and expenses on other real estate and other repossessed assets decreased $456,000 and $681,000, respectively, compared to 2011, resulting from the decline in Lakelands non-performing assets. During the third quarter of 2011, Lakeland completed core deposit intangible amortization on an earlier acquisition, which resulted in a $577,000 decrease in that category. Marketing expense at $2.0 million decreased $375,000 or 16% due to the elimination of several marketing programs in 2012. Net occupancy expense at $7.1 million increased $204,000 compared to 2011 primarily as a result of increases in rental expense and depreciation expense for the new training and operations center, partially offset by a decline in snow removal expenses. Salaries and employee benefits at $38.6 million increased $2.1 million or 6% primarily due to normal salary increases, benefit increases and adjustments made to benefit plans to reflect the current interest rate environment.
The efficiency ratio, a non-GAAP measure, expresses the relationship between noninterest expense (excluding other real estate and other repossessed asset expense, long-term debt repayment fees, merger related
-34-
Table of Contents
expenses, provision for unfunded lending commitments and core deposit amortization) to total tax-equivalent revenue (excluding gains (losses) on securities and gain on debt extinguishment). In 2013, the Companys efficiency ratio on a tax equivalent basis was 59.74% compared to 58.33% in 2012 as a result of expenses increasing at a greater rate than revenue. The efficiency ratio was 56.87% in 2011.
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Calculation of efficiency ratio (a non-GAAP measure) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total non-interest expense |
$ | 78,741 | $ | 67,673 | $ | 68,151 | $ | 70,405 | $ | 73,794 | ||||||||||
Less: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of core deposit intangibles |
(288 | ) | | (577 | ) | (1,062 | ) | (1,062 | ) | |||||||||||
Other real estate owned and other repossessed asset expense |
(24 | ) | (99 | ) | (780 | ) | (483 | ) | (1,002 | ) | ||||||||||
Merger related expenses |
(2,834 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||
Long-term debt prepayment fee |
(1,209 | ) | (782 | ) | (800 | ) | (1,835 | ) | (3,075 | ) | ||||||||||
Provision for unfunded lending commitments |
(55 | ) | (93 | ) | (375 | ) | (195 | ) | (58 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Non-interest expense, as adjusted |
$ | 74,331 | $ | 66,699 | $ | 65,619 | $ | 66,830 | $ | 68,597 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net interest income |
$ | 104,542 | $ | 95,513 | $ | 97,413 | $ | 99,754 | $ | 93,379 | ||||||||||
Noninterest income |
20,961 | 18,905 | 18,117 | 19,268 | 18,857 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenue |
125,503 | 114,418 | 115,530 | 119,022 | 112,236 | |||||||||||||||
Plus: Tax-equivalent adjustment on municipal securities |
965 | 981 | 1,080 | 1,082 | 1,206 | |||||||||||||||
Less: Gains on sales of investment securities and debt extinguishment |
(2,036 | ) | (1,049 | ) | (1,229 | ) | (1,614 | ) | (2,905 | ) | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total revenue, as adjusted |
$ | 124,432 | $ | 114,350 | $ | 115,381 | $ | 118,490 | $ | 110,537 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP) |
59.74 | % | 58.33 | % | 56.87 | % | 56.40 | % | 62.06 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Taxes
The Companys effective income tax rate was 33.3%, 31.7% and 30.5%, in the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The effective tax rate increase in 2013 and 2012 was primarily a result of increased earnings and because of a reduction of tax advantaged items as a percent of pre-tax income. Tax advantaged items include interest income on tax-exempt securities and income on bank owned life insurance.
Financial Condition
Total assets increased from $2.92 billion on December 31, 2012 to $3.32 billion on December 31, 2013, an increase of $399.1 million, or 14%. This includes Somerset Hills assets which were $356.1 million at the time of acquisition. Total loans were $2.47 billion, an increase of $323.1 million from $2.15 billion at December 31, 2012. Somerset Hills loans totaled $243.9 million at the time of acquisition. Total deposits were $2.71 billion, an increase of $338.2 million from December 31, 2012. Somerset Hills deposits totaled $311.8 million at the time of acquisition. Total assets at year-end 2012 increased $92.8 million or 3% from year-end 2011.
Loans and Leases
Lakeland primarily serves Northern and Central New Jersey and the surrounding areas. Its equipment finance division serves a broader market with a primary focus on the Northeast. All of its borrowers are U.S. residents or entities.
Gross loans and leases at $2.47 billion increased by $323.1 million from December 31, 2012. This includes Somerset Hills loans which totaled $243.9 million at the time of acquisition. Excluding Somerset Hills loans, total loans have increased 4% from December 31, 2012 primarily in the commercial loans secured by real estate
-35-
Table of Contents
category. Excluding the impact of the Somerset Hills loans of $144.6 million, commercial loans secured by real estate increased $120.1 million, or 11%, from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. Leases also increased $14.6 million, or 54%, resulting from increased demand for equipment financing and from broadening our market area. Excluding the impact of the Somerset Hills loans of $22.0 million, commercial, industrial and other loans decreased $24.3 million, or 11%, resulting from large payoffs and reduced demand in a competitive lending market. Real Estate-Residential mortgages declined $29.7 million, or 7%, excluding the impact of Somerset Hills residential mortgages of $39.3 million. The decline in residential mortgages resulted from an increase in long-term rates which occurred in the middle of 2013 causing the level of refinancings to decline. Lakeland is also selling a larger percentage of its residential mortgage originations than it has in past years. Gross loans and leases at $2.15 billion as of December, 31 2012 increased $105.9 million, or 5%, compared to December 31, 2011 primarily due to increases in commercial loans secured by real estate and residential mortgages, which increased $112.2 million and $17.0 million, respectively, partially offset by a $32.9 million decline in real estate construction loans.
The following table sets forth the classification of Lakelands gross loans and leases by major category as of December 31 for each of the last five years:
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 1,389,861 | $ | 1,125,137 | $ | 1,012,982 | $ | 970,240 | $ | 914,223 | ||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
213,808 | 216,129 | 209,915 | 194,259 | 172,744 | |||||||||||||||
Leases |
41,332 | 26,781 | 28,879 | 65,640 | 113,160 | |||||||||||||||
Leases held for sale |
| | | 1,517 | 7,314 | |||||||||||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
432,831 | 423,262 | 406,222 | 403,561 | 382,750 | |||||||||||||||
Real estateconstruction |
53,119 | 46,272 | 79,138 | 70,775 | 108,338 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
339,338 | 309,626 | 304,190 | 306,322 | 315,598 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
2,470,289 | 2,147,207 | 2,041,326 | 2,012,314 | 2,014,127 | ||||||||||||||||
Plus deferred costs (fees) |
(1,273 | ) | (364 | ) | 249 | 2,303 | 2,908 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Loans and leases net of deferred costs (fees) |
$ | 2,469,016 | $ | 2,146,843 | $ | 2,041,575 | $ | 2,014,617 | $ | 2,017,035 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2013, there were no concentrations of loans or leases exceeding 10% of total loans and leases outstanding other than loans that are secured by real estate. Loan concentrations are considered to exist when there are amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other related conditions.
The following table sets forth maturities and sensitivity to changes in interest rates in commercial loans in Lakelands loan portfolio at December 31, 2013:
Within one year |
After one but within five years |
After five years |
Total | |||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 95,835 | $ | 211,580 | $ | 1,082,446 | $ | 1,389,861 | ||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
124,767 | 63,653 | 25,388 | 213,808 | ||||||||||||
Real estateconstruction |
32,996 | 3,697 | 16,426 | 53,119 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 253,598 | $ | 278,930 | $ | 1,124,260 | $ | 1,656,788 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Predetermined rates |
$ | 41,996 | $ | 201,173 | $ | 213,933 | $ | 457,102 | ||||||||
Floating or adjustable rates |
211,602 | 77,757 | 910,327 | 1,199,686 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 253,598 | $ | 278,930 | $ | 1,124,260 | $ | 1,656,788 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-36-
Table of Contents
Risk Elements
Commercial loans and leases are placed on a non-accrual status with all accrued interest and unpaid interest reversed if (a) because of the deterioration in the financial position of the borrower they are maintained on a cash basis (which means payments are applied when and as received rather than on a regularly scheduled basis), (b) payment in full of interest or principal is not expected, or (c) principal and interest have been in default for a period of 90 days or more unless the obligation is both well-secured and in process of collection. Residential mortgage loans are placed on non-accrual status at the time principal and interest have been in default for a period of 90 days or more, except where there exists sufficient collateral to cover the defaulted principal and interest payments, and managements knowledge of the specific circumstances warrant continued accrual. Consumer loans are generally placed on non-accrual status and reviewed for charge-off when principal and interest payments are four months in arrears unless the obligations are well-secured and in the process of collection. Interest thereafter on such charged-off consumer loans is taken into income when received only after full recovery of principal. As a general rule, a non-accrual asset may be restored to accrual status when none of its principal or interest is due and unpaid, satisfactory payments have been received for a sustained period (usually six months), or when it otherwise becomes well-secured and in the process of collection.
The following schedule sets forth certain information regarding Lakelands non-accrual (including troubled debt restructurings that are on non-accrual) and past due loans and leases and other real estate owned and other repossessed assets as of December 31, for each of the last five years:
At December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | 2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 7,697 | $ | 10,511 | $ | 16,578 | $ | 12,905 | $ | 20,811 | ||||||||||
Commercial, industrial, and other |
88 | 1,476 | 4,608 | 1,702 | 2,047 | |||||||||||||||
Leases, including leases held for sale |
| 32 | 575 | 6,277 | 3,511 | |||||||||||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
6,141 | 8,733 | 11,610 | 12,834 | 5,465 | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-construction |
831 | 4,031 | 12,393 | 6,321 | 4,987 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
2,175 | 3,197 | 3,252 | 2,930 | 1,890 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total non-accrual loans and leases |
16,932 | 27,980 | 49,016 | 42,969 | 38,711 | |||||||||||||||
Other real estate and other repossessed assets |
520 | 529 | 1,182 | 1,592 | 1,864 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
TOTAL NON-PERFORMING ASSETS |
$ | 17,452 | $ | 28,509 | $ | 50,198 | $ | 44,561 | $ | 40,575 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Non-performing assets as a percent of total assets |
0.53 | % | 0.98 | % | 1.78 | % | 1.60 | % | 1.49 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Loans and leases past due 90 days or more and still accruing |
$ | 1,997 | $ | 1,437 | $ | 1,367 | $ | 1,218 | $ | 1,437 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Troubled debt restructurings, still accruing |
$ | 10,289 | $ | 7,336 | $ | 8,856 | $ | 9,073 | $ | 3,432 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-accrual loans and leases decreased to $16.9 million on December 31, 2013 from $28.0 million at December 31, 2012. Non-performing loans and leases decreased in all categories. Commercial secured by real estate; commercial, industrial and other; residential mortgages and construction real estate decreased $2.8 million, $1.4 million, $2.6 million and $3.2 million, respectively.
Commercial loan non-accruals included 3 loan relationships between $500,000 and $1.0 million totaling $1.8 million, and 2 loan relationships exceeding $1.0 million totaling $2.3 million. The largest of the commercial loan non-accruals was $1.3 million. All non-accrual loans and leases are in various stages of litigation, foreclosure, or workout. Non-accrual loans included $2.3 million and $3.4 million in troubled debt restructurings for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
At December 31, 2013, Lakeland had $10.3 million in loans that were restructured and still accruing. Restructured loans are those loans where Lakeland has granted concessions to the borrower in payment terms in rate and/or in maturity as a result of the financial condition of the borrower.
-37-
Table of Contents
For 2013, the gross interest income that would have been recorded, had the loans and leases classified at year-end as impaired been performing in conformance with their original terms, is approximately $2.2 million. The amount of interest income actually recorded on those loans and leases for 2013 was $877,000. The resultant loss of $1.3 million for 2013 compares with prior year losses of $2.1 million for 2012 and $2.4 million for 2011.
As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had impaired loans and leases totaling $24.6 million (consisting primarily of non-accrual and restructured loans and leases), compared to $31.5 million at December 31, 2012. The valuation allowance of these loans and leases is based primarily on the fair value of the underlying collateral. Based upon such evaluation, $910,000 has been allocated to the allowance for loan and lease losses for impairment at December 31, 2013 compared to $873,000 at December 31, 2012. At December 31, 2013, Lakeland also had $62.5 million in loans and leases that were rated substandard that were not classified as non-performing or impaired compared to $42.7 million at December 31, 2012.
There were no additional loans or leases at December 31, 2013, other than those designated non-performing, impaired or substandard, where Lakeland was aware of any credit conditions of any borrowers that would indicate a strong possibility of the borrowers not complying with the present terms and conditions of repayment and which may result in such loans or leases being included as non-accrual, past due or renegotiated at a future date.
The following table sets forth for each of the five years ended December 31, 2013, the historical relationships among the amount of loans and leases outstanding, the allowance for loan and lease losses, the provision for loan and lease losses, the amount of loans and leases charged off and the amount of loan and lease recoveries:
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Balance of the allowance at the beginning of the year |
$ | 28,931 | $ | 28,416 | $ | 27,331 | $ | 25,563 | $ | 25,053 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Loans and leases charged off: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
2,026 | 7,287 | 5,352 | 7,510 | 2,524 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
1,324 | 949 | 5,249 | 3,298 | 2,632 | |||||||||||||||
Leases |
206 | 999 | 2,858 | 4,307 | 22,972 | |||||||||||||||
Leases held for sale |
| | | | 22,122 | |||||||||||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
1,257 | 1,822 | 1,772 | 397 | 433 | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-construction |
3,854 | 2,888 | 3,636 | 1,756 | 200 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
1,624 | 2,074 | 3,010 | 2,250 | 2,499 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total loans and leases charged off |
10,291 | 16,019 | 21,877 | 19,518 | 53,382 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Recoveries: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
1,061 | 280 | 2,084 | 134 | 135 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
260 | 428 | 439 | 62 | 134 | |||||||||||||||
Leases |
121 | 504 | 1,206 | 1,391 | 1,777 | |||||||||||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
99 | 66 | 32 | 7 | | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-construction |
14 | 43 | 67 | | | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
283 | 306 | 318 | 411 | 231 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total Recoveries |
1,838 | 1,627 | 4,146 | 2,005 | 2,277 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Net charge-offs: |
8,453 | 14,392 | 17,731 | 17,513 | 51,105 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses charged to operations |
9,343 | 14,907 | 18,816 | 19,281 | 51,615 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Ending balance |
$ | 29,821 | $ | 28,931 | $ | 28,416 | $ | 27,331 | $ | 25,563 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and leases outstanding: |
0.36 | % | 0.69 | % | 0.89 | % | 0.88 | % | 2.55 | % | ||||||||||
Ratio of allowance at end of year as a percentage of year-end total loans and leases |
1.21 | % | 1.35 | % | 1.39 | % | 1.36 | % | 1.27 | % |
-38-
Table of Contents
The ratio of the allowance for loan and lease losses to loans and leases outstanding reflects managements evaluation of the underlying credit risk inherent in the loan portfolio as discussed above in Critical Accounting Policies, Judgements and EstimatesAllowance for Loan and Lease Losses.
The overall balance of the allowance for loan losses increased $890,000 at December 31, 2013 compared to levels at December 31, 2012. The components of the allowance also changed to reflect the changes both in the portfolios and in the levels of non-performing loans within the portfolio segments. The allowance for loan and leases losses for the commercial secured by real estate portfolio decreased from $16.3 million to $14.5 million to reflect a decline in net charge-offs of $6.0 million or 86% from 2012 to 2013 and to reflect a decline in non-accrual loans of $2.8 million or 27% from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013. The allowance for loan and leases losses for the leasing portfolio decreased from $578,000 to $504,000 reflecting the decline in non-performing loans as well as a decline in net charge-offs in that portfolio. The allowance for loan and leases losses for the home equity and consumer portfolio declined from $2.8 million to $2.7 million due primarily to a decrease in net charge-offs and a decline in non-performing loans. The allowance for loan and lease losses decreased for residential mortgages primarily due to a reduction in net charge-offs, a decline in non-performing loans and a decline in loans outstanding.
Non-performing loans and leases decreased from $28.0 million on December 31, 2012 to $16.9 million on December 31, 2013 and the allowance for loan and lease losses was 1.21% of total loans and leases on December 31, 2013 compared to 1.35% of total loans and leases on December 31, 2012. The decline in the allowance for loan and lease losses as a percent of total loans results from the $243.9 million increase in loans resulting from the Somerset Hills acquisition, which is accounted for under acquisition accounting. Excluding the Somerset Hills loans, the allowance as a percent of total loans would be 1.34%. As discussed above, the decrease in non-accruals was in all categories. Management believes, based on appraisals and estimated selling costs that the majority of these loans are well secured and reserves on these loans are adequate. Based upon the process employed and giving recognition to all accompanying factors related to the loan and lease portfolio, management considers the allowance for loan and lease losses to be adequate at December 31, 2013.
The following table shows how the allowance for loan and lease losses is allocated among the various types of loans and leases that Lakeland has outstanding. This allocation is based on managements specific review of the credit risk of the outstanding loans and leases in each category as well as historical trends.
At December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance | % of Loans in Each Category |
Allowance | % of Loans in Each Category |
Allowance | % of Loans in Each Category |
Allowance | % of Loans in Each Category |
Allowance | % of Loans in Each Category |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 14,463 | 56.2 | % | $ | 16,258 | 52.4 | % | $ | 16,618 | 49.6 | % | $ | 11,366 | 48.2 | % | $ | 9,285 | 45.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
5,331 | 8.7 | % | 5,103 | 10.1 | % | 3,477 | 10.3 | % | 5,113 | 9.7 | % | 4,647 | 8.6 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Leases |
504 | 1.7 | % | 578 | 1.2 | % | 688 | 1.4 | % | 3,477 | 3.3 | % | 4,308 | 6.0 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
3,214 | 17.5 | % | 3,568 | 19.7 | % | 3,077 | 19.9 | % | 2,628 | 20.1 | % | 1,286 | 19.0 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real estateconstruction |
542 | 2.2 | % | 587 | 2.2 | % | 1,424 | 3.9 | % | 2,176 | 3.5 | % | 3,198 | 5.4 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
2,737 | 13.7 | % | 2,837 | 14.4 | % | 3,132 | 14.9 | % | 2,571 | 15.2 | % | 2,839 | 15.6 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unallocated |
3,030 | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
$ | 29,821 | 100.0 | % | $ | 28,931 | 100.0 | % | $ | 28,416 | 100.0 | % | $ | 27,331 | 100.0 | % | $ | 25,563 | 100.0 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-39-
Table of Contents
Investment Securities
The Company has classified its investment securities into the available for sale and held to maturity categories based on its intent and ability to hold the securities to maturity. The Company has no investment securities classified as trading securities.
The following table sets forth the carrying value of the Companys investment securities, both available for sale and held to maturity, as of December 31 for each of the last three years. Investment securities available for sale are stated at fair value while securities held for maturity are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.
December 31, | ||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | 89,897 | $ | 102,660 | $ | 52,608 | ||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, residential |
339,098 | 278,624 | 370,101 | |||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, multifamily |
2,355 | 1,421 | | |||||||||
Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
80,394 | 77,421 | 76,528 | |||||||||
Equity securities |
16,146 | 15,516 | 23,132 | |||||||||
Other debt securities |
4,960 | 14,993 | 21,275 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
$ | 532,850 | $ | 490,635 | $ | 543,644 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company does not own any collateralized debt obligations, pooled trust preferred securities or preferred stock with the Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Association. The Company also does not own any interests in any hedge funds or private equity funds that are designated covered funds under the Volcker Rule issued in December 2013. All of the Companys mortgage-backed securities are issued by U.S. Government or U.S. Government sponsored entities.
The following table sets forth the maturity distribution and weighted average yields (calculated on the basis of the stated yields to maturity, considering applicable premium or discount), on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of investment securities available for sale as of December 31, 2013, at fair value:
Available for sale |
Within one year |
Over one but within five years |
Over five but within ten years |
After ten years |
Total | |||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
$ | | $ | 24,141 | $ | 46,024 | $ | | $ | 70,165 | ||||||||||
Yield |
| % | 1.18 | % | 1.54 | % | | % | 1.42 | % | ||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, residential |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
| 4,861 | 29,495 | 270,146 | 304,502 | |||||||||||||||
Yield |
| % | 3.25 | % | 2.09 | % | 2.16 | % | 2.17 | % | ||||||||||
Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
3,984 | 11,213 | 19,999 | 1,677 | 36,873 | |||||||||||||||
Yield |
2.81 | % | 3.45 | % | 3.38 | % | 2.61 | % | 3.30 | % | ||||||||||
Other debt securities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
| 2,615 | | 805 | 3,420 | |||||||||||||||
Yield |
| % | 1.91 | % | | % | 1.04 | % | 1.71 | % | ||||||||||
Other equity securities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
16,146 | | | | 16,146 | |||||||||||||||
Yield |
2.05 | % | | % | | % | | % | 2.05 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total securities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
$ | 20,130 | $ | 42,830 | $ | 95,518 | $ | 272,628 | $ | 431,106 | ||||||||||
Yield |
2.20 | % | 2.05 | % | 2.10 | % | 2.16 | % | 2.14 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-40-
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the maturity distribution and weighted average yields (calculated on the basis of the stated yields to maturity, considering applicable premium or discount), on a fully taxable equivalent basis, of investment securities held to maturity as of December 31, 2013, at amortized cost:
Held to maturity |
Within one year |
Over one but within five years |
Over five but within ten years |
After ten years |
Total | |||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
$ | | $ | 5,004 | $ | 14,728 | | $ | 19,732 | |||||||||||
Yield |
| % | 1.98 | % | 2.05 | % | 0.00 | % | 2.03 | % | ||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, residential |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
| 576 | 996 | 33,024 | 34,596 | |||||||||||||||
Yield |
| % | 4.20 | % | 4.70 | % | 2.81 | % | 2.89 | % | ||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, multifamily |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
| | 1,361 | 994 | 2,355 | |||||||||||||||
Yield |
| % | | % | 1.66 | % | 2.35 | % | 1.95 | % | ||||||||||
Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
7,246 | 11,478 | 17,793 | 7,004 | 43,521 | |||||||||||||||
Yield |
1.84 | % | 4.26 | % | 3.28 | % | 2.51 | % | 3.17 | % | ||||||||||
Other debt securities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
| 1,540 | | | 1,540 | |||||||||||||||
Yield |
| % | 5.48 | % | | % | | % | 5.48 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total securities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount |
$ | 7,246 | $ | 18,598 | $ | 34,878 | $ | 41,022 | $ | 101,744 | ||||||||||
Yield |
1.84 | % | 3.75 | % | 2.74 | % | 2.69 | % | 2.86 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Assets
Other assets decreased from $23.1 million at December 31, 2012 to $19.8 million at December 31, 2013 primarily due to a refund of the prepaid FDIC assessment of $8.4 million, partially offset by an increase in net deferred taxes of $5.0 million resulting from an unrealized loss in securities available for sale.
Deposits
Total deposits increased from $2.37 billion on December 31, 2012 to $2.71 billion on December 31 2013, an increase of $338.2 million, or 14%. Somerset Hills deposits totaled $311.8 million at the time of acquisition. Noninterest bearing deposits increased $102.6 million, or 21%, to $600.7 million. Excluding $80.8 million in Somerset Hills demand deposits, noninterest bearing demand deposits have increased by $21.8 million, or 4%, from year-end 2012. Savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts increased $243.3 million. At the time of acquisition Somerset Hills had savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts of $199.1 million.
Total deposits increased from $2.25 billion on December 31, 2011 to $2.37 billion on December 31, 2012, an increase of $121.3 million, or 5%.
-41-
Table of Contents
The average amount of deposits and the average rates paid on deposits for the years indicated are summarized in the following table:
Year Ended December 31, 2013 |
Year Ended December 31, 2012 |
Year Ended December 31, 2011 |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Average Balance |
Average Rate |
Average Balance |
Average Rate |
Average Balance |
Average Rate |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits |
$ | 576,421 | | % | $ | 474,579 | | % | $ | 422,568 | | % | ||||||||||||
Interest-bearing transaction accounts |
1,341,691 | 0.28 | % | 1,171,318 | 0.41 | % | 1,088,678 | 0.53 | % | |||||||||||||||
Savings |
370,980 | 0.06 | % | 347,766 | 0.11 | % | 330,646 | 0.14 | % | |||||||||||||||
Time deposits |
309,384 | 0.68 | % | 329,355 | 0.96 | % | 400,442 | 1.16 | % | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Total |
$ | 2,598,476 | 0.23 | % | $ | 2,323,018 | 0.36 | % | $ | 2,242,334 | 0.49 | % | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2013, the aggregate amount of outstanding time deposits issued in amounts of $100,000 or more, broken down by time remaining to maturity, was as follows (in thousands):
Maturity |
||||
Within 3 months |
$ | 28,911 | ||
Over 3 through 6 months |
24,490 | |||
Over 6 through 12 months |
32,978 | |||
Over 12 months |
28,848 | |||
|
|
|||
Total |
$ | 115,227 | ||
|
|
Derivatives
Lakeland enters into interest rate swaps (swaps) with loan customers to provide a facility to mitigate the fluctuations in the variable rate on the respective loans. These swaps are matched in offsetting terms to swaps that Lakeland enters into with an outside third party. The swaps are reported at fair value in other assets or other liabilities. Lakelands swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, thus any net gain or loss resulting from changes in the fair value is recognized in other non-interest income. Further discussion of Lakelands financial derivatives is set forth in Note 18 to the audited Consolidated Financial Statements.
Liquidity
Liquidity measures whether an entity has sufficient cash flow to meet its financial obligations and commitments on a timely basis. The Company is liquid when its subsidiary bank has the cash available to meet the borrowing and cash withdrawal requirements of customers and the Company can pay for current and planned expenditures and satisfy its debt obligations.
Lakeland funds loan demand and operation expenses from several sources:
| Net income. Cash provided by operating activities was $50.7 million in 2013 compared to $48.6 million and $49.9 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. |
| Deposits. Lakeland can offer new products or change its rate structure in order to increase deposits. In 2013, Lakeland generated $26.5 million in deposit growth excluding the impact of Somerset Hills deposits, compared to $121.3 million in deposits generated in 2012. |
| Sales of securities and overnight funds. At year-end 2013, the Company had $431.1 million in securities designated available for sale. Of these securities, $281.3 million was pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes required by applicable laws and regulations. |
-42-
Table of Contents
| Repayments on loans and leases can also be a source of liquidity to fund further loan growth. |
| Overnight credit lines. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB), Lakeland has the ability to borrow overnight based on the market value of collateral pledged. Lakeland had no overnight borrowings from the FHLB on December 31, 2013. Lakeland also has overnight federal funds lines available for it to borrow up to $162.0 million. Lakeland had borrowings against these lines of $50.0 million at December 31, 2013. Lakeland also has the ability to utilize an unsecured line of credit from the FHLB to secure a portion of its public deposits. Lakeland may also borrow from the discount window of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on the market value of collateral pledged. Lakeland had no borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of December 31, 2013. |
| Other borrowings. Lakeland can also generate funds by utilizing long-term debt or securities sold under agreements to repurchase that would be collateralized by security or mortgage collateral. At times the market values of securities collateralizing our securities sold under agreements to repurchase may decline due to changes in interest rates and may necessitate our lenders to issue a margin call which requires the Company to pledge additional collateral to meet that margin call. For more information regarding the Companys borrowings, see Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. |
Management and the Board monitor the Companys liquidity through the asset/liability committee, which monitors the Companys compliance with certain regulatory ratios and other various liquidity guidelines.
The cash flow statements for the periods presented provide an indication of the Companys sources and uses of cash, as well as an indication of the ability of the Company to maintain an adequate level of liquidity. A discussion of the cash flow statement for year ended December 31, 2013 follows.
Cash and cash equivalents totaling $102.7 million on December 31, 2013, decreased $4.8 million from December 31, 2012. Operating activities provided $50.7 million in net cash. Investing activities used $66.1 million in net cash, primarily reflecting an increase in loans and leases and investment securities partially offset by net cash acquired in the acquisition of Somerset Hills. Financing activities provided $10.5 million in net cash primarily reflecting a net increase of $26.5 million in deposits, partially offset by an early extinguishment of subordinated debentures and the payment of dividends.
The Companys management believes that its current level of liquidity is sufficient to meet its current and anticipated operational needs, including current loan commitments, deposit maturities and other obligations. This constitutes a forward-looking statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results could differ materially from anticipated results due to a variety of factors, including uncertainties relating to general economic conditions; unanticipated decreases in deposits; changes in or failure to comply with governmental regulations; and uncertainties relating to the analysis of the Companys assessment of rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities and the extent to which market factors indicate that a financial institution such as Lakeland should match such assets and liabilities.
-43-
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth contractual obligations and other commitments representing required and potential cash outflows as of December 31, 2013. Interest on subordinated debentures and other borrowings is calculated based on current contractual interest rates.
Payment due period | ||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) |
Total | Within one year |
After one but within three years |
After three but within five years |
After five years |
|||||||||||||||
Minimum annual rentals or noncancellable operating leases |
$ | 19,899 | $ | 2,526 | $ | 4,230 | $ | 2,856 | $ | 10,287 | ||||||||||
Benefit plan commitments |
5,537 | 209 | 396 | 602 | 4,330 | |||||||||||||||
Remaining contractual maturities of time deposits |
296,086 | 214,479 | 61,804 | 19,110 | 693 | |||||||||||||||
Subordinated debentures |
41,238 | | | 0 | 41,238 | |||||||||||||||
Loan commitments |
589,619 | 486,714 | 55,514 | 766 | 46,625 | |||||||||||||||
Other borrowings |
119,000 | 30,000 | 30,000 | 39,000 | 20,000 | |||||||||||||||
Interest on other borrowings* |
30,338 | 3,223 | 6,182 | 3,959 | 16,974 | |||||||||||||||
Standby letters of credit |
9,244 | 8,705 | 459 | | 80 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total |
$ | 1,110,961 | $ | 745,856 | $ | 158,585 | $ | 66,293 | $ | 140,227 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* | Includes interest on other borrowings and subordinated debentures at a weighted rate of 2.08%. |
Interest Rate Risk
Closely related to the concept of liquidity is the concept of interest rate sensitivity (i.e., the extent to which assets and liabilities are sensitive to changes in interest rates). As a financial institution, the Companys potential interest rate volatility is a primary component of its market risk. Fluctuations in interest rates will ultimately impact the level of income and expense recorded on a large portion of the Companys assets and liabilities, and the market value of all interest-earning assets, other than those which possess a short term to maturity. Based upon the Companys nature of operations, the Company is not subject to foreign currency exchange or commodity price risk. The Company does not own any trading assets and does not have any off balance sheet hedging transactions in place, such as interest rate swaps and caps.
The Companys net income is largely dependent on net interest income. Net interest income is susceptible to interest rate risk to the extent that interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice on a different basis than interest-earning assets. For example, when interest-bearing liabilities mature or reprice more quickly than interest-earning assets, an increase in market rates could adversely affect net interest income. Conversely, when interest-earning assets reprice more quickly than interest-bearing liabilities, an increase in market rates could increase net interest income.
The Companys Board of Directors has adopted an Asset/Liability Policy designed to stabilize net interest income and preserve capital over a broad range of interest rate movements. This policy outlines guidelines and ratios dealing with, among others, liquidity, volatile liability dependence, investment portfolio composition, loan portfolio composition, loan-to-deposit ratio and gap analysis ratio. Key quantitative measurements include the percentage change of net interest income in various interest rate scenarios (net interest income at risk) and changes in the market value of equity in various rate environments (net portfolio value at risk). The Companys performance as compared to the Asset/Liability Policy is monitored by its Board of Directors. In addition, to effectively administer the Asset/Liability Policy and to monitor exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, the Company maintains an Asset/Liability Committee (the ALCO), consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, the Regional Presidents, the Chief Financial Officer, Chief Lending Officer, Chief Retail Officer, Chief Credit Officer, certain other senior officers and certain directors. This committee meets quarterly to review the Companys financial results and to develop strategies to implement the Asset/Liability Policy and to respond to market conditions.
-44-
Table of Contents
The Company monitors and controls interest rate risk through a variety of techniques, including use of an interest rate risk management model. With the interest rate risk management model, the Company projects future net interest income, and then estimates the effect of various changes in interest rates and balance sheet growth rates on that projected net interest income. The Company also uses the interest rate risk management model to calculate the change in net portfolio value over a range of interest rate change scenarios.
Interest rate sensitivity modeling is done at a specific point in time and involves a variety of significant estimates and assumptions. Interest rate sensitivity modeling requires, among other things, estimates of how much and when yields and costs on individual categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities will respond to general changes in market rates, future cash flows and discount rates.
Net interest income simulation considers the relative sensitivities of the balance sheet including the effects of interest rate caps on adjustable rate mortgages and the relatively stable aspects of core deposits. As such, net interest income simulation is designed to address the probability of interest rate changes and the behavioral response of the balance sheet to those changes. Market Value of Portfolio Equity represents the fair value of the net present value of assets, liabilities and off-balance-sheet items. Changes in estimates and assumptions made for interest rate sensitivity modeling could have a significant impact on projected results and conclusions. These assumptions could include prepayment rates, sensitivity of non-maturity deposits and other similar assumptions. Therefore, if our assumptions should change, this technique may not accurately reflect the impact of general interest rate movements on the Companys net interest income or net portfolio value.
The starting point (or base case) for the following table is an estimate of the following years net interest income assuming that both interest rates and the Companys interest-sensitive assets and liabilities remain at year-end levels. The net interest income estimated for 2014 (the base case) is $111.4 million. The information provided for net interest income assumes that changes in interest rates change gradually in equal increments (rate ramp) over the twelve month period.
Changes in interest rates | ||||||||
Rate Ramp |
+200 bp | -200 bp | ||||||
Asset/Liability Policy Limit |
-5.0 | % | -5.0 | % | ||||
December 31, 2013 |
-3.9 | % | -2.0 | % | ||||
December 31, 2012 |
-4.9 | % | -2.2 | % |
The ALCOs policy review of interest rate risk includes policy limits for net interest income changes in various rate shock scenarios. Rate shocks assume that current interest rates change immediately. The information provided for net interest income assumes fluctuations or rate shocks for changes in interest rates as shown in the table below.
Changes in interest rates | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Rate Shock |
+400 bp | +300 bp | +200 bp | +100 bp | -100 bp | -200 bp | -300 bp | -400 bp | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset/Liability Policy Limit |
-20.0 | % | -15.0 | % | -10.0 | % | -5.0 | % | -5.0 | % | -10.0 | % | -15.0 | % | -20.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2013 |
-11.2 | % | -8.2 | % | -5.1 | % | -2.1 | % | -4.8 | % | -7.1 | % | -8.2 | % | -8.2 | % | ||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2012 |
-8.7 | % | -6.4 | % | -4.2 | % | -2.1 | % | -4.1 | % | -4.6 | % | -4.6 | % | -4.6 | % |
The base case for the following table is an estimate of the Companys net portfolio value for the periods presented using current discount rates, and assuming the Companys interest-sensitive assets and liabilities remain at year-end levels. The net portfolio value at December 31, 2013 (the base case) was $465.6 million. The information provided for the net portfolio value assumes fluctuations or rate shocks for changes in interest rates as shown in the table below.
Changes in interest rates | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Rate Shock |
+300 bp | +200 bp | +100 bp | -100 bp | -200 bp | -300 bp | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset/Liability Policy Limit |
-35.0 | % | -25.0 | % | -25.0 | % | -35.0 | % | ||||||||||||||||
December 31, 2013 |
-17.8 | % | -11.3 | % | -5.0 | % | 1.6 | % | -1.5 | % | -6.0 | % | ||||||||||||
December 31, 2012 |
-14.6 | % | -7.4 | % | -2.3 | % | -5.1 | % | -8.9 | % | -7.8 | % |
-45-
Table of Contents
The information set forth in the above tables is based on significant estimates and assumptions, and constitutes a forward-looking statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.
The information in the above tables represent the policy scenario that the ALCO reviews on a quarterly basis. There are also other scenarios run that the ALCO examines that vary depending on the economic environment. These scenarios include a yield curve flattening scenario and scenarios that show more dramatic changes in rates. The committee uses the appropriate scenarios, depending on the economic environment, in its interest rate management decisions.
Capital Resources
Stockholders equity increased from $280.9 million on December 31, 2012 to $351.4 million on December 31, 2013. The increase in stockholders equity from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 was primarily due to stock issued of $57.4 million for the acquisition of Somerset Hills and $25.0 million in net income, partially offset by other comprehensive loss on the Companys available for sale securities portfolio of $8.6 million and the payment of dividends on common stock of $8.2 million.
Book value per common share (total common stockholders equity divided by the number of shares outstanding) increased from $9.45 on December 31, 2012 to $9.74 on December 31, 2013 primarily as a result of net income. Book value per common share was $8.99 on December 31, 2011. Tangible book value per share increased from $6.52 on December 31, 2012 to $6.63 on December 31, 2013. For more information see Non-GAAP Financial Measures.
The FDICs risk-based capital policy statement imposes a minimum capital standard on insured banks. The minimum ratio of risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets (including certain off-balance sheet items, such as standby letters of credit) is 8%. At least half of the total capital is to be comprised of common stock equity and qualifying perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill (Tier I capital). The remainder (Tier II capital) may consist of mandatory convertible debt securities, qualifying subordinated debt, other preferred stock and a portion of the allowance for loan and lease losses. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted a similar risk-based capital guideline for the Company which is computed on a consolidated basis.
In addition, the bank regulators have adopted minimum leverage ratio guidelines (Tier I capital to average quarterly assets, less goodwill) for financial institutions. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for financial institutions that meet certain specified criteria, including that they have the highest regulatory rating. All other holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of 3% plus an additional cushion of at least 100 to 200 basis points.
The following table reflects capital ratios of the Company and Lakeland as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:
Tier 1 Capital to Total Average Assets Ratio December 31, |
Tier 1 Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets Ratio December 31, |
Total
Capital to Risk-Weighted Assets Ratio December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | 2013 | 2012 | |||||||||||||||||||
Capital Ratios: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
The Company |
8.90 | % | 8.62 | % | 11.73 | % | 11.52 | % | 12.98 | % | 12.77 | % | ||||||||||||
Lakeland Bank |
8.38 | % | 7.98 | % | 11.04 | % | 10.66 | % | 12.29 | % | 11.92 | % | ||||||||||||
Well capitalized institution under FDIC Regulations |
5.00 | % | 5.00 | % | 6.00 | % | 6.00 | % | 10.00 | % | 10.00 | % |
Basel III
On July 2, 2013, the FRB approved the final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervisions (BCBS) capital guidelines for U.S. banks. Under the final rules, minimum requirements will
-46-
Table of Contents
increase for both the quantity and quality of capital held by the Company. The rules include a new common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of 4.5% and a common equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer of 2.5% of risk-weighted assets. The final rules also raise the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets from 4.0% to 6.0% and require a minimum leverage ratio of 4.0%. The final rules also implement strict eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments. On July 9, 2013, the FDIC also approved, as an interim final rule, the regulatory capital requirements for U.S. banks, following the actions of the FRB. The FDICs rule is identical in substance to the final rules issued by the FRB. The phase-in period for the final rules will begin for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the final rules requirements phased in over a multi-year schedule through January 1, 2019. The Company believes that as of December 31, 2013, Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank would meet all the requirements under the new rules on a fully phase-in basis, if such requirements were fully in effect.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||
(In thousands, except per share amounts) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Calculation of tangible book value per common share |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total common stockholders equity at end of periodGAAP |
$ | 351,424 | $ | 280,867 | $ | 241,303 | $ | 223,235 | $ | 211,963 | ||||||||||
Less: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
109,974 | 87,111 | 87,111 | 87,111 | 87,111 | |||||||||||||||
Other identifiable intangible assets, net |
2,424 | | | 578 | 1,640 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total tangible common stockholders equity at end of periodNon- GAAP |
$ | 239,026 | $ | 193,756 | $ | 154,192 | $ | 135,546 | $ | 123,212 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Shares outstanding at end of period(1) |
36,070 | 29,726 | 26,836 | 26,588 | 26,319 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Book value per shareGAAP(1) |
$ | 9.74 | $ | 9.45 | $ | 8.99 | $ | 8.40 | $ | 8.05 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Tangible book value per shareNon-GAAP(1) |
$ | 6.63 | $ | 6.52 | $ | 5.75 | $ | 5.10 | $ | 4.68 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Calculation of tangible common equity to tangible assets |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total tangible common stockholders equity at end of periodNon- GAAP |
$ | 239,026 | $ | 193,756 | $ | 154,192 | $ | 135,546 | $ | 123,212 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total assets at end of periodGAAP |
$ | 3,317,791 | $ | 2,918,703 | $ | 2,825,950 | $ | 2,792,674 | $ | 2,723,968 | ||||||||||
Less: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
109,974 | 87,111 | 87,111 | 87,111 | 87,111 | |||||||||||||||
Other identifiable intangible assets, net |
2,424 | | | 578 | 1,640 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total tangible assets at end of periodNon-GAAP |
$ | 3,205,393 | $ | 2,831,592 | $ | 2,738,839 | $ | 2,704,985 | $ | 2,635,217 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Common equity to assetsGAAP |
10.59 | % | 9.62 | % | 8.54 | % | 7.99 | % | 7.78 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Tangible common equity to tangible assetsNon-GAAP |
7.46 | % | 6.84 | % | 5.63 | % | 5.01 | % | 4.68 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Adjusted for 5% stock dividends in 2012 and 2011. |
-47-
Table of Contents
For the years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | 2010 | 2009 | ||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Calculation of return on average tangible common equity |
||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss)GAAP |
$ | 24,969 | $ | 21,742 | $ | 19,851 | $ | 19,211 | $ | (5,396 | ) | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total average common stockholders equityGAAP |
$ | 320,923 | $ | 256,364 | $ | 232,711 | $ | 220,796 | $ | 217,062 | ||||||||||
Less: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Average goodwill |
100,753 | 87,111 | 87,111 | 87,111 | 87,111 | |||||||||||||||
Average other identifiable intangible assets, net |
1,513 | | 166 | 1,120 | 2,182 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Total average tangible common stockholders equityNon GAAP |
$ | 218,657 | $ | 169,253 | $ | 145,434 | $ | 132,565 | $ | 127,769 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Return on average common stockholders equityGAAP |
7.78 | % | 8.48 | % | 8.53 | % | 8.70 | % | -2.49 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Return on average tangible common stockholders equityNon-GAAP |
11.42 | % | 12.85 | % | 13.65 | % | 14.49 | % | -4.22 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
Including Merger Related Expenses |
Excluding Merger Related Expenses |
||||||
Reconciliation of Earnings Per ShareDecember 31, 2013 |
$ | 24,969 | $ | 24,969 | ||||
Merger Related Expenses: |
||||||||
Tax Deductible$1,652,000 net of tax |
| 978 | ||||||
Non Tax Deductible$1,182,000 |
| 1,182 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net Effect of Merger Related Expenses |
$ | | $ | 2,160 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net Income Available to Common Shareholders ex-Merger Related Expenses |
$ | 24,969 | 27,129 | |||||
Less: Earnings Allocated to Participating Securities |
(178 | ) | (178 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
$ | 24,791 | $ | 26,951 | |||||
Weighted Average SharesBasic |
33,088 | 33,088 | ||||||
Weighted Average SharesDiluted |
33,240 | 33,240 | ||||||
Basic Earnings Per Common Share |
$ | 0.75 | $ | 0.81 | ||||
Diluted Earnings Per Common Share |
$ | 0.75 | $ | 0.81 | ||||
|
|
|
|
-48-
Table of Contents
Quarterly financial data (unaudited)
The following represents summarized quarterly financial data of the Company, which in the opinion of management reflected all adjustments, consisting only of nonrecurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the Companys results of operations.
Quarter ended | ||||||||||||||||
March 31, 2013 |
June 30, 2013 |
September 30, 2013 |
December 31, 2013 |
|||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share amounts) | ||||||||||||||||
Total interest income |
$ | 26,569 | $ | 27,630 | $ | 29,855 | $ | 30,145 | ||||||||
Total interest expense |
2,633 | 2,484 | 2,368 | 2,172 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net interest income |
23,936 | 25,146 | 27,487 | 27,973 | ||||||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses |
3,183 | 2,594 | 1,879 | 1,687 | ||||||||||||
Noninterest income (excluding investment securities gains and gain on debt extinguishment) |
4,546 | 4,595 | 4,645 | 5,139 | ||||||||||||
Gains on investment securities, net |
505 | 1 | | 333 | ||||||||||||
Gain on debt extinguishment |
| 1,197 | | | ||||||||||||
Long term debt prepayment fee |
526 | | | 683 | ||||||||||||
Merger related expenses |
631 | 1,452 | 744 | 7 | ||||||||||||
Core deposit intangible amortization |
| 41 | 123 | 124 | ||||||||||||
Noninterest expense |
17,070 | 17,900 | 19,540 | 19,900 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income before taxes |
7,577 | 8,952 | 9,846 | 11,044 | ||||||||||||
Income taxes |
2,469 | 3,049 | 3,229 | 3,703 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net Income Available to Common Stockholders |
$ | 5,108 | $ | 5,903 | $ | 6,617 | $ | 7,341 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Earnings per share of common stock |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.17 | $ | 0.19 | $ | 0.19 | $ | 0.20 | ||||||||
Diluted |
$ | 0.17 | $ | 0.19 | $ | 0.19 | $ | 0.20 |
Quarter ended | ||||||||||||||||
March 31, 2012 |
June 30, 2012 |
September 30, 2012 |
December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share amounts) | ||||||||||||||||
Total interest income |
$ | 28,294 | $ | 27,938 | $ | 27,495 | $ | 27,232 | ||||||||
Total interest expense |
4,348 | 4,190 | 3,840 | 3,068 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net interest income |
23,946 | 23,748 | 23,655 | 24,164 | ||||||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses |
4,556 | 3,877 | 3,350 | 3,124 | ||||||||||||
Noninterest income |
4,025 | 4,530 | 4,640 | 4,661 | ||||||||||||
Gains on investment securities, net |
32 | 241 | | 776 | ||||||||||||
Long term debt prepayment fee |
| | | 782 | ||||||||||||
Noninterest expense |
16,275 | 16,470 | 16,968 | 17,178 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Income before taxes |
7,172 | 8,172 | 7,977 | 8,517 | ||||||||||||
Income taxes |
2,201 | 2,719 | 2,488 | 2,688 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net income |
$ | 4,971 | $ | 5,453 | $ | 5,489 | $ | 5,829 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Dividends on Preferred Stock and Accretion |
$ | 620 | $ | | $ | | $ | | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Net Income Available to Common Stockholders |
$ | 4,351 | $ | 5,453 | $ | 5,489 | $ | 5,829 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Earnings per share of common stock(1) |
||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 0.16 | $ | 0.20 | $ | 0.20 | $ | 0.20 | ||||||||
Diluted |
$ | 0.16 | $ | 0.20 | $ | 0.20 | $ | 0.20 |
(1) | Adjusted for 5% stock dividend payable April 16, 2012 to shareholders of record March 30, 2012. |
-49-
Table of Contents
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2014. the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB) issued an accounting standards update to clarify when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the real estate recognized. These amendments clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either: (a) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure; or (b) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. This update is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a material impact on the Companys financial statements.
In July 2013, the FASB issued an accounting pronouncement to improve the reporting for unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The pronouncement is expected to reduce diversity in practice by providing guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits and will better reflect the manner in which an entity would settle at the reporting date any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. The pronouncement is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Companys financial statements.
In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance permitting the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government and the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). This guidance is effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Companys financial statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance relating to the reporting of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. This guidance further updates guidance issued in 2011 increasing the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income and facilitating the convergence of U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The guidance issued in 2013 requires an entity to provide information about the items reclassified out of other comprehensive income by component. This guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2012, and is to be applied retrospectively. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In December 2011, the FASB issued accounting guidance regarding disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The scope of this accounting guidance was further clarified by the FASB on January 1, 2013. This guidance affects all entities that have financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset in accordance with U.S. GAAP or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This information will enable users of an entitys financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entitys financial position, including the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with certain financial instruments and derivative instruments in the scope of this guidance. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013 and provided the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
Effects of Inflation
The impact of inflation, as it affects banks, differs substantially from the impact on non-financial institutions. Banks have assets which are primarily monetary in nature and which tend to move with inflation.
-50-
Table of Contents
This is especially true for banks with a high percentage of rate sensitive interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. A bank can further reduce the impact of inflation with proper management of its rate sensitivity gap. This gap represents the difference between interest rate sensitive assets and interest rate sensitive liabilities. Lakeland attempts to structure its assets and liabilities and manages its gap to protect against substantial changes in interest rate scenarios, in order to minimize the potential effects of inflation.
ITEM 7AQuantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
-51-
Table of Contents
ITEM 8Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, | ||||||||
2013 | 2012 | |||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||
Cash |
$ | 94,205 | $ | 100,926 | ||||
Interest-bearing deposits due from banks |
8,516 | 6,619 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total cash and cash equivalents |
102,721 | 107,545 | ||||||
Investment securities, available for sale, at fair value |
431,106 | 393,710 | ||||||
Investment securities, held to maturity, at amortized cost with fair value of $100,394 in 2013 and $99,784 in 2012 |
101,744 | 96,925 | ||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank and other membership stock, at cost |
7,938 | 5,382 | ||||||
Loans held for sale |
1,206 | | ||||||
Loans, net of deferred costs (fees) |
2,469,016 | 2,146,843 | ||||||
Less: allowance for loan and lease losses |
29,821 | 28,931 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net loans |
2,439,195 | 2,117,912 | ||||||
Premises and equipmentnet |
37,148 | 33,280 | ||||||
Accrued interest receivable |
8,603 | 7,643 | ||||||
Goodwill |
109,974 | 87,111 | ||||||
Other identifiable intangible assets |
2,424 | | ||||||
Bank owned life insurance |
55,968 | 46,143 | ||||||
Other assets |
19,764 | 23,052 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
TOTAL ASSETS |
$ | 3,317,791 | $ | 2,918,703 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
LIABILITIES: |
||||||||
Deposits: |
||||||||
Noninterest bearing |
$ | 600,652 | $ | 498,066 | ||||
Savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts |
1,812,467 | 1,569,139 | ||||||
Time deposits under $100 thousand |
180,859 | 188,278 | ||||||
Time deposits $100 thousand and over |
115,227 | 115,514 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deposits |
2,709,205 | 2,370,997 | ||||||
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
81,991 | 117,289 | ||||||
Other borrowings |
119,000 | 85,000 | ||||||
Subordinated debentures |
41,238 | 51,548 | ||||||
Other liabilities |
14,933 | 13,002 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
2,966,367 | 2,637,836 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
Common stock, no par value; authorized 70,000,000 shares; issued shares, 36,070,286 at December 31,2013 and 29,941,967 at December 31, 2012; outstanding shares, 36,070,286 at December 31, 2013 and 29,725,890 at December 31, 2012 |
364,637 | 303,794 | ||||||
Accumulated Deficit |
(8,538 | ) | (24,145 | ) | ||||
Treasury stock, at cost, 0 shares in 2013 and 216,077 shares in 2012 |
| (2,718 | ) | |||||
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) gain |
(4,675 | ) | 3,936 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
351,424 | 280,867 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
$ | 3,317,791 | $ | 2,918,703 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
-52-
Table of Contents
Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(dollars in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||||||
INTEREST INCOME |
||||||||||||
Loans, leases and fees |
$ | 104,329 | $ | 100,513 | $ | 104,585 | ||||||
Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits with banks |
93 | 51 | 51 | |||||||||
Taxable investment securities and other |
7,985 | 8,574 | 10,882 | |||||||||
Tax-exempt investment securities |
1,792 | 1,821 | 2,006 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
TOTAL INTEREST INCOME |
114,199 | 110,959 | 117,524 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
INTEREST EXPENSE |
||||||||||||
Deposits |
6,089 | 8,344 | 10,878 | |||||||||
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
39 | 79 | 88 | |||||||||
Other borrowings |
3,529 | 7,023 | 9,145 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE |
9,657 | 15,446 | 20,111 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
NET INTEREST INCOME |
104,542 | 95,513 | 97,413 | |||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses |
9,343 | 14,907 | 18,816 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES |
95,199 | 80,606 | 78,597 | |||||||||
NONINTEREST INCOME |
||||||||||||
Service charges on deposit accounts |
10,837 | 10,504 | 10,262 | |||||||||
Commissions and fees |
4,585 | 4,491 | 3,703 | |||||||||
Gain on sales and calls of investment securities, net |
839 | 1,049 | 1,229 | |||||||||
Gain on debt extinguishment |
1,197 | | | |||||||||
Income on bank owned life insurance |
1,410 | 1,344 | 1,423 | |||||||||
Other income |
2,093 | 1,517 | 1,500 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
TOTAL NONINTEREST INCOME |
20,961 | 18,905 | 18,117 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
NONINTEREST EXPENSE |
||||||||||||
Salaries and employee benefits |
41,871 | 38,586 | 36,500 | |||||||||
Net occupancy expense |
8,074 | 7,089 | 6,885 | |||||||||
Furniture and equipment |
6,181 | 4,751 | 4,726 | |||||||||
Stationery, supplies and postage |
1,482 | 1,415 | 1,396 | |||||||||
Marketing expense |
2,088 | 2,034 | 2,409 | |||||||||
Core deposit intangible amortization |
288 | | 577 | |||||||||
FDIC insurance expense |
2,014 | 2,163 | 2,790 | |||||||||
Legal expense |
1,032 | 1,236 | 1,692 | |||||||||
Other real estate and repossessed asset expense |
24 | 99 | 780 | |||||||||
Long-term debt prepayment fee |
1,209 | 782 | 800 | |||||||||
Merger related expenses |
2,834 | | | |||||||||
Other expenses |
11,644 | 9,518 | 9,596 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
TOTAL NONINTEREST EXPENSE |
78,741 | 67,673 | 68,151 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income before provision for income taxes |
37,419 | 31,838 | 28,563 | |||||||||
Provision for income taxes |
12,450 | 10,096 | 8,712 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
NET INCOME |
$ | 24,969 | $ | 21,742 | $ | 19,851 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Dividends on Preferred Stock and Accretion |
$ | | $ | 620 | $ | 2,167 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net Income Available to Common Stockholders |
$ | 24,969 | $ | 21,122 | $ | 17,684 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK: |
||||||||||||
Basic earnings |
$ | 0.75 | $ | 0.76 | $ | 0.66 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted earnings |
$ | 0.75 | $ | 0.76 | $ | 0.66 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Cash dividends |
$ | 0.29 | $ | 0.25 | $ | 0.23 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
-53-
Table of Contents
Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
NET INCOME |
$ | 24,969 | $ | 21,742 | $ | 19,851 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS), NET OF TAX: |
||||||||||||
Unrealized securities gains (losses) during period |
(8,690 | ) | 1,728 | 5,445 | ||||||||
Less: reclassification for gains included in net income |
509 | 682 | 799 | |||||||||
Change in pension liability, net |
588 | 19 | (102 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
(8,611 | ) | 1,065 | 4,544 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME |
$ | 16,358 | $ | 22,807 | $ | 24,395 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
-54-
Table of Contents
Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011
Common stock | Series
A Preferred Stock |
Accumulated Deficit |
Treasury Stock |
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of Shares |
Amount | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2010 |
25,977,592 | $ | 271,595 | $ | 37,474 | $ | (38,004 | ) | $ | (8,683 | ) | $ | (1,673 | ) | $ | 260,709 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Net Income |
| | | 19,851 | | | 19,851 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
| | | | | 4,544 | 4,544 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred dividends |
| | | (1,161 | ) | | | (1,161 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Accretion of discount |
| | 1,006 | (1,006 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stock based compensation |
| 627 | | | | | 627 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Redemption of preferred stock |
| | (20,000 | ) | | | | (20,000 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Adjustment for stock dividend |
(944 | ) | (309 | ) | | 309 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of restricted stock awards |
| (1,262 | ) | | | 1,262 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of stock to dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan |
| (520 | ) | | (1,009 | ) | 1,714 | | 185 | |||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options, net of excess tax benefits |
| (87 | ) | | | 156 | | 69 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends, common stock |
| | | (5,041 | ) | | | (5,041 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
BALANCE DECEMBER 31, 2011 |
25,976,648 | 270,044 | 18,480 | (26,061 | ) | (5,551 | ) | 2,871 | 259,783 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Net Income |
| | | 21,742 | | | 21,742 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income, net of tax |
| | | | | 1,065 | 1,065 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Preferred dividends |
| | | (100 | ) | | | (100 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Accretion of discount |
| | 520 | (520 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stock based compensation |
| 746 | | | | | 746 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Redemption of preferred stock |
| | (19,000 | ) | | | | (19,000 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Warrant repurchase |
| (2,800 | ) | | | | | (2,800 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Stock dividend |
1,298,066 | 12,345 | | (12,345 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stock issuance, net of expenses |
2,667,253 | 25,040 | | | | | 25,040 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of restricted stock awards |
| (1,153 | ) | | | 1,153 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of stock to dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan |
| (432 | ) | | (1,088 | ) | 1,680 | | 160 | |||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options, net of excess tax benefits |
| 4 | | | | | 4 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends, common stock |
| | | (5,773 | ) | | | (5,773 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
BALANCE December 31, 2012 |
29,941,967 | 303,794 | | (24,145 | ) | (2,718 | ) | 3,936 | 280,867 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Net Income |
| | | 24,969 | | | 24,969 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax |
| | | | | (8,611 | ) | (8,611 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Stock based compensation |
| 895 | | | | | 895 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of restricted stock awards |
| (1,301 | ) | | | 1,301 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of stock for acquisition |
5,794,079 | 57,419 | | | | | 57,419 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of stock options for acquisition |
| 1,500 | | | | | 1,500 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of stock to dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan |
57,109 | 458 | | (1,210 | ) | 938 | | 186 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options, net of excess tax benefits |
277,131 | 1,872 | | | 479 | | 2,351 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash dividends, common stock |
| | | (8,152 | ) | | | (8,152 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
BALANCE December 31, 2013 |
36,070,286 | $ | 364,637 | $ | | ($ | 8,538 | ) | $ | | ($ | 4,675 | ) | $ | 351,424 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
-55-
Table of Contents
Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 24,969 | $ | 21,742 | $ | 19,851 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Net amortization of premiums, discounts and deferred loan fees and costs |
4,787 | 6,125 | 6,519 | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
3,625 | 3,067 | 2,904 | |||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
288 | | 577 | |||||||||
Provision for loan and lease losses |
9,343 | 14,907 | 18,816 | |||||||||
Stock based compensation |
895 | 746 | 627 | |||||||||
Loans originated for sale |
(34,718 | ) | | | ||||||||
Proceeds from sales of loans |
36,804 | | | |||||||||
Gains on securities |
(839 | ) | (1,049 | ) | (1,229 | ) | ||||||
Gains on sales of loans held for sale |
(760 | ) | | | ||||||||
Gains on debt extinguishment |
(1,197 | ) | | | ||||||||
Gains on leases |
| (471 | ) | (1,026 | ) | |||||||
Writedown of other repossessed assets |
| | 230 | |||||||||
(Gains) losses on other real estate and other repossessed assets |
(934 | ) | (47 | ) | 115 | |||||||
Gain on sale of premises and equipment |
(60 | ) | (201 | ) | (167 | ) | ||||||
Deferred tax provision |
164 | 576 | 172 | |||||||||
Decrease in other assets |
7,366 | 2,107 | 2,162 | |||||||||
Increase in other liabilities |
995 | 1,089 | 379 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
50,728 | 48,591 | 49,930 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||||||
Net cash acquired in acquisition |
74,316 | | | |||||||||
Proceeds from repayments on and maturity of securities: |
||||||||||||
Available for sale |
70,779 | 117,130 | 161,241 | |||||||||
Held to maturity |
22,952 | 26,070 | 20,057 | |||||||||
Proceeds from sales of securities: |
||||||||||||
Available for sale |
64,020 | 97,824 | 92,409 | |||||||||
Purchase of securities: |
||||||||||||
Available for sale |
(187,452 | ) | (144,652 | ) | (234,230 | ) | ||||||
Held to maturity |
(19,603 | ) | (54,510 | ) | (26,834 | ) | ||||||
Net (increase) decrease in Federal Home Loan Bank and other membership bank stock |
(2,063 | ) | 2,951 | 1,530 | ||||||||
Proceeds from sales of leases |
| | 16,433 | |||||||||
Net increase in loans and leases |
(91,201 | ) | (120,870 | ) | (64,403 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from dispositions of premises and equipment |
463 | 749 | 325 | |||||||||
Capital expenditures |
(2,786 | ) | (8,978 | ) | (3,425 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from sales of other real estate and other repossessed assets |
4,509 | 1,768 | 2,548 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
(66,066 | ) | (82,518 | ) | (34,349 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||||||
Net increase in deposits |
26,540 | 121,344 | 53,764 | |||||||||
Increase (decrease) in federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase |
(35,298 | ) | 45,158 | 20,008 | ||||||||
Proceeds from other borrowings |
50,000 | 280,000 | 140,000 | |||||||||
Repayments of other borrowings |
(16,000 | ) | (350,000 | ) | (180,000 | ) | ||||||
Issuance of stock to Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan |
186 | 160 | 185 | |||||||||
Proceeds on issuance of stock, net |
| 25,040 | | |||||||||
Redemption of subordinated debentures, net |
(9,113 | ) | (25,000 | ) | | |||||||
Redemption of preferred stock and common stock warrant |
| (21,800 | ) | (20,000 | ) | |||||||
Exercise of stock options |
2,209 | | 72 | |||||||||
Excess tax benefits |
142 | 4 | (3 | ) | ||||||||
Dividends paid on preferred stock |
| (219 | ) | (1,286 | ) | |||||||
Dividends paid on common stock |
(8,152 | ) | (5,773 | ) | (5,041 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
10,514 | 68,914 | 7,699 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
(4,824 | ) | 34,987 | 23,280 | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year |
107,545 | 72,558 | 49,278 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR |
$ | 102,721 | $ | 107,545 | $ | 72,558 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
-56-
Table of Contents
Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) is a bank holding company whose principal activity is the ownership and management of its wholly owned subsidiary, Lakeland Bank (Lakeland). Lakeland operates under a state bank charter and provides full banking services and, as a state bank, is subject to regulation by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance. Lakeland generates commercial, mortgage and consumer loans and receives deposits from customers located primarily in Northern and Central New Jersey. Lakeland also provides non-deposit products, such as securities brokerage services, including mutual funds and variable annuities.
Lakeland operates as a commercial bank offering a wide variety of commercial loans and leases and, to a lesser degree, consumer credits. Its primary strategic aim is to establish a reputation and market presence as the small and middle market business bank in its principal markets. Lakeland funds its loans primarily by offering time, savings and money market, and demand deposit accounts to both commercial enterprises and individuals. Additionally, it originates residential mortgage loans, and services such loans which are owned by other investors. Lakeland also has an equipment finance division which provides equipment lease financing primarily to small and medium sized business clients and an asset based lending department which specializes in utilizing particular assets to fund the working capital needs of borrowers.
The Company and Lakeland are subject to regulations of certain state and federal agencies and, accordingly, are periodically examined by those regulatory authorities. As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities, Lakelands business is particularly susceptible to being affected by state and federal legislation and regulations.
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period financial statements to conform to the 2013 presentation.
Basis of Financial Statement Presentation
The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and its subsidiaries conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and predominant practices within the banking industry. The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, Lakeland, Lakeland NJ Investment Corp., Lakeland Investment Corp., Lakeland Equity, Inc., Lakeland Preferred Equity, Inc. and Sullivan Financial Services. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also affect reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant estimates implicit in these financial statements are as follows.
The principal estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the allowance for loan and lease losses, the valuation of the Companys investment securities portfolio, the realizability of the Companys deferred tax asset and the analysis of goodwill and intangible impairment. The policies regarding these estimates are discussed below.
The Companys operating segments are components of its enterprise for which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Companys chief operating decision maker is its Chief Executive
-57-
Table of Contents
Officer. All of the Companys financial services activities are interrelated, and each activity is dependent and assessed based on how each of the activities of the Company supports the others. For example, commercial lending is dependent upon the ability of Lakeland to fund itself with retail deposits and other borrowings and to manage interest rate and credit risk. The situation is also similar for consumer and residential mortgage lending. Moreover, the Company operates in one market area, Northern and Central New Jersey. Therefore, all significant operating decisions are based upon analysis of the Company as one operating segment or unit. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has one operating segment and thus one reporting segment.
Investment Securities
Investment securities are classified in one of three categories: held to maturity, trading, or available for sale. Investments in debt securities, for which management has both the ability and intent to hold to maturity, are carried at cost, adjusted for the amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts computed by the effective interest method. Investments in debt and equity securities, which management believes may be sold prior to maturity due to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity requirements, or other factors, are classified as available for sale. Net unrealized gains and losses for such securities, net of tax effect, are reported as other comprehensive income (loss) and excluded from the determination of net income. The Company does not engage in securities trading. Gains or losses on disposition of investment securities are based on the net proceeds and the adjusted carrying amount of the securities sold using the specific identification method. Losses are recorded through the statement of operations when the impairment is considered other-than-temporary, even if a decision to sell has not been made.
The Company evaluates its portfolio for impairment each quarter. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, the Company considers the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and whether the Company is more likely than not to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis. If a security has been impaired for more than twelve months, and the impairment is deemed other-than-temporary, a write down will occur in that quarter. If a loss is deemed to be other-than-temporary, it is recognized as a realized loss in the income statement with the security assigned a new cost basis.
If the Company intends to sell an impaired security, the Company records an other-than-temporary loss in an amount equal to the entire difference between the fair value and amortized cost. If a security is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, but the Company does not intend to sell the security, only the credit portion of the estimated loss is recognized in earnings in gain (loss) on securities, with the other portion of the loss recognized in other comprehensive income. If a determination is made that an equity security is other-than-temporarily impaired, the unrealized loss will be recognized as an other-than-temporary impairment charge in non-interest income as a component of gain (loss) on investment securities.
Loans and Leases and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Loans and leases that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at the amount of unpaid principal and are net of unearned discount, unearned loan fees and an allowance for loan and lease losses.
Interest income is accrued as earned on a simple interest basis. All unamortized fees and costs related to the loan are amortized over the life of the loan using the interest method. Accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan or lease when management believes, after considering economic and business conditions and collection efforts that the borrowers financial condition is such that full collection of interest and principal is doubtful. When a loan or lease is placed on such non-accrual status, all accumulated accrued interest receivable is reversed out of current period income.
Commercial loans and leases are placed on a non-accrual status with all accrued interest and unpaid interest reversed if (a) because of the deterioration in the financial position of the borrower they are maintained on a cash basis (which means payments are applied when and as received rather than on a regularly scheduled basis),
-58-
Table of Contents
(b) payment in full of interest or principal is not expected, or (c) principal and interest have been in default for a period of 90 days or more unless the obligation is both well-secured and in process of collection. Residential mortgage loans are placed on non-accrual status at the time principal and interest have been in default for a period of 90 days or more, except where there exists sufficient collateral to cover the defaulted principal and interest payments, and managements knowledge of the specific circumstances warrant continued accrual. Consumer loans are generally placed on non-accrual and reviewed for charge-off when principal and interest payments are four months in arrears unless the obligations are well-secured and in the process of collection. Interest thereafter on such charged-off consumer loans is taken into income when received only after full recovery of principal. As a general rule, a non-accrual asset may be restored to accrual status when none of its principal or interest is due and unpaid, satisfactory payments have been received for a sustained period (usually six months), or when it otherwise becomes well-secured and in the process of collection.
Loans and leases are considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Lakeland will be unable to collect all amounts due in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan agreement, including scheduled principal and interest payments. Impairment is measured based on the present value of expected cash flows discounted at the loans effective interest rate, or as a practical expedient, Lakeland may measure impairment based on a loans observable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. Regardless of the measurement method, Lakeland measures impairment based on the fair value of the collateral when it is determined that foreclosure is probable. Most of Lakelands impaired loans are collateral-dependent. Lakeland groups impaired commercial loans under $500,000 into a homogeneous pool and collectively evaluates them. Interest received on impaired loans and leases may be recorded as interest income. However, if management is not reasonably certain that an impaired loan and lease will be repaid in full, or if a specific time frame to resolve full collection cannot yet be reasonably determined, all payments received are recorded as reductions of principal.
Loans are classified as troubled debt restructured loans in cases where borrowers experience financial difficulties and Lakeland makes certain concessionary modifications to contractual terms. Restructured loans typically involve a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate, an extended moratorium of principal payments and/or an extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk. Nonetheless, restructured loans are classified as impaired loans.
Once an obligation has been restructured because of credit problems, it continues to be considered restructured until paid in full or if all of the following conditions are met: (1) the financial problems of the borrower have been cured; (2) the obligation is returned to a market rate and term; and (3) there has been performance for the longer of the next annual reporting period or six consecutive months. If an obligation has been restructured, it will continue to be classified as impaired until the obligation is fully repaid.
The allowance for loan and lease losses is established through a provision for loan and lease losses charged to expense. Loan principal considered to be uncollectible by management is charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. The allowance is an amount that management believes will be adequate to absorb losses on existing loans and leases that may become uncollectible based upon an evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan and lease portfolio. The evaluation takes into consideration such factors as changes in the nature and size of the loan and lease portfolio, overall portfolio quality, specific problem loans and leases, and current economic conditions which may affect the borrowers ability to pay. The evaluation also analyzes historical losses by loan and lease category, and considers the resulting loss rates when determining the reserves on current loan and lease total amounts. Loss reserves for specified problem loans and leases are also detailed. All of the factors considered in the analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses may be subject to change. To the extent actual outcomes differ from management estimates, additional provisions for loan and lease losses may be required that would adversely impact earnings in future periods.
The determination of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses and the periodic provisioning for estimated losses included in the consolidated financial statements is the responsibility of management and the Board of Directors. The evaluation process is undertaken on a quarterly basis.
-59-
Table of Contents
Methodology employed for assessing the adequacy of the allowance consists of the following criteria:
| The establishment of reserve amounts for all specifically identified classified loans and leases that have been designated as requiring attention by Lakeland or Lakelands external loan review consultants. |
| The establishment of reserves for pools of homogeneous types of loans and leases not subject to specific review, including impaired commercial loans under $500,000, leases, 1 4 family residential mortgages, and consumer loans. |
| The establishment of reserve amounts for the non-classified loans and leases in each portfolio based upon the historical average loss experience for these portfolios and managements evaluation of key factors. |
| Lakeland also maintains an unallocated component in its allowance for loan and lease losses. Management believes that the unallocated amount is warranted for inherent factors that cannot be practically assigned to individual loss categories, such as the periodic updating of appraisals on impaired loans, as well as periodic updating of commercial loan credit risk ratings by loan officers and Lakelands internal credit review process. |
Consideration is given to the results of ongoing credit quality monitoring processes, the adequacy and expertise of Lakelands lending staff, underwriting policies, loss histories, delinquency trends, and the cyclical nature of economic and business conditions. Since many of Lakelands loans depend on the sufficiency of collateral as a secondary source of repayment, any adverse trend in the real estate markets could affect underlying values available to protect Lakeland from loss.
A loan is reviewed for charge-off when it is placed on non-accrual status with a resulting charge-off if the loan is not secured by collateral having sufficient liquidation value to repay the loan and all outstanding interest owed, and the loan is not in the process of collection. Charge-offs are recommended by the Chief Credit Officer and approved by the Board on a monthly basis.
Lakeland transfers leases to held for sale status when it identifies leases that it intends to sell. At that time, the specific leases are written down to the lower of cost or market value by recording a charge to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Market indications are derived from sale price indications from potential buyers and based on recent sale prices of prior lease pools adjusted for differences in types of collateral and other characteristics. Subsequent declines in fair market value are recorded as a loss on leasing related assets in the statement of operations. Lakeland has no leases designated as held for sale for the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2012.
Bank Premises and Equipment
Bank premises and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation expense is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the terms of the related leases.
Other Real Estate Owned and Other Repossessed Assets
Other real estate owned (OREO) and other repossessed assets, representing property acquired through foreclosure (or deed-in-lieu-of-foreclosure), are carried at fair value less estimated disposal costs of the acquired property. Costs relating to holding the assets are charged to expense. An allowance for OREO or other repossessed assets is established, through charges to expense, to maintain properties at fair value less estimated costs to sell. Operating results of OREO and other repossessed assets, including rental income and operating expenses, are included in other expenses.
-60-
Table of Contents
Mortgage Servicing
Lakeland performs various servicing functions on loans owned by others. A fee, usually based on a percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the loan, is received for these services. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, Lakeland was servicing approximately $37.8 million and $27.9 million, respectively, of loans for others.
Lakeland originates mortgages under a definitive plan to sell or securitize those loans and service the loans owned by the investor. Upon the transfer of the mortgage loans in a sale or a securitization, Lakeland records the servicing assets retained. Lakeland records mortgage servicing rights and the loans based on relative fair values at the date of origination and evaluates the mortgage servicing rights for impairment at each reporting period. Lakeland also originates loans that it sells to other banks and does not retain the servicing rights.
Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or estimated fair value. Gains and losses on sales of loans are specifically identified and accounted for in accordance with U.S. GAAP which requires that an entity engaged in mortgage banking activities classify the retained mortgage-backed security or other interest, which resulted from the securitization of a mortgage loan held for sale, based upon its ability and intent to sell or hold these investments. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had mortgages classified as held for sale totaling $1.2 million. No mortgage loans were identified as held for sale as of December 31, 2012.
Mortgage Servicing Rights
When mortgage loans are sold with servicing retained, servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value with the income statement effect recorded in gains on sales of loans. Fair value is based on market prices for comparable mortgage servicing contracts, when available, or alternatively, is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. All classes of servicing assets are subsequently measured using the amortization method which requires servicing rights to be amortized into non-interest income in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income of the underlying loans. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had originated mortgage servicing rights of $274,000.
Under the amortization measurement method, Lakeland subsequently measures servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date and records any impairment in value of servicing assets in earnings in the period in which the impairment occurs. The fair values of servicing rights are subject to significant fluctuations as a result of changes in estimated and actual prepayment speeds and default rates and losses. Servicing fee income, which is reported on the income statement as commissions and fees, is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal or a fixed amount per loan, and are recorded as income when earned.
Transfers of Financial Assets
Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company-put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors even in bankruptcy or other receivership, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.
Customer Derivatives
Lakeland enters into interest rate swaps (swaps) with loan customers to provide a facility to mitigate the fluctuations in the variable rate on the respective loans. These swaps are matched in offsetting terms to swaps
-61-
Table of Contents
that Lakeland enters into with an outside third party. The swaps are reported at fair value in other assets or other liabilities. Lakelands swaps qualify as derivatives, but are not designated as hedging instruments, thus any net gain or loss resulting from changes in the fair value is recognized in other non-interest income. Further discussion of Lakelands financial derivatives is set forth in Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
The credit risk associated with derivatives executed with customers is similar as that involved in extending loans and is subject to normal credit policies. Collateral may be obtained based on managements assessment of the customer. The positions of customer derivatives are recorded at fair value and changes in value are included in non-interest income on the consolidated statement of operations.
Restrictions On Cash And Due From Banks
A portion of Lakelands cash on hand and on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements.
Earnings Per Share
Earnings per share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Basic earnings per share excludes dilution and is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share takes into account the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and converted into common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all weighted average, actual shares or per share information in the financial statements have been adjusted retroactively for the effect of stock dividends.
Employee Benefit Plans
The Company has certain employee benefit plans covering substantially all employees. The Company accrues such costs as incurred.
We recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of pension and postretirement benefit plans in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Actuarial gains and losses, prior service costs or credits, and any remaining transition assets or obligations are recognized as a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, net of tax effects, until they are amortized as a component of net periodic benefit cost.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Companys shareholders approved the 2009 Equity Compensation Program, which authorizes the granting of incentive stock options, supplemental stock options, restricted shares and restricted stock units to employees of the Company, including those employees serving as officers and directors of the Company. The plan authorizes the issuance of up to 2.2 million shares in connection with options and awards granted under the 2009 program. The Companys stock option grants under this plan expire 10 years from the date of grant, ninety days after termination of service other than for cause, or one year after death or disability of the grantee. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has no option or restricted stock awards issued with market or performance conditions attached to them. The Company generally issues shares for option exercises from its treasury stock using the cost method or issues new shares if no treasury shares are available.
The Company established the 2000 Equity Compensation Program which authorizes the granting of incentive stock options, supplemental stock options and restricted stock to employees of the Company, which includes those employees serving as officers and directors of the Company. The plan authorized 2,488,748 shares of common stock of the Company. All of the Companys stock option grants expire 10 years from the date of grant, thirty days after termination of service other than for cause, or one year after death or disability of the grantee. The Company has no option or restricted stock awards with market or performance conditions attached to them. No further awards will be granted from the 2000 program.
-62-
Table of Contents
Statement Of Cash Flows
Cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash on hand, cash items in the process of collection, amounts due from banks and federal funds sold with an original maturity of three months or less. The following shows supplemental non-cash investing and financing activities for the periods presented:
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Transfer of loans and leases receivable to other real estate owned and other repossessed assets |
$ | 3,565 | $ | 1,068 | $ | 2,482 | ||||||
Cash paid for income taxes |
12,051 | 9,382 | 8,874 | |||||||||
Cash paid for interest |
10,804 | 16,334 | 20,366 | |||||||||
Transfer of leases from held for sale to held for investment |
| | 1,517 | |||||||||
Acquisition of Somerset Hills Bancorp: |
||||||||||||
Non-cash assets acquired: |
||||||||||||
Investment securities available for sale |
1,777 | | | |||||||||
Investment securities held for maturity |
8,686 | | | |||||||||
Loans, including loans held for sale |
246,459 | | | |||||||||
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net |
25,574 | | | |||||||||
Other assets |
15,653 | | | |||||||||
Total non-cash assets acquired |
298,149 | |||||||||||
Liabilities assumed: |
||||||||||||
Deposits |
311,801 | | | |||||||||
Other liabilities |
1,745 | | | |||||||||
Total liabilities assumed |
313,546 | | | |||||||||
Common stock issued and fair value of stock options converted to Lakeland Bancorp stock options |
58,919 | | |
Comprehensive Income
The Company reports comprehensive income in addition to net income (loss) from operations. Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial reporting methodology that includes disclosure of certain financial information that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income.
Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets
The Company has goodwill of $110.0 million at December 31, 2013 which includes $22.9 million from the Somerset Hills acquisition and $87.1 million from prior acquisitions. Total goodwill was $87.1 million at December 31, 2012. The Company recorded $2.7 million in Core Deposit Intangible from the Somerset Hills Acquisition in 2013 and recorded $288,000 in core deposit amortization in 2013. Core deposit intangible was $2.4 million on December 31, 2013 compared to no core deposit intangible on December 31, 2012. Core deposit intangibles were $578,000 at December 31, 2010 which was fully amortized in 2011.
The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually as of November 30 or when circumstances indicate a potential for impairment at the reporting unit level. U.S. GAAP requires at least an annual review of the fair value of a Reporting Unit that has goodwill in order to determine if it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If this qualitative test determines it is unlikely (less than 50% probability) the carrying value of the Reporting Unit is less than its fair value, then the company does not have to perform a Step One impairment test. If the probability is greater than 50%, a Step One goodwill impairment test is required. The Step One test compares the fair value of each reporting unit to the carrying value of its net assets, including goodwill. If the fair value is less than carrying value, the Step Two test is required. The Company has determined that it has one reporting unit, Community Banking.
-63-
Table of Contents
The Company performed a qualitative analysis to determine whether the weight of evidence, the significance of all identified events and circumstances indicated a greater than 50% likelihood existed that the carrying value of the Reporting Unit exceeded its fair value and if a Step One Test would be required. The Company identified nine qualitative assessments that are relative to the banking industry and to the Company. These factors included macroeconomic factors, banking industry conditions, banking merger and acquisition trends, Lakelands historical performance, the Companys stock price, the expected performance of Lakeland, the change of control premium of the Company versus its peers and other miscellaneous factors. After reviewing and weighting these factors, the Company, as well as a third party adviser, determined as of November 30, 2013 that there was a less than 50% probability that the fair value of the Company was less than its carrying amount. Therefore, no Step One test was required.
Bank Owned Life Insurance
Lakeland invests in bank owned life insurance (BOLI). BOLI involves the purchasing of life insurance by Lakeland on a chosen group of employees. Lakeland is owner and beneficiary of the policies. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, Lakeland had $56.0 million and $46.1 million, respectively, in BOLI. Income earned on BOLI was $1.4 million, $1.3 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in income earned on BOLI in 2013 compared to 2012 was due to an increase in policies resulting from the Somerset Hills acquisition.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates that will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax expense is the result of changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities. The principal types of differences between assets and liabilities for financial statement and tax return purposes are allowance for loan and lease losses, core deposit intangibles, deferred loan fees and deferred compensation.
The Company evaluates tax positions that may be uncertain using a recognition threshold of more-likely-than-not, and a measurement attribute for all tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return, in order for those tax positions to be recognized in the financial statements. Additional information regarding the Companys uncertain tax positions is set forth in Note 9 below.
Variable Interest Entities
Management has determined that Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust II and Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust IV (collectively, the Trusts) qualify as variable interest entities. The Trusts issued mandatorily redeemable preferred stock to investors and loaned the proceeds to the Company. The Trusts hold, as their sole asset, subordinated debentures issued by the Company. The Company is not considered the primary beneficiary of the Trusts, therefore the Trusts are not consolidated in the Companys financial statements.
The Companys maximum exposure to the Trusts is $40 million at December 31, 2013 which is the Companys liability to the Trusts and includes the Companys investment in the Trusts.
The Federal Reserve has issued guidance on the regulatory capital treatment for the trust preferred securities issued by the Trusts. The rule retains the current maximum percentage of total capital permitted for trust preferred securities at 25%, but enacts other changes to the rules governing trust preferred securities that affect their use as part of the collection of entities known as restricted core capital elements. The rule allows bank holding companies to continue to count trust preferred securities as Tier 1 Capital. The Companys capital ratios continue to be categorized as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. Under the Collins Amendment to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, any new issuance of trust preferred securities by the Company would not be eligible as regulatory capital.
-64-
Table of Contents
New Accounting Pronouncements
In January 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB) issued an accounting standards update to clarify when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan should be derecognized and the real estate recognized. These amendments clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either: (a) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure; or (b) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. This update is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. The adoption of this update is not expected to have a material impact on the Companys financial statements.
In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the FASB) issued an accounting pronouncement to improve the reporting for unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The pronouncement is expected to reduce diversity in practice by providing guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits and will better reflect the manner in which an entity would settle at the reporting date any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. The pronouncement is effective prospectively for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material impact on the Companys financial statements.
In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance permitting the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes, in addition to interest rates on direct Treasury obligations of the U.S. government and the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). This guidance is effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013 and is not expected to have a significant impact on the Companys financial statements.
In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance relating to the reporting of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income. This guidance further updates guidance issued in 2011 increasing the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income and facilitating the convergence of U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The guidance issued in 2013 requires an entity to provide information about the items reclassified out of other comprehensive income by component. This guidance is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2012, and is to be applied retrospectively. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
In December 2011, the FASB issued accounting guidance regarding disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The scope of this accounting guidance was further clarified by the FASB on January 1, 2013. This guidance affects all entities that have financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset in accordance with U.S. GAAP or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement. This information will enable users of an entitys financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entitys financial position, including the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with certain financial instruments and derivative instruments in the scope of this guidance. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of 2013 and provided the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. Adoption of this guidance did not have a significant impact on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 2ACQUISITIONS
On May 31, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of Somerset Hills Bancorp (Somerset Hills), a bank holding company headquartered in Bernardsville, New Jersey. Somerset Hills was the parent of Somerset
-65-
Table of Contents
Hills Bank, Sullivan Financial Services, Inc., and Somerset Hills Investment Holdings, Inc. This acquisition enables the Company to expand into Somerset and Union counties, and broaden its presence in Morris County. Effective as of the close of business on May 31, 2013, Somerset Hills Bancorp merged into the Company, and Somerset Hills Bank merged into Lakeland Bank. The Merger Agreement provided that the shareholders of Somerset Hills Bancorp would receive, at their election, for each outstanding share of Somerset Hills Bancorp common stock that they own at the effective time of the merger, either 1.1962 shares of Lakeland Bancorp common stock or $12.00 in cash, subject to proration as described in the Merger Agreement, so that 90% of the aggregate merger consideration was shares of Lakeland Bancorp common stock and 10% was cash. Lakeland Bancorp issued an aggregate of 5,794,079 shares of its common stock in the merger, and also assumed outstanding Somerset Hills Bancorp stock options (which were converted into options to purchase Lakeland Bancorp common stock). Lakeland Bancorp paid $6.5 million in cash in the transaction.
The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and accordingly, assets acquired, liabilities assumed and consideration exchanged were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Somerset Hills assets were recorded at their preliminary estimated fair values as of May 31, 2013 and Somerset Hills results of operations have been included in the Companys Consolidated Statements of Income since that date.
The assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition were recorded at their estimated fair values based on managements best estimates using information available at the date of the acquisition, including the use of a third party valuation specialist. The fair values are preliminary estimates and subject to adjustment for up to one year after the closing date of the acquisition. The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and liabilities (in thousands).
Consideration Paid
Lakeland Bancorp stock issued |
$ | 57,419 | ||
Cash Payment |
6,460 | |||
Fair value of Somerset Hills stock options converted to Lakeland Bancorp stock options |
1,500 | |||
|
|
|||
Total Consideration Paid |
$ | 65,379 | ||
|
|
|||
Recognized amounts of identifiable assets and liabilities assumed at fair value |
||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 80,776 | ||
Securities available for sale |
1,777 | |||
Securities held to maturity |
8,686 | |||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
493 | |||
Loans and leases |
243,927 | |||
Loans held for sale |
2,532 | |||
Premises and equipment |
5,214 | |||
Identifiable intangible assets |
2,712 | |||
Accrued interest receivable and other assets |
9,946 | |||
Deposits |
(311,801 | ) | ||
Other liabilities |
(1,745 | ) | ||
|
|
|||
Total identifiable assets |
$ | 42,517 | ||
|
|
|||
Goodwill |
$ | 22,862 | ||
|
|
Loans acquired in the Somerset Hills acquisition were recorded at fair value and subsequently accounted for in accordance with ASC Topic 310, and there was no carryover related allowance for loan and lease losses. The fair values of loans acquired from Somerset Hills were estimated using cash flow projections based on the remaining maturity and repricing terms. Cash flows were adjusted for estimated future credit losses and the rate of prepayments. Projected cash flows were then discounted to present value using a risk-adjusted market rate for similar loans.
-66-
Table of Contents
The following is a summary of the loans acquired in the Somerset Hills acquisition as of the closing date.
(in thousands) |
Acquired Credit Impaired Loans |
Acquired Non- Credit Impaired Loans |
Total Acquired Loans |
|||||||||
Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition |
$ | 4,507 | $ | 352,148 | $ | 356,655 | ||||||
Contractual cash flows not expected to be collected (non-accretable difference) |
2,541 | | 2,541 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Expected cash flows at acquisition |
$ | 1,966 | $ | 352,148 | $ | 354,114 | ||||||
Interest component of expected cash flows (accretable difference) |
322 | 107,333 | 107,655 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Fair value of acquired loans, including mortgages held for sale |
$ | 1,644 | $ | 244,815 | $ | 246,459 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The core deposit intangible totaled $2.7 million and is being estimated over its estimated useful life of approximately 10 years using an accelerated method. The goodwill will be evaluated annually for impairment. The goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.
The fair values of deposit liabilities with no stated maturities such as checking, money market and savings accounts, were assumed to equal the carrying amounts since these deposits are payable on demand. The fair values of certificates of deposits and IRAs represent the present value of contractual cash flows discounted at market rates for similar certificates of deposit.
Direct costs related to the acquisition were expensed as incurred. During 2013, the Company incurred $2.8 million, of merger and acquisition integration-related expenses, which have been separately reflected in the Companys Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Supplemental Pro Forma Financial Information
The following table presents financial information regarding the former Somerset Hills operations included in our Consolidated Statements of Income from the date of the acquisition (May 31, 2013) through December 31, 2013 under the column Actual from acquisition date through December 31, 2013. In addition, the table provides unaudited condensed pro forma financial information assuming that the Somerset Hills acquisition had been completed as of January 1, 2013, for the year ended December 31, 2013 and as of January 1, 2012 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The table below has been prepared for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the actual results that would have been attained had the acquisition occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented, nor is it indicative of future results. Furthermore, the unaudited proforma information does not reflect managements estimate of any revenue-enhancing opportunities nor anticipated cost savings or the impact of conforming certain accounting policies of the acquired company to the Companys policies that may have occurred as a result of the integration and consolidation of Somerset Hills operations. The pro forma information shown reflects adjustments related to certain purchase accounting fair value adjustments; amortization of core deposit and other intangibles; and related income tax effects.
(in thousands) |
Actual from acquisition to December 31, 2013 |
(unaudited) Pro-forma December 31, 2013 |
(unaudited) Pro-forma December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||
Net interest income |
$ | 6,077 | $ | 109,313 | $ | 107,402 | ||||||
Noninterest income |
889 | 22,096 | 21,753 | |||||||||
Noninterest expense |
3,796 | 80,731 | 77,340 | |||||||||
Net income |
2,116 | 27,828 | 24,277 | |||||||||
Earnings per share: |
||||||||||||
Fully diluted |
$ | 0.78 | $ | 0.73 |
-67-
Table of Contents
Core Deposit Intangible
As stated above, the Company recorded $2.7 million in core deposit intangible for the Somerset Hills acquisition. Year-to-date, it has amortized $288,000 in core deposit intangible. The estimated future amortization expense for each of the succeeding five years ended December 31 is as follows (dollars in thousands):
For the year ended: |
||||
2014 |
$ | 464 | ||
2015 |
415 | |||
2016 |
366 | |||
2017 |
316 | |||
2018 |
267 |
NOTE 3INVESTMENT SECURITIES
The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, and the fair value of the Companys available for sale and held to maturity securities are as follows:
AVAILABLE FOR SALE |
December 31, 2013 | December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
Amortized Cost |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | (in thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | 72,828 | $ | | $ | (2,663 | ) | $ | 70,165 | $ | 86,002 | $ | 577 | $ | (8 | ) | $ | 86,571 | ||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, residential |
310,088 | 1,752 | (7,338 | ) | 304,502 | 235,052 | 5,086 | (579 | ) | 239,559 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
36,482 | 914 | (523 | ) | 36,873 | 36,848 | 1,832 | (60 | ) | 38,620 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Other debt securities |
3,541 | 37 | (158 | ) | 3,420 | 13,576 | 189 | (321 | ) | 13,444 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity securities |
15,433 | 1,097 | (384 | ) | 16,146 | 14,984 | 608 | (76 | ) | 15,516 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
$ | 438,372 | $ | 3,800 | $ | (11,066 | ) | $ | 431,106 | $ | 386,462 | $ | 8,292 | $ | (1,044 | ) | $ | 393,710 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HELD TO MATURITY |
December 31, 2013 | December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
Amortized Cost |
Gross Unrealized Gains |
Gross Unrealized Losses |
Fair Value |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | (in thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | 19,732 | $ | 3 | $ | (576 | ) | $ | 19,159 | $ | 16,089 | $ | 385 | $ | | $ | 16,474 | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, residential |
34,596 | 524 | (1,025 | ) | 34,095 | 39,065 | 1,313 | (27 | ) | 40,351 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, multifamily |
2,355 | | (166 | ) | 2,189 | 1,421 | | (13 | ) | 1,408 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
43,521 | 495 | (770 | ) | 43,246 | 38,801 | 1,068 | (68 | ) | 39,801 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Other debt securities |
1,540 | 165 | | 1,705 | 1,549 | 201 | | 1,750 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
$ | 101,744 | $ | 1,187 | $ | (2,537 | ) | $ | 100,394 | $ | 96,925 | $ | 2,967 | $ | (108 | ) | $ | 99,784 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-68-
Table of Contents
The following table lists contractual maturities of investment securities classified as available for sale and held to maturity. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||||||
Available for Sale | Held to Maturity | |||||||||||||||
Amortized Cost |
Fair Value |
Amortized Cost |
Fair Value |
|||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Due in one year or less |
$ | 3,946 | $ | 3,984 | $ | 7,246 | $ | 7,288 | ||||||||
Due after one year through five years |
37,961 | 37,969 | 18,022 | 18,519 | ||||||||||||
Due after five years through ten years |
68,141 | 66,023 | 32,521 | 31,635 | ||||||||||||
Due after ten years |
2,803 | 2,482 | 7,004 | 6,668 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
112,851 | 110,458 | 64,793 | 64,110 | |||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities |
310,088 | 304,502 | 36,951 | 36,284 | ||||||||||||
Equity securities |
15,433 | 16,146 | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total securities |
$ | 438,372 | $ | 431,106 | $ | 101,744 | $ | 100,394 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table shows proceeds from sales of securities, gross gains and gross losses on sales and calls of securities for the periods indicated:
Years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Sale proceeds |
$ | 64,020 | $ | 97,824 | $ | 92,409 | ||||||
Gross gains |
893 | 1,364 | 1,285 | |||||||||
Gross losses |
(54 | ) | (315 | ) | (56 | ) |
Gains or losses on sales of securities are based on the net proceeds and the adjusted carrying amount of the securities sold using the specific identification method.
Securities with a carrying value of approximately $324.8 million and $328.4 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes required by applicable laws and regulations.
The following table indicates the length of time individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2013 and 2012:
December 31, 2013 |
Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
AVAILABLE FOR SALE |
Fair value |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair value |
Unrealized Losses |
Number of securities |
Fair value |
Unrealized Losses |
|||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. treasury and U.S. government agencies |
$ | 70,165 | $ | 2,663 | $ | | $ | | 16 | $ | 70,165 | $ | 2,663 | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, residential |
177,262 | 6,730 | 10,724 | 608 | 51 | 187,986 | 7,338 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
8,500 | 328 | 2,087 | 195 | 21 | 10,587 | 523 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other debt securities |
| | 805 | 158 | 1 | 805 | 158 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity securities |
| | 10,215 | 384 | 3 | 10,215 | 384 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
$ | 255,927 | $ | 9,721 | $ | 23,831 | $ | 1,345 | 92 | $ | 279,758 | $ | 11,066 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-69-
Table of Contents
December 31, 2013 | Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair value |
Unrealized Losses |
Number of securities |
Fair value |
Unrealized Losses |
||||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
HELD TO MATURITY |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | 14,153 | $ | 576 | $ | | $ | | 5 | $ | 14,153 | $ | 576 | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, residential |
$ | 22,939 | $ | 889 | $ | 1,097 | $ | 136 | 11 | $ | 24,036 | $ | 1,025 | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, multifamily |
895 | 99 | 1,294 | 67 | 2 | 2,189 | 166 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
17,826 | 607 | 1,456 | 163 | 51 | 19,282 | 770 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
$ | 55,813 | $ | 2,171 | $ | 3,847 | $ | 366 | 69 | $ | 59,660 | $ | 2,537 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2012 | Less than 12 months | 12 months or longer | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
AVAILABLE FOR SALE | Fair value |
Unrealized Losses |
Fair value |
Unrealized Losses |
Number of securities |
Fair value |
Unrealized Losses |
|||||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
U.S. government agencies |
$ | 3,992 | $ | 8 | $ | | $ | | 1 | $ | 3,992 | $ | 8 | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, residential |
30,359 | 572 | 3,239 | 7 | 10 | 33,598 | 579 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
2,825 | 60 | | | 7 | 2,825 | 60 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other debt securities |
| | 5,661 | 321 | 2 | 5,661 | 321 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Equity securities |
4,621 | 76 | | | 2 | 4,621 | 76 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
$ | 41,797 | $ | 716 | $ | 8,900 | $ | 328 | 22 | $ | 50,697 | $ | 1,044 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
HELD TO MATURITY |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, residential |
$ | 1,239 | $ | 27 | $ | | $ | | 1 | $ | 1,239 | $ | 27 | |||||||||||||||
Mortgage-backed securities, multifamily |
1,408 | 13 | | | 1 | $ | 1,408 | 13 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
3,705 | 63 | 371 | 5 | 10 | 4,076 | 68 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
$ | 6,352 | $ | 103 | $ | 371 | $ | 5 | 12 | $ | 6,723 | $ | 108 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management has evaluated the securities in the above table and has concluded that none of the securities with unrealized losses has impairments that are other-than-temporary. Fair value below cost is solely due to interest rate movements and is deemed temporary.
Investment securities, including the mortgage backed securities and corporate securities, are evaluated on a periodic basis to determine if factors are identified that would require further analysis. In evaluating the Companys securities, management considers the following items:
| The Companys ability and intent to hold the securities, including an evaluation of the need to sell the security to meet certain liquidity measures, or whether the Company has sufficient levels of cash to hold the identified security in order to recover the entire amortized cost of the security; |
| The financial condition of the underlying issuer; |
| The credit ratings of the underlying issuer and if any changes in the credit rating have occurred; |
| The length of time the securitys fair value has been less than amortized cost; and |
| Adverse conditions related to the security or its issuer if the issuer has failed to make scheduled payments or other factors. |
-70-
Table of Contents
If the above factors indicate the additional analysis is required, management will consider the results of discounted cash flow analysis.
As of December 31, 2013, the equity securities include investments in other financial institutions for market appreciation purposes. These equities had a net amortized cost of $2.2 million and market value of $3.2 million as of December 31, 2013.
As of December 31, 2013, equity securities also included $12.9 million in investment funds that do not have a quoted market price but use net asset value per share or its equivalent to measure fair value.
The funds include $2.9 million in funds that are primarily invested in community development loans that are guaranteed by the Small Business Administration (SBA). Because the funds are primarily guaranteed by the federal government there are minimal changes in market value between accounting periods. These funds can be redeemed within 60 days notice at the net asset value less unpaid management fees with the approval of the fund manager. As of December 31, 2013, the net amortized cost equaled the market value of the investment. There are no unfunded commitments related to this investment.
The funds also include $10.3 million in funds that are invested in government guaranteed loans, mortgage-backed securities, small business loans and other instruments supporting affordable housing and economic development. The Company may redeem these funds at the net asset value calculated at the end of the current business day less any unpaid management fees. As of December 31, 2013, the amortized cost of these securities was $10.3 million and the fair value was $10.0 million. There are no restrictions on redemptions for the holdings in these investments other than the notice required by the fund manager. There are no unfunded commitments related to this investment.
NOTE 4LOANS AND LEASES AND OTHER REAL ESTATE
The following sets forth the composition of Lakelands loan and lease portfolio for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:
December 31, | ||||||||
2013 | 2012 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 1,389,861 | $ | 1,125,137 | ||||
Commerical, industrial and other |
213,808 | 216,129 | ||||||
Leases |
41,332 | 26,781 | ||||||
Real estate-residential mortgage |
432,831 | 423,262 | ||||||
Real estate-construction |
53,119 | 46,272 | ||||||
Home equity and consumer |
339,338 | 309,626 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total loans and leases |
2,470,289 | 2,147,207 | ||||||
Less deferred fees |
(1,273 | ) | (364 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Loans and leases, net of deferred fees |
$ | 2,469,016 | $ | 2,146,843 | ||||
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, Home Equity and Consumer loans included overdraft deposit balances of $590,000 and $532,000, respectively. At December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, Lakeland had $263.1 million and $203.1 million in residential loans pledged for potential borrowings at the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB).
The carrying value of loans acquired and accounted for in accordance with ASC Subtopic 310-30, Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality, was $1.7 million at December 31, 2013, which was substantially the same as the balance at the acquisition date of May 31, 2013. Under ASC Subtopic 310-30, loans may be aggregated and accounted for as pools of loans if the loans being aggregated have common risk
-71-
Table of Contents
characteristics. Lakeland elected to account for the loans with evidence of credit deterioration individually rather than aggregate them into pools. The difference between the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition and the investment in the acquired loans, or the accretable yield, is recognized as interest income utilizing the level-yield method over the life of each loan. Contractually required payments for interest and principal that exceed the undiscounted cash flows expected at acquisition, or the non-accretable difference, are not recognized as a yield adjustment, as a loss accrual or as a valuation allowance.
Increases in expected cash flows subsequent to the acquisition are recognized prospectively through an adjustment of the yield on the loans over the remaining life, while decreases in expected cash flows are recognized as impairment through a loss provision and an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Valuation allowances (recognized in the allowance for loan losses) on these impaired loans reflect only losses incurred after the acquisition (representing all cash flows that were expected at acquisition but currently are not expected to be received).
There was credit deterioration related to one loan between May 31, 2013 (the acquisition date) and December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland has evaluated this loan for impairment, recognizing a valuation allowance in the allowance for loan and lease losses. Lakeland recognized $46,000 of interest income on the loans acquired.
Portfolio Segments
Lakeland currently manages its credit products and the respective exposure to credit losses (credit risk) by the following specific portfolio segments which are levels at which Lakeland develops and documents its systematic methodology to determine the allowance for loan and lease losses attributable to each respective portfolio segment. These segments are:
| Commercial, secured by real estateconsists of commercial mortgage loans secured by owner occupied properties and non-owner occupied properties. The loans secured by owner occupied properties involve a variety of property types to conduct the borrowers operations. The primary source of repayment for this type of loan is the cash flow from the business and is based upon the borrowers financial health and the ability of the borrower and the business to repay. The loans secured by non-owner occupied properties involve investment properties for warehouse, retail, office space, etc., with a history of occupancy and cash flow. This commercial real estate category contains mortgage loans to the developers and owners of commercial real estate where the borrower intends to operate or sell the property at a profit and use the income stream or proceeds from the sale(s) to repay the loan. |
| Commercial, industrial and otherare loans made to provide funds for equipment and general corporate needs. Repayment of a loan primarily uses the funds obtained from the operation of the borrowers business. Commercial loans also include lines of credit that are utilized to finance a borrowers short-term credit needs and/or to finance a percentage of eligible receivables and inventory. |
| Leasesincludes a small portfolio of equipment leases, which consists of leases primarily for essential equipment used by small to medium sized businesses. |
| Real estateresidential mortgage contains permanent mortgage loans principally to consumers secured by residential real estate. Residential real estate loans are evaluated for the adequacy of repayment sources at the time of approval, based upon measures including credit scores, debt-to-income ratios, and collateral values. Loans may be either conforming or non-conforming. |
| Real estateconstructionconstruction loans, as defined, are intended to finance the construction of commercial properties and include loans for the acquisition and development of land. Construction loans represent a higher degree of risk than permanent real estate loans and may be affected by a variety of factors such as the borrowers ability to control costs and adhere to time schedules and the risk that constructed units may not be absorbed by the market within the anticipated time frame or at the anticipated price. The loan commitment on these loans often includes an interest reserve that allows the lender to periodically advance loan funds to pay interest charges on the outstanding balance of the loan. |
-72-
Table of Contents
| Home Equity and consumerincludes primarily home equity loans and lines, installment loans, personal lines of credit and automobile loans. The home equity category consists mainly of loans and revolving lines of credit to consumers which are secured by residential real estate. These loans are typically secured with second mortgages on the homes, although many are secured with first mortgages. Other consumer loans include installment loans used by customers to purchase automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles. |
Non-accrual and Past Due Loans
The following schedule sets forth certain information regarding Lakelands non-accrual loans and leases, its other real estate owned and other repossessed assets, and accruing troubled debt restructurings:
At December 31, | ||||||||
(in thousands) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 7,697 | $ | 10,511 | ||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
88 | 1,476 | ||||||
Leases |
| 32 | ||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
6,141 | 8,733 | ||||||
Real estateconstruction |
831 | 4,031 | ||||||
Home equity and consumer |
2,175 | 3,197 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total non-accrual loans and leases |
16,932 | 27,980 | ||||||
Other real estate and other repossessed assets |
520 | 529 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
TOTAL NON-PERFORMING ASSETS |
$ | 17,452 | $ | 28,509 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Troubled debt restructurings, still accruing |
$ | 10,289 | $ | 7,336 | ||||
|
|
|
|
Non-accrual loans included $2.3 million and $3.4 million of troubled debt restructurings for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
An age analysis of past due loans, segregated by class of loans as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:
December 31, 2013 |
30-59 Days Past Due |
60-89 Days Past Due |
Greater Than 89 Days |
Total Past Due |
Current | Total Loans and Leases |
Recorded Investment greater than 89 Days and still accruing |
|||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 7,355 | $ | 5,438 | $ | 6,059 | $ | 18,852 | $ | 1,371,009 | $ | 1,389,861 | $ | 697 | ||||||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
482 | 159 | 20 | 661 | 213,147 | 213,808 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Leases |
77 | 179 | | 256 | 41,076 | 41,332 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
5,792 | 1,306 | 5,365 | 12,463 | 420,368 | 432,831 | 414 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Real estateconstruction |
| | 831 | 831 | 52,288 | 53,119 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
1,776 | 533 | 2,884 | 5,193 | 334,145 | 339,338 | 886 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
$ | 15,482 | $ | 7,615 | $ | 15,159 | $ | 38,256 | $ | 2,432,033 | $ | 2,470,289 | $ | 1,997 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-73-
Table of Contents
December 31, 2012 |
30-59 Days Past Due |
60-89 Days Past Due |
Greater Than 89 Days |
Total Past Due |
Current | Total Loans and Leases |
Recorded Investment greater than 89 Days and still accruing |
|||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 3,831 | $ | 2,308 | $ | 10,511 | $ | 16,650 | $ | 1,108,487 | $ | 1,125,137 | $ | | ||||||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
400 | 171 | 1,476 | 2,047 | 214,082 | 216,129 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Leases |
367 | 36 | 32 | 435 | 26,346 | 26,781 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
2,370 | 821 | 10,012 | 13,203 | 410,059 | 423,262 | 1,279 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Real estateconstruction |
1,100 | | 4,031 | 5,131 | 41,141 | 46,272 | | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
2,479 | 363 | 3,355 | 6,197 | 303,429 | 309,626 | 158 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
$ | 10,547 | $ | 3,699 | $ | 29,417 | $ | 43,663 | $ | 2,103,544 | $ | 2,147,207 | $ | 1,437 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Impaired Loans
Lakelands policy regarding impaired loans is discussed in Note 1Summary of Accounting PoliciesLoans and Leases and Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. In 2013, Lakeland increased its threshold for groups of impaired loans to group in homogenous pools from $250,000 to $500,000. As a result, $2.0 million in loans were included in loans that had a specific allowance as of December 31, 2013, and the specific allowance on these loans was $205,000. Impaired loans for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:
December 31, 2013 |
Recorded Investment in Impaired loans |
Contractual Unpaid Principal Balance |
Specific Allowance |
Interest Income Recognized |
Average Investment in Impaired loans |
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Loans without specific allowance: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 8,223 | $ | 9,656 | $ | | $ | 198 | $ | 8,853 | ||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
4,020 | 4,118 | | 189 | 4,333 | |||||||||||||||
Leases |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-residential mortgage |
617 | 672 | | | 622 | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-construction |
501 | 2,411 | | | 2,111 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
17 | 17 | | 1 | 17 | |||||||||||||||
Loans with specific allowance: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
10,152 | 10,217 | 739 | 442 | 9,727 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
155 | 155 | 31 | 5 | 396 | |||||||||||||||
Leases |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-residential mortgage |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-construction |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
934 | 936 | 140 | 42 | 907 | |||||||||||||||
Total: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 18,375 | $ | 19,873 | $ | 739 | $ | 640 | $ | 18,580 | ||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
4,175 | 4,273 | 31 | 194 | 4,729 | |||||||||||||||
Leases |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
617 | 672 | | | 622 | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-construction |
501 | 2,411 | | | 2,111 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
951 | 953 | 140 | 43 | 924 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
$ | 24,619 | $ | 28,182 | $ | 910 | $ | 877 | $ | 26,966 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-74-
Table of Contents
December 31, 2012 |
Recorded Investment in Impaired loans |
Contractual Unpaid Principal Balance |
Specific Allowance |
Interest Income Recognized |
Average Investment in Impaired loans |
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Loans without specific allowance: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 16,458 | $ | 21,665 | $ | | $ | 495 | $ | 18,301 | ||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
4,896 | 4,932 | | 116 | 3,838 | |||||||||||||||
Leases |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-residential mortgage |
360 | 360 | | 6 | 385 | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-construction |
3,332 | 4,433 | | | 5,533 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
369 | 369 | | 1 | 360 | |||||||||||||||
Loans with specific allowance: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
3,346 | 4,088 | 368 | 46 | 3,825 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
808 | 871 | 219 | 1 | 769 | |||||||||||||||
Leases |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-residential mortgage |
288 | 288 | 43 | 4 | 374 | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-construction |
698 | 1,085 | 97 | | 1,445 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
976 | 976 | 146 | 55 | 934 | |||||||||||||||
Total: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 19,804 | $ | 25,753 | $ | 368 | $ | 541 | $ | 22,126 | ||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
5,704 | 5,803 | 219 | 117 | 4,607 | |||||||||||||||
Leases |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
648 | 648 | 43 | 10 | 759 | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-construction |
4,030 | 5,518 | 97 | | 6,978 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
1,345 | 1,345 | 146 | 56 | 1,294 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
$ | 31,531 | $ | 39,067 | $ | 873 | $ | 724 | $ | 35,764 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2011 |
Recorded Investment in Impaired loans |
Contractual Unpaid Principal Balance |
Specific Allowance |
Interest Income Recognized |
Average Investment in Impaired loans |
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Loans without specific allowance: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 19,648 | $ | 24,922 | $ | | $ | 332 | $ | 14,792 | ||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
4,074 | 8,155 | | | 3,445 | |||||||||||||||
Leases, including leases held for sale |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-residential mortgage |
415 | 415 | | 29 | 542 | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-construction |
12,400 | 16,353 | | 14 | 11,231 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
400 | 485 | | 1 | 14 | |||||||||||||||
Loans with specific allowance: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
3,920 | 6,421 | 392 | 18 | 6,209 | |||||||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
534 | 647 | 172 | | 768 | |||||||||||||||
Leases, including leases held for sale |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-residential mortgage |
561 | 570 | 75 | 19 | 332 | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-construction |
244 | 518 | 24 | | 333 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
949 | 963 | 142 | 34 | 800 | |||||||||||||||
Total: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
$ | 23,568 | $ | 31,343 | $ | 392 | $ | 350 | $ | 21,001 | ||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
4,608 | 8,802 | 172 | | 4,213 | |||||||||||||||
Leases, including leases held for sale |
| | | | | |||||||||||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
976 | 985 | 75 | 48 | 874 | |||||||||||||||
Real estate-construction |
12,644 | 16,871 | 24 | 14 | 11,564 | |||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
1,349 | 1,448 | 142 | 35 | 814 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
$ | 43,145 | $ | 59,449 | $ | 805 | $ | 447 | $ | 38,466 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-75-
Table of Contents
Interest which would have been accrued on impaired loans and leases during 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $2.2
million, $2.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively.
Credit Quality Indicators
The class of loans are determined by internal risk rating. Management closely and continually monitors the quality of its loans and leases and assesses the quantitative and qualitative risks arising from the credit quality of its loans and leases. It is the policy of Lakeland to require that a Credit Risk Rating be assigned to all commercial loans and loan commitments. The Credit Risk Rating System has been developed by management to provide a methodology to be used by Loan Officers, department heads and Senior Management in identifying various levels of credit risk that exist within Lakelands loan portfolios. The risk rating system assists Senior Management in evaluating Lakelands loan portfolio, analyzing trends, and determining the proper level of required reserves to be recommended to the Board. In assigning risk ratings, management considers, among other things, a borrowers debt service coverage, earnings strength, loan to value ratios, industry conditions and economic conditions. Management categorizes loans and commitments into a one (1) to nine (9) numerical structure with rating 1 being the strongest rating and rating 9 being the weakest. Ratings 1 through 5W are considered Pass ratings.
The following table shows Lakelands commercial loan portfolio as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, by the risk ratings discussed above (in thousands):
December 31, 2013 | Commercial, | Commercial, | ||||||||||
secured by | Industrial | Real estate- | ||||||||||
Risk Rating |
real estate | and other | construction | |||||||||
1 |
$ | | $ | 952 | $ | | ||||||
2 |
| 12,964 | | |||||||||
3 |
70,811 | 9,263 | | |||||||||
4 |
442,933 | 60,002 | 1,178 | |||||||||
5 |
754,275 | 85,939 | 48,243 | |||||||||
5WWatch |
38,893 | 12,278 | | |||||||||
6Other Assets Especially Mentioned |
27,640 | 9,596 | 1,245 | |||||||||
7Substandard |
55,309 | 22,814 | 2,453 | |||||||||
8Doubtful |
| | | |||||||||
9Loss |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 1,389,861 | $ | 213,808 | $ | 53,119 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2012 | Commercial, | Commercial, | ||||||||||
secured by | Industrial | Real estate- | ||||||||||
Risk Rating |
real estate | and other | construction | |||||||||
1 |
$ | | $ | 996 | $ | | ||||||
2 |
| 12,899 | | |||||||||
3 |
44,448 | 15,676 | | |||||||||
4 |
350,145 | 62,676 | 795 | |||||||||
5 |
623,912 | 88,033 | 34,682 | |||||||||
5WWatch |
43,515 | 13,261 | | |||||||||
6Other Assets Especially Mentioned |
21,132 | 2,845 | 6,535 | |||||||||
7Substandard |
41,817 | 19,743 | 4,260 | |||||||||
8Doubtful |
168 | | | |||||||||
9Loss |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total |
$ | 1,125,137 | $ | 216,129 | $ | 46,272 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
This table does not include consumer or residential loans or leases because they are evaluated on their payment status.
-76-
Table of Contents
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The following table details activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses by portfolio segment and the related recorded investment in loans and leases for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:
12/31/2013 |
Commercial, secured by real estate |
Commercial, industrial and other |
Leases | Real estate- residential mortgage |
Real estate- Construction |
Home equity and consumer |
Unallocated | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Beginning Balance |
$ | 16,258 | $ | 5,103 | $ | 578 | $ | 3,568 | $ | 587 | $ | 2,837 | $ | | $ | 28,931 | ||||||||||||||||
Charge-offs |
(2,026 | ) | (1,324 | ) | (206 | ) | (1,257 | ) | (3,854 | ) | (1,624 | ) | | (10,291 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Recoveries |
1,061 | 260 | 121 | 99 | 14 | 283 | | 1,838 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provision |
(830 | ) | 1,292 | 11 | 804 | 3,795 | 1,241 | 3,030 | 9,343 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance |
$ | 14,463 | $ | 5,331 | $ | 504 | $ | 3,214 | $ | 542 | $ | 2,737 | $ | 3,030 | $ | 29,821 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 739 | $ | 31 | | $ | | $ | | $ | 140 | $ | | $ | 910 | |||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment |
13,724 | 5,300 | 504 | 3,214 | 542 | 2,597 | 3,030 | $ | 28,911 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance |
$ | 14,463 | $ | 5,331 | $ | 504 | $ | 3,214 | $ | 542 | $ | 2,737 | $ | 3,030 | $ | 29,821 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Loans and Leases: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 18,375 | $ | 4,175 | | $ | 617 | $ | 501 | $ | 951 | $ | | $ | 24,619 | |||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment |
1,371,486 | 209,633 | 41,332 | 432,214 | 52,618 | 337,976 | | $ | 2,445,259 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality |
| | | | | 411 | | $ | 411 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance(1) |
$ | 1,389,861 | $ | 213,808 | $ | 41,332 | $ | 432,831 | $ | 53,119 | $ | 339,338 | $ | | $ | 2,470,289 | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Excludes deferred fees |
12/31/2012 |
Commercial, secured by real estate |
Commercial, industrial and other |
Leases | Real estate- residential mortgage |
Real estate- Construction |
Home equity and consumer |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Beginning Balance |
$ | 16,618 | $ | 3,477 | $ | 688 | $ | 3,077 | $ | 1,424 | $ | 3,132 | $ | 28,416 | ||||||||||||||
Charge-offs |
(7,287 | ) | (949 | ) | (999 | ) | (1,822 | ) | (2,888 | ) | (2,074 | ) | (16,019 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Recoveries |
280 | 428 | 504 | 66 | 43 | 306 | 1,627 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Provision |
6,647 | 2,147 | 385 | 2,247 | 2,008 | 1,473 | 14,907 | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Ending Balance |
$ | 16,258 | $ | 5,103 | $ | 578 | $ | 3,568 | $ | 587 | $ | 2,837 | $ | 28,931 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 368 | $ | 219 | $ | | $ | 43 | $ | 97 | $ | 146 | $ | 873 | ||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment |
15,890 | 4,884 | 578 | 3,525 | 490 | 2,691 | $ | 28,058 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Ending Balance |
$ | 16,258 | $ | 5,103 | $ | 578 | $ | 3,568 | $ | 587 | $ | 2,837 | $ | 28,931 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Loans and Leases: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 19,804 | $ | 5,704 | $ | | $ | 648 | $ | 4,030 | $ | 1,345 | $ | 31,531 | ||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment |
1,105,333 | 210,425 | 26,781 | 422,614 | 42,242 | 308,281 | $ | 2,115,676 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Ending Balance(1) |
$ | 1,125,137 | $ | 216,129 | $ | 26,781 | $ | 423,262 | $ | 46,272 | $ | 309,626 | $ | 2,147,207 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Excludes deferred costs |
-77-
Table of Contents
12/31/2011 |
Commercial, secured by real estate |
Commercial, industrial and other |
Leases | Real estate- residential mortgage |
Real estate- Construction |
Home equity and consumer |
Total | |||||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Beginning Balance |
$ | 11,366 | $ | 5,113 | $ | 3,477 | $ | 2,628 | $ | 2,176 | $ | 2,571 | $ | 27,331 | ||||||||||||||
Charge-offs |
(5,352 | ) | (5,249 | ) | (2,858 | ) | (1,772 | ) | (3,636 | ) | (3,010 | ) | (21,877 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Recoveries |
2,084 | 439 | 1,206 | 32 | 67 | 318 | 4,146 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Provision |
8,520 | 3,174 | (1,137 | ) | 2,189 | 2,817 | 3,253 | 18,816 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Ending Balance |
$ | 16,618 | $ | 3,477 | $ | 688 | $ | 3,077 | $ | 1,424 | $ | 3,132 | $ | 28,416 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 392 | $ | 172 | $ | | $ | 75 | $ | 24 | $ | 142 | $ | 805 | ||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment |
16,226 | 3,305 | 688 | 3,002 | 1,400 | 2,990 | $ | 27,611 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Ending Balance |
$ | 16,618 | $ | 3,477 | $ | 688 | $ | 3,077 | $ | 1,424 | $ | 3,132 | $ | 28,416 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Loans and Leases: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Individually evaluated for impairment |
$ | 23,568 | $ | 4,608 | $ | | $ | 976 | $ | 12,644 | $ | 1,349 | $ | 43,145 | ||||||||||||||
Ending Balance: Collectively evaluated for impairment |
989,414 | 205,307 | 28,879 | 405,246 | 66,494 | 302,841 | $ | 1,998,181 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Ending Balance(1) |
$ | 1,012,982 | $ | 209,915 | $ | 28,879 | $ | 406,222 | $ | 79,138 | $ | 304,190 | $ | 2,041,326 | ||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) | Excludes deferred costs |
Lakeland also maintains a reserve for unfunded lending commitments which are included in other liabilities. This reserve was $1.2 million and $1.1 million at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Lakeland analyzes the adequacy of the reserve for unfunded lending commitments in conjunction with its analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses. For more information on this analysis, see Risk Elements in Managements Discussion and Analysis.
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Troubled debt restructurings are those loans where significant concessions have been made due to borrowers financial difficulties. Restructured loans typically involve a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate, an extended moratorium of principal payments and/or an extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate of a new loan with similar risk. Lakeland considers the potential losses on these loans as well as the remainder of its impaired loans when considering the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.
-78-
Table of Contents
The following table summarizes loans that have been restructured during the periods presented:
For the year ended December 31, 2013 |
For the year ended December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Number of Contracts |
Pre- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment |
Post- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment |
Number of Contracts |
Pre- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment |
Post- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment |
|||||||||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | (Dollars in thousands) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Troubled Debt Restructurings: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
8 | $ | 3,637 | $ | 2,988 | 10 | $ | 2,231 | $ | 2,231 | ||||||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
1 | 127 | 121 | 6 | 4,421 | 4,421 | ||||||||||||||||||
Leases |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
1 | 179 | 179 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Real estateconstruction |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
2 | 158 | 157 | 1 | 55 | 55 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
12 | $ | 4,101 | $ | 3,445 | 17 | $ | 6,707 | $ | 6,707 | |||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, loans that were restructured within the last 12 months that have subsequently defaulted:
For the year ended December 31, 2013 |
For the year ended December 31, 2012 |
|||||||||||||||
Number
of Contracts |
Recorded Investment |
Number
of Contracts |
Recorded Investment |
|||||||||||||
(Dollars in thousands) | (Dollars in thousands) | |||||||||||||||
Defaulted Troubled Debt Restructurings: |
||||||||||||||||
Commercial, secured by real estate |
| $ | | 2 | $ | 272 | ||||||||||
Commercial, industrial and other |
| | 1 | 142 | ||||||||||||
Leases |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Real estateresidential mortgage |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Real estateconstruction |
| | | | ||||||||||||
Home equity and consumer |
1 | 147 | | | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
1 | $ | 147 | 3 | $ | 414 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Related Party Loans
Lakeland has entered into lending transactions in the ordinary course of business with directors, executive officers, principal stockholders and affiliates of such persons on similar terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing for comparable transactions with other borrowers not related to Lakeland. At December 31, 2013, loans to these related parties amounted to $25.0 million. There were new loans of $9.6 million to related parties and repayments of $12.7 million from related parties in 2013.
Mortgages Held for Sale
Residential mortgages originated by the bank and held for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or fair market value. Fair value is generally determined by the value of purchase commitments on individual loans. Losses are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had $1.2 million in mortgages held for sale compared to no mortgages held for sale as of December 31, 2012.
-79-
Table of Contents
Leases
Lakeland had no leases held for sale on December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. During the first quarter of 2011, management reclassified $1.5 million of leases held for sale to held for investment because managements intent regarding these leases had changed. The following table shows the components of gains on leasing related assets for the periods presented:
For the years ended December 31, |
||||||||||||
(in thousands) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Gains on sales of leases |
$ | | $ | | $ | 143 | ||||||
Realized gains on paid off leases |
51 | 471 | 883 | |||||||||
Gains (losses) on sales of other repossessed assets |
12 | 4 | (52 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total gains on leasing related assets |
$ | 63 | $ | 475 | $ | 974 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gains (losses) on held for sale leasing assets are included in other income along with other miscellaneous leasing income typically recorded in Lakelands leasing business.
Future minimum lease payments of lease receivables are as follows (in thousands):
2014 |
$ | 14,387 | ||
2015 |
11,634 | |||
2016 |
8,255 | |||
2017 |
5,155 | |||
2018 |
1,716 | |||
thereafter |
185 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 41,332 | |||
|
|
Other Real Estate and Other Repossessed Assets
At December 31, 2013, Lakeland had other repossessed assets and other real estate owned of $54,000 and $466,000, respectively. At December 31, 2012, Lakeland had other repossessed assets and other real estate owned of $77,000 and $452,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, Lakeland had writedowns of $0, $0 and $230,000, respectively, on other real estate and other repossessed assets which are included in other real estate and repossessed asset expense in the Statement of Operations.
NOTE 5PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Estimated useful lives |
December 31, | |||||||||
2013 | 2012 | |||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||
Land |
Indefinite | $ | 6,259 | $ | 5,245 | |||||
Buildings and building improvements |
10 to 50 years | 34,607 | 30,818 | |||||||
Leasehold improvements |
10 to 25 years | 9,997 | 8,405 | |||||||
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
2 to 30 years | 37,054 | 31,443 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
87,917 | 75,911 | |||||||||
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
50,769 | 42,631 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||
$ | 37,148 | $ | 33,280 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense was $3.7 million, $3.1 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
-80-
Table of Contents
NOTE 6TIME DEPOSITS
At December 31, 2013, the schedule of maturities of certificates of deposit is as follows (in thousands):
Year |
||||
2014 |
$ | 214,479 | ||
2015 |
46,981 | |||
2016 |
14,823 | |||
2017 |
17,974 | |||
2018 |
1,136 | |||
Thereafter |
693 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 296,086 | |||
|
|
NOTE 7DEBT
Lines of Credit
As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB), Lakeland has the ability to borrow overnight based on the market value of collateral pledged. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no overnight borrowings from the FHLB. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland also had overnight federal funds lines available for it to borrow up to $162.0 million. Lakeland had borrowed $50.0 million and $72.0 million against these lines as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Lakeland may also borrow from the discount window of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York based on the market value of collateral pledged. Lakeland had no borrowings with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of December 31, 2013 or 2012.
Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2013 and 2012 consisted of short-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased. Securities underlying the agreements were under Lakelands control. The following tables summarize information relating to securities sold under agreements to repurchase and federal funds purchased for the years presented. For purposes of the tables, the average amount outstanding was calculated based on a daily average.
Federal funds purchased:
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Balance at December 31 |
$ | 50,000 | $ | 72,000 | $ | 28,000 | ||||||
Interest rate at December 31 |
0.37 | % | 0.37 | % | 0.32 | % | ||||||
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year |
$ | 81,000 | $ | 72,000 | $ | 35,750 | ||||||
Average amount outstanding during the year |
$ | 8,424 | $ | 15,147 | $ | 6,674 | ||||||
Weighted average interest rate during the year |
0.34 | % | 0.35 | % | 0.41 | % |
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Balance at December 31 |
$ | 31,991 | $ | 45,289 | $ | 44,131 | ||||||
Interest rate at December 31 |
0.02 | % | 0.05 | % | 0.09 | % | ||||||
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the year |
$ | 48,315 | $ | 49,863 | $ | 60,818 | ||||||
Average amount outstanding during the year |
$ | 37,277 | $ | 44,434 | $ | 52,566 | ||||||
Weighted average interest rate during the year |
0.03 | % | 0.06 | % | 0.12 | % |
Other Borrowings
FHLB Debt
At December 31, 2013, advances from the FHLB totaling $69.0 million will mature within one to five years and are reported as other borrowings. These advances are collateralized by certain securities and first mortgage
-81-
Table of Contents
loans. The advances had a weighted average interest rate of 1.47%. In the fourth quarter of 2013, Lakeland prepaid $6.0 million of its FHLB debt that had a weighted rate of 3.99% and incurred a prepayment penalty of $683,000.
At December 31, 2012, Lakeland had advances from the FHLB totaling $25.0 million maturing within five to six years and reported as other borrowings. These advances were collateralized by certain securities and first mortgage loans. The advances had a weighted average interest rate of 3.73%. In the fourth quarter of 2012, Lakeland prepaid $10.0 million of its FHLB debt that had a weighted rate of 3.93% and incurred a prepayment penalty of $782,000.
FHLB debt matures as follows (in thousands):
2014 |
$ | 30,000 | ||
2015 |
10,000 | |||
2016 |
10,000 | |||
2017 |
4,000 | |||
2018 |
15,000 | |||
Thereafter |
| |||
|
|
|||
$ | 69,000 | |||
|
|
Long-term Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
At December 31, 2013, Lakeland had $50.0 million in long-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase compared to $60.0 million at December 31, 2012. These securities were able to be called at various dates starting in 2009. These advances are collateralized by certain securities. The advances had a weighted average interest rate of 2.51% and 2.59% on December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. During the first quarter of 2013, Lakeland prepaid $10.0 million of its long-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase that had a rate of 2.90% and incurred a prepayment penalty of $526,000. These long-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase mature as follows (in thousands):
2014 |
$ | | ||
2015 |
| |||
2016 |
10,000 | |||
2017 |
10,000 | |||
2018 |
10,000 | |||
Thereafter |
20,000 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 50,000 | |||
|
|
The above FHLB debt and long-term securities sold under agreements to repurchase are collateralized by certain securities. At times the market value of securities collateralizing our borrowings may decline due to changes in interest rates and may necessitate our lenders to issue a margin call which requires Lakeland to pledge additional securities to meet that margin call.
Subordinated Debentures
In May 2007, the Company issued $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures due August 31, 2037 to Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust IV, a Delaware business trust. The distribution rate on these securities was 6.61% for 5 years and floats at LIBOR plus 152 basis points thereafter. The debentures are the sole asset of the Trust. The Trust issued 20,000 shares of trust preferred securities, $1,000 face value, for total proceeds of $20.0 million. The Companys obligations under the debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full,
-82-
Table of Contents
irrevocable and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis by the Company of the Trusts obligations under the preferred securities. The preferred securities are callable by the Company on or after August 1, 2012, or earlier if the deduction of related interest for federal income taxes is prohibited, treatment as Tier I capital is no longer permitted, or certain other contingencies arise. The preferred securities must be redeemed upon maturity of the debentures in 2037.
In December 2003, the Company issued $25.8 million of junior subordinated debentures due January 7, 2034 to Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust III, a Delaware business trust. The distribution rate on these securities was 7.535% for 10 years and floats at LIBOR plus 285 basis points thereafter. The debentures are the sole asset of the Trust. The Trust issued 25,000 shares of trust preferred securities, $1,000 face value, for total proceeds of $25.0 million. The Companys obligations under the debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis by the Company of the Trusts obligations under the preferred securities. The preferred securities are callable by the Company on or after January 7, 2009, or earlier if the deduction of related interest for federal income taxes is prohibited, treatment as Tier I capital is no longer permitted, or certain other contingencies arise. On October 7, 2012 the Company redeemed the $25.8 million in junior subordinated debentures. At the time of redemption the debentures had a coupon rate of 7.535% and were due on January 7, 2034. The capital and common securities issued by the Trust in December 2003 were also redeemed.
In June 2003, the Company issued $10.3 million of junior subordinated debentures due July 7, 2033 to Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust I, a Delaware business trust. The distribution rate on these securities was 6.20% for 7 years and floats at LIBOR plus 310 basis points thereafter. The debentures are the sole asset of the Trust. The Trust issued 10,000 shares of trust preferred securities, $1,000 face value, for total proceeds of $10.0 million. The Companys obligations under the debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis by the Company of the Trusts obligations under the preferred securities. The preferred securities are callable by the Company on or after July 7, 2010, or earlier if the deduction of related interest for federal income taxes is prohibited, treatment as Tier I capital is no longer permitted, or certain other contingencies arise. On June 18, 2013, the Company acquired and extinguished $9.0 million of Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust I debentures and recorded a $1.2 million gain on extinguishment of debt. The interest rate on this debenture floated at LIBOR plus 310 basis points and had a rate of 3.38% at the time of extinguishment. The Company redeemed the remaining $1.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2013 at par value.
In June 2003, the Company also issued $20.6 million of junior subordinated debentures due June 30, 2033 to Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust II, a Delaware business trust. The distribution rate on these securities was 5.71% for 5 years and floats at LIBOR plus 310 basis points thereafter. The debentures are the sole asset of the Trust. The Trust issued 20,000 shares of trust preferred securities, $1,000 face value, for total proceeds of $20.0 million. The Companys obligations under the debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis by the Company of the Trusts obligations under the preferred securities. The preferred securities are callable by the Company on or after June 30, 2008, or earlier if the deduction of related interest for federal income taxes is prohibited, treatment as Tier I capital is no longer permitted, or certain other contingencies arise. The preferred securities must be redeemed upon maturity of the debentures in 2033.
NOTE 8STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY
On May 31, 2013, the Company completed its acquisition of Somerset Hills Bancorp, a bank holding company headquartered in Bernardsville, New Jersey. Lakeland Bancorp issued an aggregate of 5,794,079 shares of its common stock in the merger, and also assumed outstanding Somerset Hills Bancorp stock options (which were converted into options to purchase Lakeland Bancorp common stock). Lakeland Bancorp paid $6.5 million in cash in the transaction.
-83-
Table of Contents
On September 4, 2012, the Company issued and sold an aggregate of 2,667,253 shares of common stock at a price of $9.65 per share pursuant to a takedown off of the Companys shelf registration statement. The Company received net proceeds of $25.0 million which it used to repay $25.8 million in junior subordinated debentures on October 7, 2012. See Note 7 for further details.
On March 19, 2012, the Companys Board of Directors authorized a 5% stock dividend which was distributed on April 16, 2012, to holders of record as of March 30, 2012. On January 14, 2011, the Companys Board of Directors authorized a 5% stock dividend which was distributed on February 16, 2011, to holders of record as of January 31, 2011.
In February 2009, as part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP) Capital Purchase Program, the Company entered into a Purchase Agreement with the United States Department of the Treasury (the U.S. Treasury), pursuant to which the Company sold 59,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and a warrant to purchase 1,046,901 shares of the Companys common stock, for $59.0 million in cash. The redemption of the preferred shares was completed in three transactions with 20,000 shares redeemed in August 2010, 20,000 shares redeemed in March 2011, and the remaining 19,000 shares redeemed in February 2012. The preferred shares paid an annual dividend of 5% per share during the period the shares were outstanding. The warrant was issued with an initial exercise price of $8.45 (adjusted for stock dividends) and a ten year term and was exercisable immediately, in whole or in part. The value of the warrant was allocated a portion of the $59.0 million in issuance proceeds. The allocation of this value was based on the relative fair value of the preferred shares and the warrant to the combined fair value. Accordingly, the value of the warrant was determined to be $3.3 million and recorded in common stock in the consolidated statements of condition. This non-cash amount was considered a discount to the preferred stock and to be amortized over a five year period using the interest method and accreted as a dividend recorded on the preferred shares. A portion of the unamortized discount was recognized in a charge to earnings on the date of the respective redemptions of the preferred shares. The warrant was included in the diluted average common shares outstanding except in periods for which its effects would be anti-dilutive. On February 29, 2012, the Company completed the redemption of the warrant for $2.8 million. The redemption of the warrant resulted in a reduction of common stock during the first quarter of 2012.
NOTE 9INCOME TAXES
The components of income taxes are as follows:
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Current tax provision |
$ | 12,286 | $ | 9,520 | $ | 8,540 | ||||||
Deferred tax provision |
164 | 576 | 172 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total provision for income taxes |
$ | 12,450 | $ | 10,096 | $ | 8,712 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The income tax provision reconciled to the income taxes that would have been computed at the statutory federal rate of 35% is as follows:
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Federal income tax, at statutory rates |
$ | 13,097 | $ | 11,143 | $ | 9,999 | ||||||
Increase (deduction) in taxes resulting from: |
||||||||||||
Non-taxable interest income |
(1,370 | ) | (1,296 | ) | (1,387 | ) | ||||||
State income tax, net of federal income tax effect |
339 | 192 | 246 | |||||||||
Other, net |
384 | 57 | (146 | ) | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Provision for income taxes |
$ | 12,450 | $ | 10,096 | $ | 8,712 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
-84-
Table of Contents
The net deferred tax asset consisted of the following:
December 31, | ||||||||
2013 | 2012 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Allowance for loan and lease losses |
$ | 12,688 | $ | 12,271 | ||||
Share based compensation plans |
553 | 356 | ||||||
Purchase accounting fair market value adjustments |
688 | | ||||||
Non-accrued interest |
389 | 627 | ||||||
Deferred compensation |
1,671 | 1,357 | ||||||
Other than temporary impairment loss on investment securities |
255 | 374 | ||||||
Unrealized losses on securities available for sale |
2,620 | | ||||||
Unfunded pension benefits |
20 | 298 | ||||||
Other, net |
771 | 590 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax assets |
19,655 | 15,873 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
Core deposit intangible from acquired companies |
990 | | ||||||
Deferred loan costs |
1,338 | 1,365 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses |
457 | 377 | ||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
1,514 | 1,172 | ||||||
Deferred gain on securities |
194 | 194 | ||||||
Unrealized gains on securities available for sale |
| 2,695 | ||||||
Other |
659 | 531 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
5,152 | 6,334 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net deferred tax assets, included in other assets |
$ | 14,503 | $ | 9,539 | ||||
|
|
|
|
As a result of the acquisition of Somerset Hills, the Company recorded a net deferred tax asset of $93,000.
The Company evaluates the realizability of its deferred tax assets by examining its earnings history and projected future earnings and by assessing whether it is more likely than not that carryforwards would not be realized. Based upon the majority of the Companys deferred tax assets having no expiration date, the Companys earnings history, and the projections of future earnings, the Companys management believes that it is more likely than not that all of the Companys deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2013 will be realized.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits are as follows:
(in thousands) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Balance at January 1 |
$ | 168 | $ | 252 | ||||
Additions for tax positions of prior years |
12 | 22 | ||||||
Reductions for tax positions resulting from lapse of statute of limitations |
(52 | ) | (106 | ) | ||||
Settlements |
(17 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance at December 31 |
$ | 111 | $ | 168 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense for all periods presented. The Company had accrued approximately $19,000 and $19,000 for the payment of interest and penalties at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax law as well as income tax of various state jurisdictions. Tax regulations within each jurisdiction are subject to the interpretation of the related tax laws and regulations
-85-
Table of Contents
and require significant judgment to apply. With few significant exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2010 or to state and local examinations by tax authorities for the years before 2009.
NOTE 10EARNINGS PER SHARE
The Company uses the two class method to compute earnings per common share. Participating securities include non-vested restricted stock. The following tables present the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share for the periods presented.
Year ended December 31, 2013 |
||||||||||||
Income (numerator) |
Shares (denominator) |
Per share amount |
||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share amounts) | ||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share |
||||||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 24,969 | 33,088 | $ | 0.75 | |||||||
Less: earnings allocated to participating securities |
178 | 0.00 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 24,791 | 33,088 | $ | 0.75 | |||||||
Effect of dilutive securities |
||||||||||||
Stock options and restricted stock |
| 152 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted earnings per share |
||||||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions |
$ | 24,791 | 33,240 | $ | 0.75 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options to purchase 341,276 shares of common stock at a weighted average of $12.51 per share were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the option price and the grant date price were greater than the average market price during the period.
Year ended December 31, 2012 |
||||||||||||
Income (numerator) |
Shares (denominator) |
Per share amount |
||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share amounts) | ||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share |
||||||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 21,122 | 27,619 | $ | 0.76 | |||||||
Less: earnings allocated to participating securities |
181 | 0.00 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 20,941 | 27,619 | $ | 0.76 | |||||||
Effect of dilutive securities |
||||||||||||
Stock options and restricted stock |
| 73 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted earnings per share |
||||||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions |
$ | 20,941 | 27,692 | $ | 0.76 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options to purchase 448,137 shares of common stock at a weighted average of $12.56 per share were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the option price and the grant date price were greater than the average market price during the period.
-86-
Table of Contents
Year ended December 31, 2011 |
||||||||||||
Income (numerator) |
Shares (denominator) |
Per share amount |
||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share amounts) | ||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share |
||||||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 17,684 | 26,572 | $ | 0.67 | |||||||
Less: earnings allocated to participating securities |
130 | 0.01 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net income available to common shareholders |
$ | 17,554 | 26,572 | $ | 0.66 | |||||||
Effect of dilutive securities |
||||||||||||
Stock options and restricted stock |
| 109 | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Diluted earnings per share |
||||||||||||
Net income available to common shareholders plus assumed conversions |
$ | 17,554 | 26,681 | $ | 0.66 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Options to purchase 598,477 shares of common stock and 19,893 shares of restricted stock at a weighted average of $12.57 and $11.52 per share, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the option exercise price and the grant date price were greater than the average market price during the period.
NOTE 11EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
Profit Sharing Plan
The Company has a profit sharing plan for all its eligible employees. The Companys annual contribution to the plan is determined by its Board of Directors. Annual contributions are allocated to participants on a point basis with accumulated benefits payable at retirement, or, at the discretion of the plan committee, upon termination of employment. Contributions made by the Company were approximately $600,000 for 2013, $625,000 for 2012 and $675,000 for 2011.
Salary Continuation Agreements
The National Bank of Sussex County (NBSC) entered into a salary continuation agreement during 1996 with its former Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and its President which entitle them to certain payments upon their retirement. As part of the merger of the Company and NBSCs parent (High Point Financial Corp.) in July 1999, Lakeland placed in trusts amounts equal to the present value of the amounts that would be owed to them in their retirement. These amounts were $722,000 for the CEO and $381,000 for the President. The Company has no further obligation to pay additional amounts pursuant to these agreements.
Former CEO Retirement Benefits
Metropolitan State Bank entered into an agreement in January 1997 with its former CEO, which provides for an annual retirement benefit of $35,000 for a fifteen year period. In February 1999, the Company entered into an additional agreement with this CEO. Such agreement provides for an additional retirement benefit of $35,000 per annum for a fifteen year period. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, $0, $1,000 and $5,000, respectively, was charged to operations related to these obligations.
Benefit Obligations from Somerset Hills Acquisition
Somerset Hills entered into a non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) with its former Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer which entitles them to a benefit of $48,000 and
-87-
Table of Contents
$24,000, respectively, per year for 15 years after the earlier of retirement or death. The beneficiary of the Chief Financial Officer is currently being paid out under the plan. As of December 31, 2013, the Company has a liability of $590,000 for this SERP and has recognized an expense of $50,000 in 2013.
Retirement Savings Plans (401(k) plans)
Beginning in January 2002, the Company began contributing to its 401(k) plan. All eligible employees can contribute a portion of their annual salary with the Company matching up to 50% of the employees contributions. The Companys contributions in 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $715,000, $628,000 and $596,000, respectively.
Pension Plan
Newton Trust Company had a defined benefit pension plan (the Plan) that was frozen prior to the acquisition by the Company. All participants of the Plan ceased accruing benefits as of that date.
The investment policy and strategy of the Plan and its advisors includes target portfolio allocations of approximately 60% in equities, 30% in debt securities, 5% in commodities and 5% in cash. Based on historical performance, the Plan assumes that the long term equity securities have earned a rate of return of approximately 10% and fixed income securities have earned a return of between 1% and 5%.
The assets of the Plan consist of cash and cash equivalents and investments in mutual funds that are actively traded. All of the mutual funds are classified as Level 1 securities meaning that their market values are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets.
The following table shows the fair value and the portfolio allocations of the assets in the Plan by type of investment as of December 31 for the years presented (dollars in thousands):
December 31, 2013 | December 31, 2012 | |||||||||||||||
Market Value |
Percent of Assets |
Market Value |
Percent of Assets |
|||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 89 | 5 | % | $ | 125 | 7 | % | ||||||||
Fixed Income Mutual funds |
568 | 29 | % | 513 | 29 | % | ||||||||||
U.S. Large-Cap funds |
466 | 23 | % | 394 | 22 | % | ||||||||||
U.S. Mid- and Small-Cap funds |
148 | 7 | % | 124 | 7 | % | ||||||||||
U.S. Balanced funds |
315 | 16 | % | 252 | 14 | % | ||||||||||
International funds |
301 | 15 | % | 275 | 16 | % | ||||||||||
Commodity funds |
100 | 5 | % | 83 | 5 | % | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
$ | 1,987 | 100 | % | $ | 1,766 | 100 | % | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-88-
Table of Contents
The accumulated benefit obligation as of December 31 is as follows:
(in thousands) |
2013 | 2012 | ||||||
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation |
$ | 2,407 | $ | 2,200 | ||||
Interest Cost |
90 | 87 | ||||||
Actuarial (gain) loss |
(295 | ) | 176 | |||||
Estimated benefit payments |
(175 | ) | (56 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total accumulated postretirement benefit obligation |
2,027 | 2,407 | ||||||
Fair value of plan assets beginning of period |
1,766 | 1,484 | ||||||
Return on plan assets |
236 | 178 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(175 | ) | (56 | ) | ||||
Contribution |
160 | 160 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Fair value of plan assets at end of year |
1,987 | 1,766 | ||||||
Funded status |
(40 | ) | (641 | ) | ||||
Unrecognized net actuarial loss |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Liability |
$ | (40 | ) | $ | (641 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Accumulated benefit obligation |
$ | 2,027 | $ | 2,407 | ||||
|
|
|
|
The components of net periodic pension cost are as follows:
(in thousands) |
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | |||||||||
Amortization of actuarial loss |
$ | 82 | $ | 72 | $ | 47 | ||||||
Interest cost on APBO |
90 | 87 | 97 | |||||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(72 | ) | (76 | ) | (89 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net periodic postretirement cost |
$ | 100 | $ | 83 | $ | 55 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
The benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years and the aggregate for the five fiscal years thereafter are as follows (in thousands):
2014 |
$ | 138 | ||
2015 |
65 | |||
2016 |
153 | |||
2017 |
178 | |||
2018 |
142 | |||
20182022 |
577 |
The Company expects its contribution to be $160,000 in 2014.
The Company and its actuary use certain assumptions in measuring the benefit obligation. The most significant of these is the discount rate used to measure the present value of the benefit obligations and the expense to be used in the following year financial statements. The Company uses the projected cash flows of the pension plan and the Citigroup pension liability index to develop the discount rate. The pension plans expected return on plan assets is based on historical investment return experience and is impacted by the target allocation of assets. There is no assumption on the rate of compensation because the plan is frozen and no participants are accruing benefits on the plan.
-89-
Table of Contents
The assumptions used to determine the pension obligation and the net periodic pension cost were as follows:
2013 | 2012 | |||||||
Discounted rate |
4.75 | % | 3.75 | % | ||||
Expected return on plan assets |
4.75 | % | 4.00 | % | ||||
Rate of Compensation |
0.00 | % | 0.00 | % |
Deferred Compensation Arrangements
High Point Financial Corp. had established deferred compensation arrangements for certain directors and executives of High Point Financial Corp. and NBSC. The deferred compensation plans differ, but generally provide for annual payments for ten to fifteen years following retirement. The Companys liabilities under these arrangements are being accrued from the commencement of the plans over the participants remaining periods of service. The Company intends to fund its obligations under the deferred compensation arrangements with the increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies that it has purchased on the respective participants. The deferred compensation plans do not hold any assets. For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 there were no charges related to this plan. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the accrued liability for these plans was $270,000 and $271,000, respectively.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans
In 2003, the Company entered into a supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) agreement with its former CEO that provides annual retirement benefits of $150,000 a year for a 15 year period when the former CEO reached the age of 65. Our former CEO retired and is receiving annual retirement benefits pursuant to the plan. In 2008, the Company entered into a SERP agreement with its current CEO that provides annual retirement benefits of $150,000 for a 15 year period when the CEO reaches the age of 65. In November 2008, the Company entered into a SERP with its Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer that provides annual retirement benefits of $90,000 a year for a 10 year period upon his reaching the age of 65. The Company intends to fund its obligations under the deferred compensation arrangements with the increase in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance policies. In 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded compensation expense of $247,000, $434,000 and $233,000, respectively, for these plans.
NOTE 12DIRECTORS RETIREMENT PLAN
The Company provides a plan that any director who became a member of the Board of Directors prior to 2009 who completes five years of service may retire and continue to be paid for a period of ten years at a rate ranging from $5,000 through $17,500 per annum, depending upon years of credited service. This plan is unfunded. The following tables present the status of the plan and the components of net periodic plan cost for the years then ended. The measurement date for the accumulated benefit obligation is December 31 of the years presented.
December 31, | ||||||||
2013 | 2012 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Accrued plan cost included in other liabilities |
$ | 885 | $ | 1,093 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Amount not recognized as component of net postretirement benefit cost |
||||||||
Recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income |
||||||||
Net actuarial (gain) loss |
($ | 198 | ) | $ | 82 | |||
Unrecognized prior service cost |
| | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Amounts not recognized as a component of net |
($ | 198 | ) | $ | 82 | |||
|
|
|
|
-90-
Table of Contents
Years ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Net periodic plan cost included the following components: |
||||||||||||
Service cost |
$ | 29 | $ | 30 | $ | 24 | ||||||
Interest cost |
36 | 41 | 48 | |||||||||
Amortization of prior service cost |
21 | 26 | 23 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
$ | 86 | $ | 97 | $ | 95 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
A discount rate of 4.75% and 3.75% was assumed in the plan valuation for 2013 and 2012, respectively. As the benefit amount is not dependent upon compensation levels, a rate of increase in compensation assumption was not utilized in the plan valuation.
The directors retirement plan holds no plan assets. The benefits expected to be paid in each of the next five years and in aggregate for the five years thereafter are as follows (in thousands):
2014 |
$ | 65 | ||
2015 |
75 | |||
2016 |
75 | |||
2017 |
70 | |||
2018 |
68 | |||
2019-2023 |
175 |
The Company expects its contribution to the directors retirement plan to be $65,000 in 2014.
The amount in accumulated other comprehensive loss expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost in 2014 is $26,000.
NOTE 13STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Employee Stock Option Plans
On May 21, 2009, the Companys shareholders approved the 2009 Equity Compensation Program, which authorizes the granting of incentive stock options, supplemental stock options, restricted shares and restricted stock units to employees of the Company, including those employees serving as officers and directors of the Company. The plan authorizes the issuance of 2.2 million shares in connection with options and awards granted under the 2009 program.
The Company established the 2000 Equity Compensation Program which authorizes the granting of incentive stock options, supplemental stock options and restricted stock to employees of the Company which includes those employees serving as officers and directors of the Company. The plan authorized 2,488,748 shares of common stock of the Company. No further awards will be granted from the 2000 program.
On May 31, 2013, the Company granted options to purchase 50,000 shares (25,000 shares each) to two new non-employee directors of the Company at an exercise price of $9.91 per share under the 2009 program. The directors options are exercisable in five equal installments beginning on the date of grant and continuing on the next four anniversaries of the date of grant.
The estimated fair values were determined on the dates of grant using the Black-Scholes Option pricing model. The fair value of the Company stock option awards are expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the stock option. The risk-free rate is based on the implied yield on a U.S. Treasury bond with a term approximating the expected term of the option. The expected volatility computation is based on historical volatility over a period approximating the expected term of the option. The dividend yield is based on the annual
-91-
Table of Contents
dividend payment per share, divided by the grant date stock price. The expected option term is estimated examining historical terms on similar option grants and is a function of the option life and the vesting period.
The fair value of these options were estimated using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
Risk-free interest rates |
1.55 | % | ||
Expected dividend yield |
2.82 | % | ||
Expected volatility |
45.45 | % | ||
Expected lives (years) |
7.00 | |||
Weighted average fair value of options granted |
$ | 3.48 |
There were no stock options granted in 2012 or 2011. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, 197,881 and 179,785 options granted to directors were outstanding, respectively.
The Company also assumed the outstanding options granted under Somerset Hills stock option plans at the time of merger. Based on the conversion ratio in the merger, the Company assumed options to purchase 376,372 shares of Lakeland stock in these plans at a weighted average exercise price of $6.65. The fair value of these options were estimated using the Black Scholes pricing model with the following range of assumptions:
Risk-free interest rates |
0.04%1.55% | |
Expected dividend yield |
2.82% | |
Expected volatility |
13% to 47% | |
Expected lives (years) |
3 months7 years | |
Weighted average fair value of options granted |
$ 3.98 |
As of December 31, 2013, there was 92,339 options outstanding under these plans.
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, outstanding options to purchase common stock granted to key employees were 199,900 and 295,912, respectively.
Excess tax benefits (losses) of stock based compensation were $142,000, $4,000 and $(3,000) for the years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
A summary of the status of the Companys option plans as of December 31, 2013 and the changes during the year ending on that date is represented below.
Number of shares |
Weighted average exercise price |
Weighted average remaining contractual term (in years) |
Aggregate Intrinsic Value |
|||||||||||||
Outstanding, beginning of year |
475,697 | $ | 12.31 | $ | 53,853 | |||||||||||
Granted |
426,372 | 7.03 | ||||||||||||||
Exercised |
(346,869 | ) | 7.41 | |||||||||||||
Expired |
(56,687 | ) | 12.14 | |||||||||||||
Forfeited |
(8,393 | ) | 12.95 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
Outstanding, end of year |
490,120 | $ | 11.19 | 3.48 | $ | 754,938 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Options exercisable at year-end |
444,607 | $ | 11.35 | 2.91 | $ | 633,585 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-92-
Table of Contents
A summary of the Companys non-vested options under the Companys option plans as of December 31, 2013 and changes for the year then ended is presented below.
Non-vested Options |
Shares | Weighted- Average Grant- date Fair Value |
||||||
Non-vested, January 1, 2013 |
11,026 | $ | 3.11 | |||||
Granted |
50,000 | 3.48 | ||||||
Vested |
(15,513 | ) | 3.36 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
Non-vested, December 31, 2013 |
45,513 | $ | 3.43 | |||||
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2013, there was $124,000 of unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options under the 2009 and 2000 Equity Compensation Programs. Compensation expense recognized for stock options was $72,000, $22,000 and $43,000 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.
The aggregate intrinsic values of options exercised in 2013 was $1.5 million. Exercise of stock options during 2013 resulted in cash receipts of $2.2 million. There were no options exercised in 2012. The aggregate intrinsic values of options exercised in 2011 was $78,000. Exercise of stock options during 2011 resulted in cash receipts of $72,000. The total fair value of options that vested in 2013 and 2012 were $52,000 and $34,000, respectively.
In 2011, the Company granted 100,112 shares of restricted stock at a fair value of $9.40 per share under the Companys 2009 equity compensation program. These shares vest over a five year period. The Company uses the straight line attribution method to record the expense on its restricted stock. Compensation expense on these shares is expected to average approximately $188,000 per year for the following five years. In 2012, the Company granted 91,269 shares of restricted stock at a grant date fair value of $9.50 per share under the Companys 2009 equity compensation program. These shares vest over a five year period. Compensation expense on these shares is expected to average approximately $173,000 per year for the next five years. In 2013, the Company granted 104,182 shares of restricted stock at a grant date fair value of $9.88 per share under the Companys 2009 equity compensation program. These shares vest over a five year period. Compensation expense on these shares is expected to average approximately $206,000 per year for the next five years.
Information regarding the Companys restricted stock for the year ended December 31, 2013 is as follows:
Number of shares |
Weighted average price |
|||||||
Outstanding, January 1, 2013 |
222,556 | $ | 9.15 | |||||
Granted |
104,182 | 9.87 | ||||||
Vested |
(72,396 | ) | 8.65 | |||||
Forfeited |
(4,561 | ) | 9.99 | |||||
|
|
|||||||
Outstanding, December 31, 2013 |
249,781 | $ | 9.58 | |||||
|
|
|
|
The total fair value of the restricted stock vested during the year ended December 31, 2013 was approximately $896,000. Compensation expense recognized for restricted stock was $823,000, $724,000 and $584,000 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. There was approximately $1.4 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock grants as of December 31, 2013, which is expected to be recognized over a period of 2.8 years.
-93-
Table of Contents
NOTE 14COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Lease Obligations
Lakeland is obligated under various non-cancelable operating leases on building and land used for office space and banking purposes. These leases contain renewal options and escalation clauses. Rent expense under long-term operating leases amounted to approximately $2.5 million, $2.1 million and $1.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, including rent expense to related parties of $180,000 in 2013, $227,000 in 2012, and $325,000, in 2011. At December 31, 2013, the minimum commitments under all noncancellable leases with remaining terms of more than one year and expiring through 2032 are as follows (in thousands):
Year |
||||
2014 |
$ | 2,526 | ||
2015 |
2,296 | |||
2016 |
1,934 | |||
2017 |
1,550 | |||
2018 |
1,306 | |||
Thereafter |
10,287 | |||
|
|
|||
$ | 19,899 | |||
|
|
Litigation
As previously reported, on or about February 15, 2013, the Company was served with a Civil Action Summons and Class Action Complaint, captioned Higgenbottom v. McClure, et al., that was filed in the Superior Court of New Jersey, Chancery Division, Somerset County, Docket No. C-12006-13. The complaint states that the plaintiff is bringing the class action on behalf of the public stockholders of Somerset Hills Bancorp against the Board of Directors of Somerset Hills for their alleged breach of fiduciary duties arising out of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 28, 2013, by and between the Company and Somerset Hills Bancorp. The merger with Somerset Hills closed on May 31, 2013.
The parties negotiated a settlement of the complaint, which was approved by the court by order dated January 30, 2014. No amounts are payable to the class under the settlement. The parties did not agree on the issue of the amount of attorneys fees to be paid to the plaintiff. In its January 30, 2014 decision, the Court denied without prejudice the application for attorneys fees, pending a hearing to be scheduled in the near future. Subsequent to the date of the courts order, the parties agreed to a payment of plaintiffs attorneys fees and costs in the amount of $52,500, which was approved by the court and paid by the insurance carrier.
There are no pending legal proceedings involving the Company or Lakeland other than those arising in the normal course of business. Management does not anticipate that the potential liability, if any, arising out of such legal proceedings will have a material effect on the financial condition or results of operations of the Company and Lakeland on a consolidated basis.
NOTE 15FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS WITH OFF-BALANCE-SHEET RISK AND CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
Lakeland is party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the consolidated financial statements when they become payable. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contract or notional amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement Lakeland has in particular classes of financial instruments.
-94-
Table of Contents
Lakelands exposure to credit loss in the event of non-performance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual or notional amount of those instruments. Lakeland uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.
Lakeland generally requires collateral or other security to support financial instruments with credit risk. The approximate contract amounts are as follows:
December 31, | ||||||||
2013 | 2012 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
Financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk |
||||||||
Commitments to extend credit |
$ | 589,619 | $ | 430,641 | ||||
Standby letters of credit and financial guarantees written |
9,244 | 7,922 |
At December 31, 2013 and 2012 there were $45,000 and $54,000, respectively, in commitments to lend additional funds to borrowers whose terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Lakeland evaluates each customers creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by Lakeland upon extension of credit, is based on managements credit evaluation.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Lakeland to guarantee the payment by or performance of a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Lakeland holds deposit accounts, residential or commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment as collateral to support those commitments for which collateral is deemed necessary. The extent of collateral held for those commitments at December 31, 2013 and 2012 varies based on managements credit evaluation.
Lakeland issues financial and performance letters of credit. Financial letters of credit require Lakeland to make payment if the customer fails to make payment, as defined in the agreements. Performance letters of credit require Lakeland to make payments if the customer fails to perform certain non-financial contractual obligations. Lakeland defines the initial fair value of these letters of credit as the fees received from the customer. Lakeland records these fees as a liability when issuing the letters of credit and amortizes the fee over the life of the letter of credit.
The maximum potential undiscounted amount of future payments of these letters of credit as of December 31, 2013 is $9.2 million and they expire through 2024. Lakelands exposure under these letters of credit would be reduced by actual performance, subsequent termination by the beneficiaries and by any proceeds that Lakeland obtained in liquidating the collateral for the loans, which varies depending on the customer.
As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had $589.6 million in loan and lease commitments, with $486.7 million maturing within one year, $55.5 million maturing after one year but within three years, $766,000 maturing after three years but within five years, and $46.6 million maturing after five years. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had $9.2 million in standby letters of credit, with $8.7 million maturing within one year, $459,000 maturing after one year but within three years, and $80,000 maturing after five years.
Lakeland grants loans primarily to customers in its immediately adjacent suburban counties which include Bergen, Morris, Passaic, Sussex, Warren, Somerset, Union and Essex counties in Northern New Jersey and surrounding areas. Certain of Lakelands consumer loans and lease customers are more diversified nationally.
-95-
Table of Contents
Although Lakeland has a diversified loan portfolio, a large portion of its loans are secured by commercial or residential real property. Although Lakeland has a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its debtors ability to honor their contracts is dependent upon the economy. Commercial and standby letters of credit were granted primarily to commercial borrowers.
NOTE 16COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
The Company reports comprehensive income in addition to net income (loss) from operations. Comprehensive income is a more inclusive financial reporting methodology that includes disclosure of certain financial information that historically has not been recognized in the calculation of net income.
The following table shows the changes in the balances of each of the components of other comprehensive income for the periods presented:
Year ended December 31, 2013 | ||||||||||||
Before tax amount |
Tax Benefit (Expense) |
Net of tax amount |
||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Unrealized losses on available for sale securities |
||||||||||||
Unrealized holding losses arising during period |
$ | (13,675 | ) | $ | 4,985 | $ | (8,690 | ) | ||||
Less reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income |
839 | (330 | ) | 509 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net unrealized losses on available for sale securities |
(14,514 | ) | 5,315 | (9,199 | ) | |||||||
Change in pension liabilities |
866 | (278 | ) | 588 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other comprehensive loss, net |
$ | (13,648 | ) | $ | 5,037 | $ | (8,611 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||
Before tax amount |
Tax Benefit (Expense) |
Net of tax amount |
||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities |
||||||||||||
Unrealized holding gains arising during period |
$ | 2,697 | $ | (969 | ) | $ | 1,728 | |||||
Less reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income |
1,049 | (367 | ) | 682 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net unrealized gains on available for sale securities |
1,648 | (602 | ) | 1,046 | ||||||||
Change in pension liabilities |
30 | (11 | ) | 19 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other comprehensive income, net |
$ | 1,678 | $ | (613 | ) | $ | 1,065 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2011 | ||||||||||||
Before tax amount |
Tax Benefit (Expense) |
Net of tax amount |
||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities |
||||||||||||
Unrealized holding gains arising during period |
$ | 8,600 | $ | (3,155 | ) | $ | 5,445 | |||||
Less reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income |
1,229 | (430 | ) | 799 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net unrealized gains on available for sale securities |
7,371 | (2,725 | ) | 4,646 | ||||||||
Change in pension liabilities |
(176 | ) | 74 | (102 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other comprehensive income, net |
$ | 7,195 | $ | (2,651 | ) | $ | 4,544 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
-96-
Table of Contents
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2013 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2012 |
For the Year
Ended December 31, 2011 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Unrealized Gains and Losses on Available- for-sale Securities |
Pension Items | Total | Unrealized Gains and Losses on Available- for-sale Securities |
Pension Items | Total | Unrealized Gains and Losses on Available- for-sale Securities |
Pension Items | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Beginning Balance |
$ | 4,552 | ($ | 616 | ) | $ | 3,936 | $ | 3,506 | ($ | 635 | ) | $ | 2,871 | ($ | 1,140 | ) | ($ | 533 | ) | ($ | 1,673 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) before classifications |
(8,690 | ) | 588 | (8,102 | ) | 1,728 | 19 | 1,747 | 5,445 | (102 | ) | 5,343 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income |
(509 | ) | | (509 | ) | (682 | ) | | (682 | ) | (799 | ) | | (799 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss) |
(9,199 | ) | 588 | (8,611 | ) | 1,046 | 19 | 1,065 | 4,646 | (102 | ) | 4,544 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ending balance |
($ | 4,647 | ) | ($ | 28 | ) | ($ | 4,675 | ) | $ | 4,552 | ($ | 616 | ) | $ | 3,936 | $ | 3,506 | ($ | 635 | ) | $ | 2,871 | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* | All amounts are net of tax. |
NOTE 17FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT AND FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Fair Value Measurement
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for an asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. U.S. GAAP establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad levels giving the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest level priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The following describes the three levels of fair value hierarchy:
Level 1 unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; includes U.S. Treasury Notes, and other U.S. Government Agency securities that actively trade in over-the-counter markets; equity securities and mutual funds that actively trade in over-the-counter markets.
Level 2 quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability including yield curves, volatilities, and prepayment speeds.
Level 3 unobservable inputs for the asset or liability that reflect the Companys own assumptions about assumptions that market participants would use in the pricing of the asset or liability and that are consequently not based on market activity but upon particular valuation techniques.
The Companys assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis are its available for sale investment securities and its interest rate swaps. The Company obtains fair values on its securities using information from a third party servicer. If quoted prices for securities are available in an active market, those securities are classified as Level 1 securities. The Company has a U.S. Treasury Note and certain equity securities that are classified as Level 1 securities. Level 2 securities were primarily comprised of U.S. Agency bonds, residential mortgage-backed securities, obligations of state and political subdivisions and corporate securities. Fair values were estimated primarily by obtaining quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or through the use of pricing models supported with market data information. Standard inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker-dealer quotes, issuer spreads, bids and offers. On a quarterly basis, the Company reviews the pricing information received from the Companys third party pricing service. This review includes a comparison to non-binding third-party quotes.
-97-
Table of Contents
The fair values of derivatives are based on valuation models using current market terms (including interest rates and fees), the remaining terms of the agreements and the credit worthiness of the counter-party as of the measurement date (Level 2).
The following table sets forth the Companys financial assets that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of the periods presented by level within the fair value hierarchy. During the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company did not make any transfers between recurring Level 1 fair value measurements and recurring Level 2 fair value measurements. Financial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement:
December 31, 2013 |
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
Total Fair Value |
||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Investment securities, available for sale |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. treasury and government agencies |
$ | 4,330 | 65,835 | $ | | $ | 70,165 | |||||||||
Mortgage backed securities |
| 304,502 | | 304,502 | ||||||||||||
Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
| 36,873 | | 36,873 | ||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
| 3,420 | | 3,420 | ||||||||||||
Equity securities |
3,239 | 12,907 | | 16,146 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total securities available for sale |
7,569 | 423,537 | | 431,106 | ||||||||||||
Other Assets(a) |
| 562 | | 562 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Assets |
$ | 7,569 | 424,099 | | $ | 431,668 | ||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other Liabilities(a) |
$ | | $ | 562 | $ | | $ | 562 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Liabilities |
$ | | $ | 562 | $ | | $ | 562 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | Non-hedging interest rate derivatives |
December 31, 2012 |
||||||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Investment securities, available for sale |
||||||||||||||||
U.S. treasury and government agencies |
$ | 3,493 | $ | 83,078 | $ | | $ | 86,571 | ||||||||
Mortgage backed securities |
| 239,559 | | 239,559 | ||||||||||||
Obligations of states and political subdivisions |
| 38,620 | | 38,620 | ||||||||||||
Corporate debt securities |
| 13,444 | | 13,444 | ||||||||||||
Equity securities |
2,010 | 13,506 | | 15,516 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total securities available for sale |
5,503 | 388,207 | | 393,710 | ||||||||||||
Other Assets(a) |
| 195 | | 195 | ||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Assets |
$ | 5,503 | $ | 388,402 | $ | | $ | 393,905 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Other Liabilities(a) |
$ | | $ | 195 | $ | | $ | 195 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total Liabilities |
$ | | $ | 195 | $ | | $ | 195 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) | Non-hedging interest rate derivatives |
-98-
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth the Companys financial assets subject to fair value adjustments (impairment) on a nonrecurring basis. Assets are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement:
December 31, 2013 |
(Level 1) | (Level 2) | (Level 3) | Total Fair Value |
||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Impaired Loans and Leases |
$ | | $ | | $ | 24,619 | $ | 24,619 | ||||||||
Loans held for sale |
| 1,206 | | 1,206 | ||||||||||||
Other real estate owned and other repossessed assets |
| | 520 | 520 |
December 31, 2012 |
(Level 1) | (Level 2) | (Level 3) | Total Fair Value |
||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Assets: |
||||||||||||||||
Impaired Loans and Leases |
$ | | $ | | $ | 31,531 | $ | 31,531 | ||||||||
Other real estate owned and other repossessed assets |
| | 529 | 529 |
Impaired loans and leases are evaluated and valued at the time the loan is identified as impaired at the lower of cost or market value. Because most of Lakelands impaired loans are collateral dependant, fair value is generally measured based on the value of the collateral securing these loans and leases and is classified at a level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Collateral may be real estate, accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and/or other business assets. The value of the real estate is assessed based on appraisals by qualified third party licensed appraisers. The appraisers may use the income approach to value the collateral using discount rates (with ranges of 5-11%) or capitalization rates (with ranges of 5-9%) to evaluate the property. The value of the equipment may be determined by an appraiser, if significant, inquiry through a recognized valuation resource, or by the value on the borrowers financial statements. Field examiner reviews on business assets may be conducted based on the loan exposure and reliance on this type of collateral. Appraised and reported values may be discounted based on managements historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of valuation, and/or managements expertise and knowledge of the client and clients business. Impaired loans and leases are reviewed and evaluated on at least a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above.
The Company has a held for sale loan portfolio that consists of residential mortgages that are being sold in the secondary market. The Company records these mortgages at the lower of cost or market value. Fair value is generally determined by the value of purchase commitments.
Other real estate owned (OREO) and other repossessed assets, representing property acquired through foreclosure, are carried at fair value less estimated disposal costs of the acquired property. Fair value on other real estate owned is based on the appraised value of the collateral using discount rates or capitalization rates similar to those used in impaired loan valuation. The fair value of other repossessed assets is estimated by inquiry through a recognized valuation resource.
Changes in the assumptions or methodologies used to estimate fair values may materially affect the estimated amounts. Changes in economic conditions, locally or nationally, could impact the value of the estimated amounts of impaired loans, OREO and other repossessed assets.
Fair Value of Certain Financial Instruments
Estimated fair values have been determined by the Company using the best available data and an estimation methodology suitable for each category of financial instruments. Management is concerned that there may not be reasonable comparability between institutions due to the wide range of permitted assumptions and methodologies in the absence of active markets. This lack of uniformity gives rise to a high degree of subjectivity in estimating financial instrument fair values.
-99-
Table of Contents
The estimation methodologies used, the estimated fair values, and recorded book balances at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 are outlined below.
This summary, as well as the table below, excludes financial assets and liabilities for which carrying value approximates fair value. For financial assets, these include cash and cash equivalents. For financial liabilities, these include noninterest bearing demand deposits, savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts and federal funds sold and securities sold under agreements to repurchase. The estimated fair value of demand, savings and interest-bearing transaction accounts is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. Carrying value is used because there is no stated maturity on these accounts, and the customer has the ability to withdraw the funds immediately. Also excluded from this summary and the following table are those financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, as previously described.
The fair value of Investment Securities Held to Maturity was measured using information from the same third-party servicer used for Investment Securities Available for Sale using the same methodologies discussed above. Investment Securities Held to Maturity includes $5.2 million in short-term municipal bond anticipation notes that are non-rated and do not have an active secondary market or information readily available on standard financial systems. As a result, the securities are classified as Level 3 securities. These are investments in municipalities in the Companys market area, and management performs a credit analysis on the municipality before investing in these securities.
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York (FHLB) stock is an equity interest that can be sold to the issuing FHLB, to other FHLBs, or to other member banks at its par value. Because ownership of these securities is restricted, they do not have a readily determinable fair value. As such, the Companys FHLB Stock is recorded at cost or par value and is evaluated for impairment each reporting period by considering the ultimate recoverability of the investment rather than temporary declines in value. The Companys evaluation primarily includes an evaluation of liquidity, capitalization, operating performance, commitments, and regulatory or legislative events.
The net loan portfolio at December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 has been valued using a present value discounted cash flow where market prices were not available. The discount rate used in these calculations is the estimated current market rate for new loans with similar credit risk. The valuation of our loan portfolio is consistent with accounting guidance but does not fully incorporate the exit price approach.
For fixed maturity certificates of deposit, fair value was estimated based on the present value of discounted cash flows using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.
The fair value of long-term debt is based upon the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The Company estimates the discount rate using the rates currently offered for similar borrowing arrangements. The fair value of subordinated debentures is based on bid/ask prices from brokers for similar types of instruments.
The fair values of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of guarantees and letters of credit is based on fees currently charged for similar agreements or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise settle the obligations with the counterparties at the reporting date. The fair values of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit are deemed immaterial.
-100-
Table of Contents
The following table presents the carrying values, fair values and placement in the fair value hierarchy of the Companys financial instruments as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012:
December 31, 2013 |
Carrying Value |
Fair Value |
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
|||||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Financial InstrumentsAssets |
||||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities held to maturity |
$ | 101,744 | $ | 100,394 | $ | | $ | 95,194 | $ | 5,200 | ||||||||||
Federal Home Loan and other membership bank stock |
7,938 | 7,938 | | 7,938 | | |||||||||||||||
Loans and leases, net |
2,439,195 | 2,432,447 | | | 2,432,447 | |||||||||||||||
Financial InstrumentsLiabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of Deposit |
296,086 | 296,237 | | 296,237 | | |||||||||||||||
Other borrowings |
119,000 | 121,870 | | 121,870 | | |||||||||||||||
Subordinated debentures |
41,238 | 27,835 | | | 27,835 | |||||||||||||||
December 31, 2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Financial Assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Investment securities held to maturity |
$ | 96,925 | $ | 99,784 | $ | | $ | 87,336 | $ | 12,448 | ||||||||||
Federal Home Loan and other membership bank stock |
5,382 | 5,382 | | 5,382 | | |||||||||||||||
Loans and leases |
2,146,843 | 2,154,507 | | | 2,154,507 | |||||||||||||||
Financial Liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of Deposit |
303,792 | 305,398 | | 305,398 | | |||||||||||||||
Other borrowings |
85,000 | 91,325 | | 91,325 | | |||||||||||||||
Subordinated debentures |
51,548 | 33,403 | | | 33,403 |
NOTE 18DERIVATIVES
Lakeland is a party to interest rate derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments. These derivatives relate to interest rate swaps that Lakeland enters into with customers to allow customers to convert variable rate loans to a fixed rate. Lakeland pays interest to the customer at a floating rate on the notional amount and receives interest from the customer at a fixed rate for the same notional amount. At the same time the interest rate swap is entered into with the customer, an offsetting interest rate swap is entered into with another financial institution. Lakeland pays the other financial institution interest at the same fixed rate on the same notional amount as the swap entered into with the customer, and receives interest from the financial institution for the same floating rate on the same notional amount. The changes in the fair value of the swaps offset each other, except for the credit risk of the counterparties, which is determined by taking into consideration the risk rating, probability of default and loss given default for all counterparties. Lakeland does not typically require its commercial customers to post cash or securities as collateral on its program of back-to-back swaps. However, certain language is written into the International Swaps and Derivatives Association agreement and loan documents where, in default situations, Lakeland is allowed to access collateral supporting the loan relationship to recover any losses suffered on the derivative asset or liability. As of December 31, 2013, Lakeland had $1.5 million in securities pledged for collateral on its interest rate swap with the financial institution.
-101-
Table of Contents
The following table presents summary information regarding these derivatives for the periods presented (dollars in thousands):
December 31, 2013 | Notional Amount | Average Maturity (Years) |
Weighted Average Rate Fixed |
Weighted Average Variable Rate |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||||
3rd party interest rate swaps |
$ | 17,691 | 6.7 | 3.830 | % | 1Mo Libor + 2.21 | ($ | 562 | ) | |||||||||||
Customer interest rate swaps |
(17,691 | ) | 6.7 | 3.830 | % | 1Mo Libor + 2.21 | 562 |
December 31, 2012 | Notional Amount | Average Maturity(Years) |
Weighted Average Rate Fixed |
Weighted Average Variable Rate |
Fair Value | |||||||||||||||
3rd party interest rate swaps |
$ | 6,400 | 10.1 | 4.625 | % | 1Mo Libor + 2.61 | $ | 195 | ||||||||||||
Customer interest rate swaps |
(6,400 | ) | 10.1 | 4.625 | % | 1Mo Libor + 2.61 | ($ | 195 | ) |
The following shows Lakelands transactions that are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or other such similar agreements for the periods presented:
December 31, 2013
Offsetting of Financial Assets and Derivative Assets |
Gross Amounts not Offset in the Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||||
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets |
Gross Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheet |
Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Balance Sheet |
Financial Instruments |
|||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Description |
||||||||||||||||
Customer interest rate swaps |
$ | 17,691 | ($ | 17,129 | ) | $ | 562 | $ | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 17,691 | ($ | 17,129 | ) | $ | 562 | $ | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Offsetting of Financial Liabilities and Derivative Liabilities |
Gross Amounts not Offset in the Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||||
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities |
Gross Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheet |
Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Balance Sheet |
Financial Instruments |
|||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Description |
||||||||||||||||
Third party interest rate swaps |
$ | 17,691 | ($ | 17,129 | ) | $ | 562 | $ | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 17,691 | ($ | 17,129 | ) | $ | 562 | $ | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2012
Offsetting of Financial Assets and Derivative Assets |
Gross Amounts not Offset in the Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||||
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets |
Gross Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheet |
Net Amounts of Assets Presented in the Balance Sheet |
Financial Instruments |
|||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Description |
||||||||||||||||
Third party interest rate swaps |
$ | 6,400 | ($ | 6,205 | ) | $ | 195 | $ | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 6,400 | ($ | 6,205 | ) | $ | 195 | $ | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Offsetting of Financial Liabilities and Derivative Liabilities |
Gross Amounts not Offset in the Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||||
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities |
Gross Amounts Offset in the Balance Sheet |
Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in the Balance Sheet |
Financial Instruments |
|||||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||
Description |
||||||||||||||||
Customer interest rate swaps |
$ | 6,400 | ($ | 6,205 | ) | $ | 195 | $ | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Total |
$ | 6,400 | ($ | 6,205 | ) | $ | 195 | $ | | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
-102-
Table of Contents
NOTE 19REGULATORY MATTERS
The Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 restricts the amount of dividends the Company can pay. Accordingly, dividends should generally only be paid out of current earnings, as defined.
The New Jersey Banking Act of 1948 restricts the amount of dividends paid on the capital stock of New Jersey chartered banks. Accordingly, no dividends shall be paid by such banks on their capital stock unless, following the payment of such dividends, the capital stock of Lakeland will be unimpaired, and: (1) Lakeland will have a surplus, as defined, of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or, if not, (2) the payment of such dividend will not reduce the surplus, as defined, of Lakeland. Under these limitations, approximately $248.5 million was available for payment of dividends from Lakeland to the Company as of December 31, 2013.
The Company and Lakeland are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatoryand possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Companys and Lakelands consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Companys and Lakelands assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Companys and Lakelands capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulations to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and Lakeland to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets, and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2013, that the Company and Lakeland met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
As of December 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the FDIC categorized Lakeland as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, Lakeland must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institutions category.
As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company and Lakeland have the following capital ratios:
Actual | For capital adequacy purposes |
To be well capitalized under prompt corrective action provisions |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2013 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Company |
$ | 313,499 | 12.98 | % | >$ | 193,166 | > 8.00 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||
Lakeland |
296,334 | 12.29 | 192,819 | 8.00 | > $ | 241,023 | > 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Company |
$ | 283,307 | 11.73 | % | >$ | 96,583 | > 4.00 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||
Lakeland |
266,195 | 11.04 | 96,409 | 4.00 | > 144,614 | > 6.00 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Company |
$ | 283,307 | 8.90 | % | >$ | 127,281 | > 4.00 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||
Lakeland |
266,195 | 8.38 | 127,104 | 4.00 | > 158,879 | > 5.00 | % |
-103-
Table of Contents
Actual | For capital adequacy purposes |
To be well capitalized under prompt corrective action provisions |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | Amount | Ratio | |||||||||||||||||||
(dollars in thousands) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As of December 31, 2012 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Company |
$ | 265,894 | 12.77 | % | >$ | 166,561 | > 8.00 | % | N/A | N/A | ||||||||||||||
Lakeland |
247,680 | 11.92 | 166,273 | 8.00 | > 207,842 | > 10.00 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Company |
$ | 239,819 | 11.52 | % | > 83,281 | > 4.00 | % | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||||||
Lakeland |
221,650 | 10.66 | 83,137 | 4.00 | > 124,705 | > 6.00 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Company |
$ | 239,819 | 8.62 | % | > 111,256 | > 4.00 | % | N/A | N/A | |||||||||||||||
Lakeland |
221,650 | 7.98 | 111,082 | 4.00 | > 138,852 | > 5.00 | % |
NOTE 20CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION PARENT COMPANY ONLY:
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
December 31, | ||||||||
2013 | 2012 | |||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||
ASSETS |
||||||||
Cash and due from banks |
$ | 7,478 | $ | 10,349 | ||||
Investment securities available for sale |
3,248 | 2,375 | ||||||
Investment in subsidiaries |
374,738 | 313,575 | ||||||
Other assets |
7,530 | 6,461 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
TOTAL ASSETS |
$ | 392,994 | $ | 332,760 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
||||||||
Other liabilities |
$ | 332 | $ | 345 | ||||
Subordinated debentures |
41,238 | 51,548 | ||||||
Common stockholders equity |
351,424 | 280,867 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS EQUITY |
$ | 392,994 | $ | 332,760 | ||||
|
|
|
|
-104-
Table of Contents
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
INCOME |
||||||||||||
Dividends from subsidiaries |
$ | 20,916 | $ | 31,300 | $ | 31,845 | ||||||
Other income |
1,640 | 403 | 227 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
TOTAL INCOME |
22,556 | 31,703 | 32,072 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
EXPENSE |
||||||||||||
Interest on subordinated debentures |
1,286 | 3,664 | 4,443 | |||||||||
Noninterest expenses |
2,551 | 1,718 | 1,634 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
TOTAL EXPENSE |
3,837 | 5,382 | 6,077 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income before benefit for income taxes |
18,719 | 26,321 | 25,995 | |||||||||
Income taxes benefit |
(722 | ) | (1,654 | ) | (1,960 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Income before equity in undistributed income of subsidiaries |
19,441 | 27,975 | 27,955 | |||||||||
Equity in undistributed income (loss) of subsidiaries |
5,528 | (6,233 | ) | (8,104 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
NET INCOME |
$ | 24,969 | $ | 21,742 | $ | 19,851 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Interest on preferred stock and discount accretion |
| 620 | 2,167 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net Income Available to Common Shareholders |
$ | 24,969 | $ | 21,122 | $ | 17,684 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
-105-
Table of Contents
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
2013 | 2012 | 2011 | ||||||||||
(in thousands) | ||||||||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||||||
Net income |
$ | 24,969 | $ | 21,742 | $ | 19,851 | ||||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Share based compensation |
895 | 746 | 627 | |||||||||
Gain on securities |
(359 | ) | | | ||||||||
Gain on land held for sale |
| (235 | ) | | ||||||||
Gain on early extinguishment |
(1,197 | ) | | | ||||||||
Increase in other assets |
(954 | ) | (1,553 | ) | (1,660 | ) | ||||||
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities |
25 | (610 | ) | 3 | ||||||||
Equity in undistributed (income) loss of subsidiaries |
(5,528 | ) | 6,233 | 8,104 | ||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
NET CASH PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
17,851 | 26,323 | 26,925 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||||||
Net cash used in acquisition |
(6,233 | ) | | | ||||||||
Purchases of securities |
(415 | ) | (53 | ) | (38 | ) | ||||||
Sale of land held for sale |
| 1,042 | | |||||||||
Proceeds from sale of securities available for sale |
654 | | | |||||||||
Contribution to subsidiary |
| | | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
NET CASH (USED) PROVIDED BY IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
(5,994 | ) | 989 | (38 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||||||
Cash dividends paid on common and preferred stock |
(8,152 | ) | (5,992 | ) | (6,327 | ) | ||||||
Issuance of stock to the dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan |
186 | 160 | 185 | |||||||||
Proceeds on issuance of stock, net |
| 25,040 | | |||||||||
Redemption of subordinated debentures, net |
(9,113 | ) | (25,000 | ) | | |||||||
Redemption of preferred stock |
| (19,000 | ) | (20,000 | ) | |||||||
Warrant repurchase |
| (2,800 | ) | | ||||||||
Excess tax benefits |
142 | 4 | (3 | ) | ||||||||
Exercise of stock options |
2,209 | | 72 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
(14,728 | ) | (27,588 | ) | (26,073 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
(2,871 | ) | (276 | ) | 814 | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year |
10,349 | 10,625 | 9,811 | |||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR |
$ | 7,478 | $ | 10,349 | $ | 10,625 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
-106-
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Lakeland Bancorp, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders equity, and cash flows for the year then-ended. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Companys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated April 28, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Short Hills, New Jersey
April 28, 2014
-107-
Table of Contents
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Lakeland Bancorp, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. (a New Jersey corporation) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) as of December 31, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Grant Thornton LLP
March 15, 2013
-108-
Table of Contents
ITEM 9Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
Not Applicable
ITEM 9AControls and Procedures.
Disclosure Controls
As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Companys management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the Companys disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rule 15d-15(b).
Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2013, the Companys Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Companys disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and are operating in an effective manner and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The Companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
| Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; |
| Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the board of directors of the Company; and |
| Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. |
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or because of declines in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.
The Companys management assessed the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. In making this assessment, the Companys management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (1992).
As of December 31, 2013, based on managements assessment, the Companys internal control over financial reporting was effective.
-109-
Table of Contents
Our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP, audited our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013. Their report, dated April 28, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion on our internal control over financial reporting.
Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in the Companys internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
-110-
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Lakeland Bancorp, Inc.:
We have audited Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Companys management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Managements Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2013, and our report dated April 28, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Short Hills, New Jersey
April 28, 2014
-111-
Table of Contents
ITEM 9B | Other Information. |
None.
-112-
Table of Contents
ITEM 10Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.
Information concerning the Companys directors is set forth below. Table I sets forth the names and ages of those directors whose terms expire at the Companys 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and the nominees of the Board of Directors (the Board) for election to the Board at the 2014 Annual Meeting, the positions and offices presently held by each such person within Lakeland, the period during which each such person has served on Lakelands Board, the expiration of their respective terms and the principal occupations and employment of each such person during the past five years. Except as otherwise indicated, Table II sets forth comparable information with respect to those directors whose terms of office will continue beyond the date of the Annual Meeting. Unless otherwise indicated, positions have been held for more than five years.
All of the persons named in both tables have been directors of Lakeland and Lakeland Bank for at least five years, except that Mr. Flynn was appointed to the Boards of Lakeland and Lakeland Bank on June 9, 2010, and Messrs. Deutsch and Marino were appointed to the Boards of Lakeland and Lakeland Bank on May 31, 2013, upon the closing of the mergers of Somerset Hills Bancorp into Lakeland and of Somerset Hills Bank into Lakeland Bank.
-113-
Table of Contents
TABLE I
DIRECTORS WHOSE TERMS EXPIRE AT THE 2014 ANNUAL MEETING AND WHO ARE THE BOARDS NOMINEES FOR ELECTION TO THE BOARD
NAME AND AGE |
DIRECTOR SINCE |
EXPIRATION OF TERM IF ELECTED AT 2014 ANNUAL MEETING |
BUSINESS EXPERIENCE | |||
Roger Bosma
Age 71 |
1999 | 2015
(upon |
President and CEO, Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. (6/1/99 to 4/2/08); President and CEO, Lakeland Bank (1/1/02 to 4/2/08) | |||
Mark J. Fredericks
Age 53 |
1994 | 2017 | President of Fredericks Fuel & Heating Service, Oak Ridge, NJ (1/1/02 to present); President of Keil Oil Company, Riverdale, NJ (1986 to present) | |||
Janeth C. Hendershot
Age 59 |
2004 | 2017 | Global Project Team Lead, Munich Re Group (prior to 2/1/10); Insurance Company Operations General Manager, Senior Vice President, Munich-American Risk Partners at Munich Reinsurance America, Inc. (prior to 12/1/06); President, Exchange Insurance Company and Regional Vice President at Selective Insurance Group (prior to 10/1/97) | |||
Robert B. Nicholson, III
Age 49 |
2003 | 2017 | President and Chief Executive Officer, Eastern Propane Corporation (1988 to present); President and Chief Executive Officer, Eastern Propane Energy Corporation (1993 to present); General Partner, Eastern Properties, L.P. (1999 to present); Managing Member, East Coast Development Associates, LLC (2004 to present); President and CEO, Landmark America Corporation (1988 to present) | |||
Edward B. Deutsch
Age 67 |
2013 | 2017 | Managing Partner, McElroy, Deutsch, Mulvaney & Carpenter, LLP (law firm); Director of Somerset Hills Bancorp and Somerset Hills Bank (2003 to May 31, 2013) | |||
Thomas J. Marino
Age 66 |
2013 | 2016 | Co-CEO, CohnReznickLLP (accounting and consulting firm); Director of Somerset Hills Bancorp and Somerset Hills Bank (2003 to May 31, 2013) |
-114-
Table of Contents
TABLE II
CONTINUING DIRECTORS
NAME AND AGE |
DIRECTOR SINCE |
EXPIRATION OF TERM |
BUSINESS EXPERIENCE | |||
Bruce D. Bohuny Age 45 |
2007 | 2015 | President, Brooks Ltd. Builders, Franklin Lakes, NJ (10/1993 to present) (construction company) | |||
Mary Ann Deacon Age 62 |
1995 | 2015 | Chairman, Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Lakeland Bank (5/24/11 to present); Vice Chairman, Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Lakeland Bank (1/14/10 to 5/23/2011); Secretary/Treasurer of Deacon Homes, Inc. (1980 to present) (real estate development), Sparta, NJ | |||
Joseph P. ODowd Age 67 |
1998 | 2015 | President and Owner of ODowd Advertising of Montville, NJ (4/14/82 to present); partner of ODowd Associates (real estate holding company) (7/1/86 to present) and ODowd Realty (7/1/86 to present) | |||
Brian Flynn Age 54 |
2010 | 2015 | Partner, OConnor Davies, LLP in Paramus, NJ (1981 to present); Director, TD Bank, N.A. (formerly TD Banknorth, N.A.) and TD Banknorth, Inc. and Member of Audit Committee (February 2006 to February 2007); Director and Member of Audit Committee, Hudson United Bancorp and Hudson United Bank (January 2004 to January 2006) | |||
Robert E. McCracken Age 56 |
2004 | 2016 | Sole managing member and owner (11/98 to present), REM, LLC (a real estate and investment company), Newton, NJ; owner/manager (1/00 to present), Wood Funeral Home, Branchville, NJ; owner/ manager (10/90 to present), Smith-McCracken Funeral Home, Newton, NJ | |||
Thomas J. Shara Age 56 |
2008 | 2016 | President and CEO, Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. and Lakeland Bank (4/2/08 to present); President and Chief Credit Officer (5/07 to 4/1/08) and Executive Vice President and Senior Commercial Banking Officer (2/06 to 5/07), TD Banknorth, N.A.s Mid-Atlantic Division; Executive Vice President and Senior Loan Officer, Hudson United Bancorp and Hudson United Bank (prior years to 2/06) | |||
Stephen R. Tilton, Sr. Age 67 |
2001 | 2016 | Chairman, Tilton Automotive LLC (5/08 to present); Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Tilton Securities LLC, Upper Montclair, NJ (investment trader) (10/98 to present); Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Chaumont Holdings, Inc. (real estate holding company) (9/92 to present); Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Fletcher Holdings, LLC (commercial real estate company) (10/98 to present); Chairman, Lottery Hill Holdings, LLC (commercial real estate company) (3/04 to present) |
-115-
Table of Contents
There have been no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the Companys Board after the Company last provided disclosure of these procedures in its definitive proxy statement and prospectus pertaining to its 2013 annual meeting of shareholders.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder require Lakelands directors, executive officers and 10% shareholders to file with the SEC certain reports regarding such persons ownership of Lakelands securities. Lakeland is required to disclose any failures to file such reports on a timely basis. Based solely upon a review of the copies of the forms or information furnished to Lakeland, Lakeland believes that during 2013, all filing requirements applicable to its directors and officers were satisfied on a timely basis except that Mr. Deutsch failed to report on a timely basis a sale by his wife on December 3, 2013. The failure to file on a timely basis was inadvertent, and the filing was made promptly after the failure to file was noted.
Code of Ethics
Lakeland is required to disclose whether it has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. Lakeland has adopted such a code of ethics and has posted a copy of the code on its internet website at the internet address: http://www.lakelandbank.com. Copies of the code may be obtained free of charge from the Companys website at the above internet address.
Audit Committee; Audit Committee Financial Expert
The Audit Committee of the Companys Board, consisting of Joseph P. ODowd (Chairman), Robert E. McCracken, Brian Flynn and Thomas J. Marino, is responsible for reviewing the reports submitted by Lakelands independent registered public accounting firm and internal auditor and for reporting to the Board on significant audit and accounting principles, policies, and practices related to Lakeland. The Board has determined that all members of the Audit Committee satisfy SEC and NASDAQ definitions of independence.
The Company is required to disclose whether the Board of Directors has determined that a member of the Audit Committee is an audit committee financial expert, as that term is defined in rules adopted by the SEC, and, if not, why not. Lakelands Board has determined that Brian Flynn and Thomas J. Marino, directors and members of the Audit Committee, are audit committee financial experts.
See Item 3A Executive Officers of the Registrant for certain information concerning the Companys executive officers.
-116-
Table of Contents
ITEM 11Executive | Compensation. |
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Overview
The following discussion provides an overview and analysis of the Compensation Committees philosophy and objectives in designing the Companys compensation programs as well as the compensation determinations relating to our named executive officers, or NEOs. For 2013, our NEOs were:
Name |
Title | |
Thomas J. Shara | President and Chief Executive Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank | |
Joseph F. Hurley | Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank | |
Robert A. Vandenbergh | Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Regional President of Lakeland Bank | |
Ronald E. Schwarz | Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank | |
Louis E. Luddecke | Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank |
This discussion should be read together with the compensation tables for our NEOs, which can be found following this discussion.
Executive Summary
Financial and Strategic Highlights
Lakeland completed another successful year in 2013 from both a financial performance and growth perspective. We expanded through the completed acquisition of Somerset Hills Bancorp in May 2013, which increased our total assets to $3.3 billion. Our earnings and capital ended the year at record levels, asset quality continued to improve, and net interest margin was stable. As a result of one-time merger-related expenses, 2013 reported results were down slightly from 2012. However, excluding the acquisition and integration costs, our financial performance was at or above 2012 levels.
Financial highlights include:
| Net income available to common shareholders increased $3.8 million or 18% to $25.0 million in 2013. Included in 2013 earnings was $2.8 million in expenses related to the merger with Somerset Hills Bancorp. Exclusive of these expenses, net income was $27.1 million and fully diluted earnings per share for 2013 was $0.81 per common share, a 7% increase over the $0.76 reported in 2012. |
| The Somerset Hills acquisition, which was consummated on May 31, 2013, added six full service branches, $356.1 million in total assets, $10.4 million in investment securities, $246.5 million in loans (including $2.5 million in residential mortgages held for sale), and $311.8 million in deposits ($80.8 million in non-interest bearing demand deposits and $231.0 million in interest-bearing deposits) at fair value. |
| Excluding the loans acquired in the Somerset Hills acquisition, total loans increased $79.2 million, or 4%, from 2012 to 2013. Commercial Real Estate Loans increased $120.1 million, or 11%, from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 excluding the impact of the Somerset Hills loans. |
-117-
Table of Contents
| Non-performing assets declined $11.1 million, or 39%, to $17.5 million at December 31, 2013 compared to December 31, 2012. The Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses at December 31, 2013 was 176% of non-accruing loans compared to 103% at December 31, 2012. |
| As a result of improving loan quality, the provision for loan and lease losses was reduced from $14.9 million in 2012 to $9.3 million in 2013. |
| The Companys net interest margin at 3.69% for 2013 remained stable throughout the year and compared to 3.70% in 2012. |
| During 2013, the Company acquired and extinguished $9.0 million of Lakeland Bancorp Capital Trust I debentures and recorded a $1.2 million pre-tax gain on extinguishment of debt. |
Key NEO Compensation Decisions
Our compensation decisions for 2013 reflected our strong performance during the year as well as the successful completion of the Somerset Hills acquisition and integration. In addition, the Compensation Committee significantly redesigned our existing annual and long-term incentive plans to bring award opportunities more in line with market practice while enhancing the link between compensation and corporate, as well as individual, performance.
| Salaries: For each of our NEOs other than Mr. Shara, base salaries increased three to four percent in recognition of our solid performance in 2012 and general market movement in executive compensation. Mr. Sharas base salary increased nine percent as a reflection of his leadership and Lakelands continuing growth and success. |
| Cash Incentives: The Company generally performed above targeted performance levels in 2013 and achieved its performance triggers relating to asset quality and capital levels. In addition, our NEOs achieved a majority of their individual goals at or above target performance level. As a result, cash incentive payouts under our 2013 Annual Incentive Plan were above target for each of our NEOs, ranging from 103% to 107% of target. |
| Long-Term Incentives for 2012 performance: We granted restricted stock to our NEOs in early 2013 based on Company and individual performance in 2012. Award values were determined based on formalized corporate performance goals and the Compensation Committees assessment of individual performance. Based on these factors, executives received equity ranging from 112% to 114% of targeted payout levels. |
| Long-Term Incentives for 2013 performance: We granted restricted stock units to our NEOs in early 2014 based on Company and individual performance in 2013. Fifty percent of the total award opportunity was determined based on a formulaic assessment of corporate performance, while the remaining 50% of the award opportunity was determined based on the Committees subjective assessment of corporate and individual performance. As a result of these considerations, restricted stock unit awards ranged from 99% to 104% of target. |
Say on Pay Vote
The Compensation Committee evaluates the Companys executive compensation programs in light of market conditions, shareholder views, and governance considerations, and makes changes as appropriate. As required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Company is required to permit a separate non-binding shareholder vote to approve the compensation of its executives. The Company held this advisory say-on-pay vote at the 2013 annual shareholders meeting. Shareholders overwhelmingly approved the compensation of the executives, with 96% of shareholder votes cast in favor of the say-on-pay proposal.
-118-
Table of Contents
The Company considered the number of votes cast in favor of the 2013 say-on-pay proposal to be a positive endorsement of its current pay practices and believes the vote result is evidence that its compensation policies and decisions have been in the best interests of shareholders. The Company will continue to monitor the level of support for each say-on-pay proposal in the future and will consider this alongside other factors as it makes future executive compensation decisions.
Executive Compensation Philosophy
Our compensation program is designed to attract highly qualified individuals, retain those individuals in a competitive marketplace for executive talent and reward performance in a manner that maximizes our corporate performance while ensuring that these programs do not encourage unnecessary or excessive risks that threaten the value of our Company. We seek to align individual executives performance and their long-term interests with our long-term strategic business objectives and shareholder value. We believe that the executive compensation program that we provide fulfills these objectives and motivates key executives to remain with Lakeland for productive careers.
Our compensation philosophy is determined by our Board of Directors based upon the recommendations of the Compensation Committee, which is comprised solely of independent directors. The Compensation Committee annually reviews our mix of short-term versus long-term incentives and seeks a reasonable balance of those incentives. The guiding principle of our compensation philosophy is that the compensation of our executive officers should be based primarily on the financial and strategic performance of Lakeland, and partially on individual performance. While this pay-for-performance philosophy requires the Compensation Committee to first consider Lakelands profitability, the Committee does not intend to reward unnecessary or excessive risk taking. These principles are reflected in the specific elements of our compensation program, particularly our annual and long-term incentive programs, as described below.
Role of the Compensation Committee
The Compensation Committee is responsible for the design, implementation and administration of the compensation programs for our executive officers and directors. The Compensation Committee completed the following actions relative to 2013 executive compensation:
| Reviewed and approved base salary increases |
| Reviewed and approved the 2013 Executive Incentive Plan |
| Reviewed and approved cash incentive payments for NEOs for 2013 performance |
| Reviewed and approved equity awards granted in 2013 to NEOs for 2012 performance |
| Reviewed the compensation peer group |
| Reviewed contractual arrangements for NEOs |
| Reviewed stock ownership requirements of NEOs |
| Reviewed the Companys compensation philosophy |
Role and Relationship of the Compensation Consultant
As permitted by the Compensation Committee charter, the Committee periodically engages an independent outside compensation consultant to advise the Committee on executive compensation matters. In 2012 and 2013, the Committee retained McLagan, an Aon Hewitt company, to provide independent executive compensation advice and market compensation information. Pursuant to the terms of its retention, McLagan reported directly to the Compensation Committee, which retains sole authority to select, retain, terminate, and approve the fees and other retention terms of its relationship with McLagan.
-119-
Table of Contents
During 2012 and 2013, McLagan assisted the Compensation Committee with the following initiatives, used to support compensation decisions for 2013:
| Advised the Committee on changes in industry compensation practices and provided insight on emerging regulations |
| Provided recommendations to the Committee regarding salaries and the appropriate level of cash incentives and equity awards |
| Assisted in the re-design and implementation of the Companys executive incentive program |
| Advised the Committee regarding executive employment and change-in-control agreements |
The Committee evaluated McLagans analysis and recommendations alongside other factors when making compensation decisions affecting our 2013 executive compensation program and when submitting its own recommendations to the Board on these matters.
Role of Management
The CEO and COO assist the Compensation Committee in recommending agenda items for its meetings and by gathering and producing information for these meetings. As requested by the Compensation Committee, the CEO and COO participate in Committee meetings to discuss executive compensation, evaluate the performance of both the Company and individual executives, and provide pertinent financial, legal, or operational information. The CEO and COO provide their insights and suggestions regarding compensation, but only Compensation Committee members vote on executive compensation decisions and other Company compensation matters under their purview for recommendation to the Board of Directors.
In 2013, the CEO and COO made recommendations to the Committee regarding base salaries, incentive goals, and equity awards for executives other than themselves. The Committee retained discretion to approve or modify recommendations prior to approval or, in the case of equity awards, prior to presentation before the Board of Directors for ratification. The Committee discussed the CEOs recommendations with him but made final deliberations in executive session, without any members of management present.
Competitive Benchmarking and Peer Groups
The Compensation Committee believes that it is important to review compensation in the context of Lakelands corporate performance and the compensation offered by its peers in the market, which it considers to include companies of similar size, markets, and products. While the Committee did not undertake a formal benchmarking analysis in 2013, it did so in 2012 based on a peer group selected through the following criteria:
| Total assets between $1.5 billion and $7.5 billion |
| Located in Maryland, New Jersey, New York, or Pennsylvania |
| Positive net income over the prior twelve month period |
| No TARP participants |
-120-
Table of Contents
The companies included in the 2012 peer group (including their state abbreviation and stock ticker symbol) are:
Canandaigua National Corp. (NY, CNND) | Metro Bancorp Inc. (PA, METR) | S&T Bancorp Inc. (PA, STBA) | ||
Financial Institutions Inc. (NY, FISI) | Northfield Bancorp Inc. (MHC) (NJ, NFBK) | Sandy Spring Bancorp Inc. (MD, SASR) | ||
First of Long Island Corp. (NY, FLIC) | OceanFirst Financial Corp. (NJ, OCFC) | Sterling Bancorp (NY, STL) | ||
Flushing Financial Corp. (NY, FFIC) | Oritani Financial Corp. (NJ, ORIT) | Sun Bancorp Inc. (NJ, SNBC) | ||
Hudson Valley Holding Corp. (NY, HVB) | Provident Financial Services (NJ, PFS) | Tompkins Financial Corporation (NY, TMP) | ||
Kearny Financial Corp. (MHC) (NJ, KRNY) | Provident New York Bancorp (NY, PBNY) | Univest Corp. of Pennsylvania (PA, UVSP) |
The companies listed above also comprised the 2013 peer group.
Performance Comparison to Market
Lakeland performed well in 2013 compared to our peer group. The table below illustrates that our performance was generally better than the median of the peer group in 2013 on key banking industry performance measures. In addition, it is important to note that our performance metrics shown below have not been adjusted for the one-time expenses we incurred in connection with the Somerset Hills acquisition. Absent those expenses, our performance would have been positioned higher relative to peer performance.
Performance Measure |
LBAI | Peer Group Median |
LBAI to Peers (Percentile Rank) |
|||||||||
Total Assets ($000) |
3,317,791 | 3,043,275 | 60 | % | ||||||||
Net Income ($000) |
24,969 | 21,245 | 59 | % | ||||||||
ROAA (%) |
0.80 | 0.87 | 45 | % | ||||||||
Net Interest Margin (%) |
3.69 | 3.42 | 90 | % | ||||||||
Non-Performing Assets / Total Assets (%) |
0.53 | 1.37 | 92 | % |
-121-
Table of Contents
On a long-term basis, Lakeland has also outperformed organizations similar to ourselves. As shown below, our five-year total shareholder return (TSR) exceeds that of our 2013 peer group (named above).1
Compensation Comparison to Market
The Compensation Committee engaged McLagan in 2012 to conduct an analysis of the Companys executive compensation plans compared to the market. McLagan compiled market compensation information for the study based on the compensation of executives in the peer group with similar roles or who were positioned similarly to the Companys executives in their respective organizations. The study evaluated base salary, cash incentives, long-term incentives, and other compensation (e.g., perquisites, executive benefits, 401(k) matches).
Key findings of the study included the following:
| The Company was positioned above the peer group median across most financial measures. |
| In line with the desired positioning of salaries relative to the market, 2012 salaries were within 15% of the market median for each NEO. Mr. Shara was 7% above the peer group median. |
| Total cash compensation (salary + cash incentives) ranged from 15% below to 23% below the peer group median for the NEOs, due primarily to below-market cash incentive payments relative to our peer group. Total cash compensation for Mr. Shara was 16% below the peer group median. |
| The targeted value of direct compensation (cash compensation + long-term incentives) provided to the executives ranged from 9% below to 20% below the peer group median. When combined with other compensation and retirement benefits, total compensation fell further below market to 31% below market on average. Total compensation for Mr. Shara was 36% below the peer group median. |
| While common in the peer group, the Companys total compensation package makes limited use of executive retirement benefits, such as defined benefit pension plans and SERPs. Mr. Shara and Mr. Vandenbergh are the only NEOs that have SERPs. |
1 | Provident New York Bancorp acquired Sterling Bancorp in November 2013, and is therefore excluded from the calculation of our performance relative to our peers. See Competitive Benchmarking and Peer Groups for a complete listing of our peer group. |
-122-
Table of Contents
Based on the results of the study, the Committee engaged McLagan to recommend changes in our compensation practices, in particular our incentive programs, that were consistent with its compensation philosophy and objectives as described in the section titled Executive Compensation Philosophy. When making compensation decisions, the Committee considered McLagans recommendations alongside other factors such as each executives unique value and contribution to the Company, individual and Company performance, experience, and internal pay equity relationships.
-123-
Table of Contents
Discussion of Executive Compensation Components
The following table outlines the major elements of 2013 total compensation for our executives:
Compensation Element |
Description and Purpose |
Link to Performance |
Fixed/ Performance Based |
Short/Long- Term | ||||
Base Salary | Helps attract and retain executives through periodic payments of market-competitive base pay | Based on individual performance, experience, and scope of responsibility. Used to establish cash and equity incentive award opportunities. | Fixed | Short-Term | ||||
Cash Incentives | Encourages achievement of financial performance metrics that create near-term shareholder value | Quantitatively ties the executives compensation directly to factors that are judged important to the success of the Company and within each executives own sphere of influence.
The majority of incentives are based on a Company profitability goal and three profitability goals relative to peers, while a portion of the incentives is tied to individual goals.
Incentives for all executives are conditioned on additional performance triggers that help ensure Company remains positioned to perform over the long-term. |
Performance Based |
Short-Term | ||||
Long-Term Incentive Awards | Aligns long-term interests of executives and shareholders while creating a retention incentive through multi-year vesting | Grant values are based partially on the achievement of predefined Company performance objectives and partially on the Boards subjective evaluation of performance.
Resulting awards are designed to maintain a link to the long-term interests of shareholders and emphasize long-term demonstrated financial performance through a tie to the Companys stock price and dividend payments. |
Performance Based |
Long-Term | ||||
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan | Provides market-competitive income security into retirement while creating a retention incentive through multi-year vesting | | Fixed | Long-Term | ||||
Other Compensation | Dividends on restricted stock and dividend equivalents on restricted stock units, limited perquisites and health and welfare benefits on the same basis as other employees |
Dividends on restricted stock and dividend equivalents on restricted stock units further enhance the executives link to shareholders by ensuring they share in the distribution of income generated from ongoing financial performance. | Fixed & Performance Based |
Short-Term & Long- Term |
-124-
Table of Contents
Base Salary
We believe that a key objective of our salary process is to maintain reasonable fixed compensation costs, while taking into account the performance of our executive officers. In determining salary levels for our NEOs, the Compensation Committee reviews salary levels at our peer organization, but always bases final determinations on the qualifications, experience and performance of the individual executives and value of the position to the organization.
In 2012, the Committee reviewed the performance of individual executives within the scope of their own responsibilities in the Company. The Committee also reviewed the results of the market compensation study performed in 2012 by McLagan and noted that the salaries for the executives were generally in line with the median of the peers.
After reviewing the market salary information provided by McLagan and noting the performance of the Company and individual executives, the Committee determined to increase salaries by three to four percent for 2013 for all executives except Mr. Shara. In the case of Mr. Shara, the Committee determined that a more significant salary increase was appropriate because of his leadership and Lakelands continuing growth and success. 2013 annual salary rates for our NEOs are shown in the table below.
Name |
Title |
2012 Salary |
2013 Salary |
% Change | ||||
Thomas Shara |
President & CEO | 550,000 | 600,000 | 9% | ||||
Joseph Hurley |
EVP, Chief Financial Officer | 278,000 | 286,250 | 3% | ||||
Robert Vandenbergh |
Sr. EVP, Chief Operating Officer | 332,000 | 341,500 | 3% | ||||
Ronald Schwarz |
EVP, Chief Retail Officer | 242,000 | 251,750 | 4% | ||||
Louis Luddecke |
EVP, Chief Operations Officer | 234,500 | 240,750 | 3% |
2013 Incentive Compensation Program
Based in part on McLagans 2012 review of the competitive positioning of our executive programs, the Compensation Committee determined to re-evaluate our executives incentive compensation program for 2013. The Committee undertook this action in an effort to provide incentive award opportunities that were more in line with the opportunities afforded to similarly-positioned executives at our peer institutions. In addition, the Committee desired to continue to motivate our executives to achieve our annual and long-term performance objectives by tying a portion of their compensation directly to factors that will create both short-term and long-term value to the Company and its shareholders.
During 2012, the Committee engaged McLagan to assist in designing incentive plans for 2013 that were market-competitive and shareholder-friendly, while not encouraging excessive risk-taking that could harm our business. McLagan proposed incentive plans that would have resulted in increased incentive award targets for our executives, as well as target total compensation packages for each of our NEOs near the median total compensation of similarly-positioned executives within the peer group. However, after reviewing the plan design and associated costs, our management team recommended that the total incentive award opportunity for each executive be reduced from the median-level amounts in the initial years of the plan. In addition, management recommended that a greater portion of the total potential awards be paid in equity than the initial McLagan recommendation, which McLagan indicated was reflective of common market practice and called for an even split between cash and equity awards. Management made these recommendations in part as an acknowledgement of the significant potential costs associated with implementing market-competitive incentive award opportunities for the executive team, and the Compensation Committee approved the incentive plans in accordance with managements recommendation for the 2013 performance year. While it is the Committees intent to phase-in over time incentive award opportunities for our executives that are in line with general market practice, it has made no formal commitment to increase opportunities in future years. The Committee will continue to assess the Companys growth and success on an on-going basis, and intends to grant incentive awards in the future that are commensurate with Company and individual performance.
-125-
Table of Contents
The redesigned 2013 incentive compensation program for our NEOs consisted of two distinct plans: the 2013 Annual Incentive Plan and the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
2013 Annual Incentive Plan
Our 2013 Annual Incentive Plan, or AIP, is designed to motivate executives to attain superior annual performance in key areas that we believe create long-term value to Lakeland and its shareholders. Awards under the plan were payable in cash, and were contingent on performance in the following areas:
| Corporate financial performance relative to budgeted amounts; |
| Corporate financial performance relative to peers; and |
| Individual performance relative to pre-established goals |
AIP Award Opportunities
The table below shows the cash incentive award opportunities for each NEO as a percentage of his base salary, as well as the weightings on the various performance objectives used to calculate awards.
Cash Incentive Award Opportunity as % of Salary |
Goal Weighting | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Name |
Threshold | Target | Maximum | Corporate (Absolute) |
Corporate (Peer) |
Individual |
||||||||||||||||||
Thomas Shara |
6.5 | % | 15 | % | 22.5 | % | 60 | % | 30 | % | 10 | % | ||||||||||||
Joseph Hurley |
8.4 | % | 19.25 | % | 28 | % | 60 | % | 30 | % | 10 | % | ||||||||||||
Robert Vandenbergh |
8.4 | % | 19.25 | % | 28 | % | 60 | % | 30 | % | 10 | % | ||||||||||||
Ronald Schwarz |
8 | % | 18 | % | 28 | % | 55 | % | 10 | % | 35 | % | ||||||||||||
Louis Luddecke |
8 | % | 18 | % | 28 | % | 55 | % | 10 | % | 35 | % |
AIP Corporate Performance Objectives
The following table depicts our 2013 corporate performance objectives and performance results for each of the measures selected by the Committee.
Annual Performance Goals |
Threshold |
Target |
Max |
Actual | ||||
Corporate Goal |
||||||||
Pre-Tax Net Income ($M) |
33.97 | 39.97 | 45.97 | 40.73 | ||||
Peer Group Comparisons2 |
||||||||
Net Interest Margin (1/3 of Peer Group Goals) |
35th Percentile | 50th Percentile | 75th Percentile | 90th Percentile | ||||
Efficiency Ratio (1/3 of Peer Group Goals) |
35th Percentile | 50th Percentile | 75th Percentile | 67th Percentile | ||||
Core ROAA3 (1/3 of Peer Group Goals) |
35th Percentile | 50th Percentile | 75th Percentile | 36th Percentile |
For any of the performance measures shown above, performance below threshold will result in no award payout for that measure, while payouts for any one measure and the plan as a whole are capped at maximum performance level.
2 | Provident New York Bancorp acquired Sterling Bancorp in November 2013, and is therefore excluded from the calculation of our performance relative to our peers. See Competitive Benchmarking and Peer Groups for a complete listing of our peer group. |
3 | Core Return on Average Assets is calculated for Lakeland and peers using a standard definition from SNL, which excludes from the calculation the after-tax impact of extraordinary one-time items, income attributable to controlling interests, securities gain and losses, nonrecurring revenues and expenses, and intangibles and goodwill. |
-126-
Table of Contents
As a result of our acquisition of Somerset Hills Bancorp, which closed on May 31, 2013, the Committee established bifurcated net income goals in order to effectively assess performance in the pre and post-merger periods. In addition, the Committee determined that it was appropriate to exclude one-time revenues and expenses from the calculation of net income, in order to portray a clear picture of our corporate performance relative to our ordinary business in core banking functions. The table below details the calculation of our net income with regard to both one-time exclusions and the bifurcated plan structure.
Target Calculation ($000s) | Actual Calculation ($000s) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pre-Tax Net Income |
Target | Adjustment for Non- Recurring Items |
Adjusted Target |
Reported | Adjustment for Non- Recurring Items |
Adjusted Result |
Percentage Achievement |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Pre-Merger (5 Months) |
14,012 | 0 | 14,012 | 12,603 | 1,021 | 13,624 | 97.23 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Post-Merger (7 Months) |
23,312 | 2,647 | 25,959 | 24,932 | 2,183 | 27,115 | 104.45 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total 2014 |
37,324 | 2,647 | 39,971 | 37,535 | 3,204 | 40,739 | 101.92 | % |
In addition to the performance goals listed in the previous tables, the following performance triggers needed to be met as of December 31, 2013 in order for any incentive payments to be made under the plan:
Capital Trigger |
Must Exceed |
Actual | ||||||
Leverage Ratio |
5 | % | 8.9 | % | ||||
Tier 1 Capital Ratio |
6 | % | 11.73 | % | ||||
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio |
10 | % | 12.98 | % |
Asset Quality Trigger |
Must Not Exceed |
Actual | ||||||
Non-Performing Assets/Total Assets4 |
2 | % | 0.53 | % |
Each of the performance triggers listed above was satisfied as of December 31, 2013.
AIP Individual Performance Objectives
Each of our NEOs had two to three individual performance objectives that impacted the calculation of their annual incentive awards for 2013. The Compensation Committee considered strategic leadership roles, each executives scope of responsibility and significant upcoming corporate or line of business initiatives in establishing specific performance criteria for each of the NEOs. Examples of these performance criteria include integration of Somerset Hills, loan and deposit growth, investor relations activities, and cost savings targets. In early 2014, the Committee subjectively evaluated each NEOs achievements regarding their unique performance criteria and assigned each performance measure a score on a range from threshold of 85 to maximum of 115. Target achievement received a score of 100. The individual performance score was one of the components considered in calculating the amount of each NEOs award. Goals were weighted as previously described.
The average individual performance scores for each of our NEOs were as follows:
Name |
Avg. Performance Score | |||
Thomas Shara |
100 | |||
Joseph Hurley |
92.5 | |||
Robert Vandenbergh |
100 | |||
Ronald Schwarz |
106.7 | |||
Louis Luddecke |
100 |
4 | NPA calculation excludes restructured loans |
-127-
Table of Contents
AIP Awards for 2013
In February 2014, the Compensation Committee determined the degree to which our financial performance goals were achieved during 2013. The CEO (or the Compensation Committee in the case of the CEO) then determined the degree to which the individual performance goals were achieved during 2013 for each executive.
The following cash payments under the 2013 AIP were made upon approval by the Compensation Committee:
Name |
2013 AIP Award | AIP Award as % of Target | ||||||
Thomas Shara |
$ | 96,220 | 107 | % | ||||
Joseph Hurley |
$ | 56,763 | 103 | % | ||||
Robert Vandenbergh |
$ | 69,213 | 105 | % | ||||
Ronald Schwarz |
$ | 48,115 | 106 | % | ||||
Louis Luddecke |
$ | 45,611 | 105 | % |
Equity Awards for 2012 Performance Made in 2013
Equity Award Opportunities
Each of our NEOs had the opportunity to earn incentive compensation based on 2012 performance under the 2012 Executive Compensation Plan. For each of the NEOs, all or a portion of any award earned was payable in restricted stock, with any remaining amount payable in cash. Note that, due to SEC reporting rules, the amount of any restricted stock granted in 2013 based on 2012 performance is reported in the Summary Compensation Table as 2013 compensation, while the cash awards granted for the same period are reported as 2012 compensation.
The following table shows the total incentive opportunity for each of our NEOs, as well as the portion of any potential award that was payable in restricted stock and the weighting of corporate and individual goals in determining the amount of equity awards.
Total Incentive Award Opportunity as % of Salary |
Portion Payable in Restricted Stock |
Goal Weighting | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name |
2012 Salary |
Threshold | Target | Maximum | % of Total Opportunity |
Target % of Salary |
Target Value |
Corporate | Individual | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Thomas Shara |
550,000 | 24 | % | 45 | % | 56 | % | 100 | % | 45 | % | 247,500 | 75 | % | 25 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Joseph Hurley |
278,000 | 20 | % | 35 | % | 43 | % | 60 | % | 21 | % | 58,380 | 70 | % | 30 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Robert Vandenbergh |
332,000 | 21 | % | 40 | % | 50 | % | 100 | % | 40 | % | 132,800 | 75 | % | 25 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Ronald Schwarz |
242,000 | 17 | % | 30 | % | 37 | % | 60 | % | 18 | % | 43,560 | 65 | % | 35 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Louis Luddecke |
234,500 | 17 | % | 30 | % | 37 | % | 60 | % | 18 | % | 42,210 | 65 | % | 35 | % |
-128-
Table of Contents
Corporate Performance Objectives
The table below depicts our 2012 corporate performance objectives and performance results for each of the measures selected by the Committee:
Annual Performance Goals |
Threshold |
Target |
Max |
Actual | ||||
Corporate Goal |
||||||||
Pre-TARP Net Income ($M) |
15.6 | 19.5 | 22.2 | 21.7 | ||||
Peer Group Comparisons |
||||||||
Net Interest Margin (1/3 of Peer Group Goals), Efficiency Ratio (1/3 of Peer Group Goals), and Pre-Tax Income Growth (1/3 of Peer Group Goals) |
85% Peer Avg | Peer Average | 120% Peer Avg | 105% | ||||
Individual |
||||||||
3-4 Goals |
85% of Target | 100% of Target | 120% of Target | Varies by Individual |
For any of the performance measures shown above, performance below threshold will result in no award payout for that measure, while payouts for any one measure and the plan as a whole are capped at maximum performance level.
Individual Performance Objectives
Each of our NEOs had three to four individual performance objectives under the 2012 Executive Compensation Plan that impacted the calculation of their incentive awards for 2012. These individual performance criteria included an assessment of the executives leadership and contributions to revenue enhancement, cost containment efforts, loan and deposit growth and maintenance of credit quality. We established a minimum performance threshold of 85% attainment of individual goals for payment eligibility under this portion of the 2012 plan. Each of the NEOs met or exceeded the threshold for eligibility under the individual goal portion of the 2012 plan, which resulted in Lakeland paying 99.5% of the incentive payments budgeted for the individual goals portion of the 2012 plan.
Equity Awards for 2012
In February 2013, the Compensation Committee determined the degree to which our financial performance goals were achieved during 2012. The CEO (or the Compensation Committee in the case of the CEO) then determined the degree to which the individual performance goals were achieved during 2012 for each executive.
The following restricted stock awards under the 2012 Executive Compensation Plan were made upon approval by the Compensation Committee:
Name |
# of Restricted Shares | Grant Date Fair Value of Award |
Grant Date Value as % of Target Award |
|||||||||
Thomas Shara |
28,710 | $ | 281,359 | 114 | % | |||||||
Joe Hurley |
6,708 | $ | 65,738 | 113 | % | |||||||
Robert Vandenbergh |
15,235 | $ | 149,308 | 112 | % | |||||||
Ronald Schwarz |
5,072 | $ | 49,703 | 114 | % | |||||||
Louis Luddecke |
4,839 | $ | 47,424 | 112 | % |
Forty-five percent of the awards granted to each NEO vest on each of the second and third anniversaries of the grant date, with the remaining 10% vesting on the fifth anniversary of the grant date.
-129-
Table of Contents
2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan
As mentioned above, we also redesigned our 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) for awards granted in early 2014 based on 2013 performance. The two primary motivations for undertaking this change were: 1) to provide award opportunities to our executives closer to market-competitive levels; and 2) to provide more formal structure to the performance conditions associated with the awards. The Compensation Committee believes that formalizing the connection between corporate performance and award payouts for a portion of our long-term incentive awards provides concrete, measurable objectives for our executives to strive for, and ultimately will help motivate long-term value creation for our shareholders.
Awards under the redesigned plan were conditioned on three elements:
| Lakelands ROAA (reported Return on Average Assets) in 2013 relative to our budgeted expectations |
| Lakelands total shareholder return (TSR) in 2013 relative to the peer group |
| The Committees discretionary assessment of corporate and individual performance in 2013 |
LTIP Award Opportunities
Similar to the 2013 AIP, the Committee reduced the incentive opportunities under the 2013 LTIP for our executives from the fully market-competitive levels proposed by McLagan as part of the redesign of our incentive plans. The table below shows the LTIP award opportunities for each NEO as a percentage of his base salary, as well as the weightings on the formulaic and discretionary evaluations used to calculate awards.
Long-Term Incentive Award Opportunity as % of Salary |
Goal Weighting | |||||||||||||||||||
Name |
Threshold | Target | Maximum | Corporate | Discretion | |||||||||||||||
Thomas Shara |
19.5 | % | 45 | % | 67.5 | % | 50 | % | 50 | % | ||||||||||
Joseph Hurley |
15.6 | % | 35.75 | % | 52 | % | 50 | % | 50 | % | ||||||||||
Robert Vandenbergh |
15.6 | % | 35.75 | % | 52 | % | 50 | % | 50 | % | ||||||||||
Ronald Schwarz |
12 | % | 27 | % | 42 | % | 50 | % | 50 | % | ||||||||||
Louis Luddecke |
12 | % | 27 | % | 42 | % | 50 | % | 50 | % |
LTIP Performance Objectives
The table below depicts our 2013 performance objectives and performance results for the two measures utilized in the 2013 LTIP.
Long-Term Performance Goals |
Threshold |
Target |
Max |
Actual | ||||
Corporate Goals |
||||||||
Reported ROAA (%) |
0.67 | 0.79 | 0.91 | 0.80 | ||||
1-Year Relative TSR (Peer Comparison) |
35th Percentile | 50th Percentile | 75th Percentile | 24th Percentile |
Based on the results shown above, our ROAA performance resulted in an award slightly above target for that portion of the plan, while our one-year TSR compared to our peers was below the threshold performance level of the 35th percentile and resulted in no award.
-130-
Table of Contents
Discretionary Performance Evaluation
As described above, 50% of the total award opportunity for each of our NEOs is determined through the Compensation Committees discretionary assessment of corporate and individual performance in the preceding year. In determining the discretionary awards for 2013, the Committee took into consideration:
| Our NEOs roles in the negotiation of the Somerset Hills acquisition, receipt of the required regulatory approval, and successful early steps of the integration. |
| Lakelands solid overall financial performance in 2013, as previously described. |
| The fact that our one-year TSR for 2013 was 24.9%, which we consider to be a very favorable result, although it was below the payout threshold for the LTIP (as compared to our peers). |
After considering all relevant factors, the Committee determined to award each of our NEOs the maximum number of shares available to him under the discretionary portion of the LTIP as a reflection of Lakelands and our NEOs strong performance in 2013.
Equity Awards for 2013
The following restricted stock unit awards (RSUs), which will be reported in our 2015 proxy statement as 2014 compensation, were granted in February 2014 upon approval by the Compensation Committee:
Corporate Performance Award | Discretionary Award | Cumulative Award | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Name |
# of RSUs | Grant Date Fair Value |
# of RSUs | Grant Date Fair Value |
Total Grant Date Fair Value |
Total Grant Date Value as % of Target Award |
||||||||||||||||||
Thomas Shara |
6,284 | $ | 70,313 | 18,096 | $ | 202,500 | $ | 272,813 | 101 | % | ||||||||||||||
Joseph Hurley |
2,373 | $ | 26,553 | 6,651 | $ | 74,425 | $ | 100,978 | 99 | % | ||||||||||||||
Robert Vandenbergh |
2,831 | $ | 31,678 | 7,935 | $ | 88,790 | $ | 120,468 | 99 | % | ||||||||||||||
Ronald Schwarz |
1,589 | $ | 17,780 | 4,724 | $ | 52,868 | $ | 67,561 | 104 | % | ||||||||||||||
Louis Luddecke |
1,520 | $ | 17,003 | 4,518 | $ | 50,558 | $ | 67,350 | 104 | % |
The restricted stock units granted to each NEO will vest 100% on the third anniversary of the grant date, provided that Lakeland has achieved pre-established performance metrics over a three year period and the executive remains employed by the Company. For each year that Lakeland does not achieve the performance metrics, one-third of the unvested shares covered by the restricted stock unit will be forfeited.
Other Elements of Compensation for Executive Officers.
In order to attract and retain qualified executives, we provide executives with a variety of benefits and perquisites, consisting primarily of retirement benefits through our 401(k) and various retirement plans, executive life insurance, and the use of automobiles. Details of the values of these benefits and perquisites may be found in the footnotes and narratives to the Summary Compensation Table. Lakeland has also entered into Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreements with Mr. Shara and Mr. Vandenbergh. See Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements with Executive Officers.
Employment and Other Agreements.
Our agreements with the Named Executive Officers are described later in this proxy statement. See Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements with Executive Officers.
-131-
Table of Contents
Compliance with Sections 162(m) and 409A of the Internal Revenue Code
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code denies a deduction to any publicly held corporation for compensation paid to certain covered employees in a taxable year to the extent that compensation exceeds $1,000,000 for a covered employee. Certain performance-based compensation that has been approved by our shareholders is not subject to this limitation. As a result, stock options and certain restricted stock and restricted stock units granted under our Equity Compensation Program are not subject to the limitations of Section 162(m). See Proposal 3, Approval of Material Terms of Performance Goals Pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.
It is our intention to maintain our executive compensation arrangements in conformity with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, which imposes certain restrictions on deferred compensation arrangements.
Clawback Policies
Compensation recovery policies, or clawbacks, began to be used with the enactment of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in 2002, which required that in the event of any restatement based on executive misconduct, public companies must recoup incentives paid to the companys CEO and CFO within 12 months preceding the restatement. The Companys CEO and CFO are currently subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley clawback provision which is set forth in Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and provides that if an issuer is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance of the issuer, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, the CEO and CFO shall reimburse the issuer for any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation received, and any profits realized from the sale of the securities of the issuer, during the year following issuance of the original financial report.
In addition, the Compensation Committee intends to fully comply with the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act regarding this issue once rulemaking has been completed with respect to these provisions. Until formal guidance is available, the Compensation Committee will address any situation that may arise and determine the proper and appropriate course of action in fairness to shareholders and award recipients.
-132-
Table of Contents
Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation
The following table sets forth, for the three years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, a summary of the compensation earned by Thomas J. Shara, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Joseph F. Hurley, our Chief Financial Officer, and our three other most highly compensated executive officers for 2013. We refer to the executive officers named in this table as the Named Executive Officers. None of the Named Executive Officers received option awards during the years presented in the table.
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
Name and Principal Position |
Year | Salary ($) |
Bonus ($) |
Stock Awards ($) |
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($) |
Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($) |
All
Other Compensation ($) |
Total ($) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Thomas J. Shara, President and Chief Executive Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and CEO of Lakeland Bank |
|
2013
2012
2011 |
|
|
600,000
550,000
500,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
281,359
187,538
210,094 |
|
|
96,220
|
|
|
102,047
105,609
75,711 |
|
|
37,505
34,674
37,334 |
|
|
1,117,131
877,821
823,039 |
| ||||||||
Joseph F. Hurley, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank |
|
2013
2012
2011 |
|
|
284,981
276,462
266,769 |
|
|
43,825
|
|
|
65,738
79,484
93,958 |
|
|
56,763
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,454
28,522
28,581 |
|
|
435,935
428,293
389,308 |
| ||||||||
Robert A. Vandenbergh, Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Regional President of Lakeland Bank |
|
2013
2012
2011 |
|
|
340,039
330,154
318,461 |
|
|
|
|
|
149,308
105,088
128,650 |
|
|
69,213
|
|
|
91,941
92,669
73,354 |
|
|
36,031
35,061
32,047 |
|
|
686,532
562,972
552,512 |
| ||||||||
Ronald E. Schwarz Executive Vice President and Chief Retail Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank |
|
2013
2012
2011 |
|
|
250,250
240,462
230,461 |
|
|
33,135
|
|
|
49,703
58,977
69,930 |
|
|
48,115
|
|
|
|
|
|
27,878
26,479
26,129 |
|
|
375,947
359,053
326,520 |
| ||||||||
Louis E. Luddecke Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer of Lakeland Bancorp and Lakeland Bank |
|
2013
2012
2011 |
|
|
233,307
233,423
226,423 |
|
|
31,616
|
|
|
48,459
57,833
69,458 |
|
|
45,611
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,743
27,032
31,138 |
|
|
363,120
349,904
327,019 |
|
In the table above:
| When we refer to amounts under Stock Awards, we are referring to the aggregate grant date fair value in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The stock awards in the table for each year were based on the prior years performance. See the Compensation Discussion and Analysis for a |
-133-
Table of Contents
description of restricted stock units granted in February 2014 based on 2013 performance. These restricted stock units vest over a three year period based on continued service and the satisfaction of specified performance goals. The amount under Stock Awards for Mr. Luddecke also includes $1,035 representing the value of 92 shares of common stock granted to Mr. Luddecke as a service award. |
| When we refer to Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings, we are referring to the aggregate change in the present value of Mr. Sharas and Mr. Vandenberghs accumulated benefits for 2013 under their respective Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans. |
All Other Compensation for 2013 includes the following:
| For Mr. Shara, $5,300 for the use of an automobile, $2,660 for premiums for group term life insurance for Mr. Sharas benefit, $15,243 for cash dividends paid on restricted stock, $6,652 for the annual contribution to the Companys profit sharing plan on behalf of Mr. Shara, and a contribution of $7,650 to the Companys 401(k) Plan on behalf of Mr. Shara to match a pre-tax deferral contribution (included under Salary) made by Mr. Shara to that Plan; |
| For Mr. Hurley, $4,938 for the use of an automobile, $4,448 for premiums for group term life insurance for Mr. Hurleys benefit, $5,559 for cash dividends paid on restricted stock, $6,763 for the annual contribution to the Companys profit sharing plan on behalf of Mr. Hurley, and a contribution of $6,746 to the Companys 401(k) Plan on behalf of Mr. Hurley to match a pre-tax deferral contribution (included under Salary) made by Mr. Hurley to that Plan; |
| For Mr. Vandenbergh, $7,624 for the use of an automobile, $5,181 for premiums for group term life insurance for Mr. Vandenberghs benefit, $8,666 for cash dividends paid on restricted stock, $6,911 for the annual contribution to the Companys profit sharing plan on behalf of Mr. Vandenbergh, and a contribution of $7,650 to the Companys 401(k) Plan on behalf of Mr. Vandenbergh to match a pre-tax deferral contribution (included under Salary) made by Mr. Vandenbergh to that Plan; |
| For Mr. Schwarz, $6,532 for the use of an automobile, $2,938 for premiums for group term life insurance for Mr. Schwarzs benefit, $4,115 for cash dividends paid on restricted stock, $6,643 for the annual contribution to the Companys profit sharing plan on behalf of Mr. Schwarz, and a contribution of $7,650 to the Companys 401(k) Plan on behalf of Mr. Schwarz to match a pre-tax deferral contribution (included under Salary) made by Mr. Schwarz to that Plan; and |
| For Mr. Luddecke, $6,570 for the use of an automobile, $5,260 for premiums for group term life insurance for Mr. Luddeckes benefit, $4,077 for cash dividends paid on restricted stock, $6,984 for the annual contribution to the Companys profit sharing plan on behalf of Mr. Luddecke, a contribution of $7,650 to the Companys 401(k) Plan on behalf of Mr. Luddecke to match a pre-tax deferral contribution (included under Salary) made by Mr. Luddecke to that Plan and $5,201 paid to Mr. Luddecke as disability benefits. |
The Company has a Profit Sharing Plan for all eligible employees. The Companys annual contribution to the plan is determined by its Board of Directors. Annual contributions are allocated to participants on a point basis for years of service and salary, with accumulated benefits payable at retirement, or, at the discretion of the plan committee, upon termination of employment. Contributions made by the Company on behalf of the Named Executive Officers are included in the table above under All Other Compensation.
-134-
Table of Contents
Grant of Plan Based Awards
During 2013, the only equity incentive plan awards to our Named Executive Officers were restricted stock awards granted in February 2013 based on 2012 performance. The information in the table below under columns (b), (i) and (l) pertain to these grants. The Named Executive Officers did not receive option awards in 2013. Our Named Executive Officers earned non-equity incentive plan awards for 2013 in the form of cash. These cash payments were made in March 2014 and, in accordance with SEC rules, are included in the Summary Compensation Table under Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation for 2013. The information in the table below under columns (c), (d) and (e) pertain to these cash incentive awards. The amounts in the columns under Estimated Possible Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards are denominated in dollars, although the applicable payouts were made in grants of restricted stock awards under the Companys 2009 Equity Compensation Program. For a description of the Companys 2013 incentive compensation plan, including the various performance targets, and the payouts that were made, see the Compensation Discussion and Analysis.
Grant Date(b) |
All other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stock or Units (#)(i) |
Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)(l) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Name (a) |
Estimated Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards |
Estimated Possible Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Threshold ($)(c) |
Target ($)(d) |
Maximum ($)(e) |
Threshold ($)(f) |
Target ($)(g) |
Maximum ($)(h) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Thomas J. Shara |
2/1/2013 | 39,000 | 90,000 | 135,000 | 131,756 | 247,500 | 275,000 | 28,710 | 281,359 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Joseph F. Hurley |
2/1/2013 | 23,938 | 54,859 | 79,795 | 54,373 | 97,300 | 120,842 | 6,708 | 65,738 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Robert A. Vandenbergh |
2/1/2013 | 28,563 | 65,458 | 95,211 | 70,696 | 132,800 | 165,438 | 15,235 | 149,308 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Ronald E. Schwarz |
2/1/2013 | 20,020 | 45,045 | 70,070 | 40,576 | 72,600 | 90,166 | 5,072 | 49,703 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Louis E. Luddecke |
2/1/2013 | 18,665 | 41,995 | 65,326 | 39,313 | 70,350 | 87,372 | 4,839 | 47,424 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Louis E. Luddecke |
10/1/2013 | 92 | 1,035 |
As the Company was not prohibited from paying Named Executive Officers cash bonuses for the majority of 2012 (having redeemed the remaining outstanding shares of Lakelands Fixed Rate Perpetual Preferred Stock and the Warrant that had been issued to the U.S. Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program in February 2012), the Company paid Messrs. Hurley, Schwarz and Luddecke cash bonus awards for their 2012 service. (See the 2012 Bonus column in the Summary Compensation Table). Therefore, the Grant Date Fair Value of Stock Awards (column (l) in the table above) for these individuals is less than the Estimated Possible Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards Target (in column (g)).
-135-
Table of Contents
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2013
The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, information regarding option awards and stock awards outstanding at December 31, 2013. As of that date, all stock options held by the Named Executive Officers were exercisable. The vesting dates applicable to each stock award that was not vested on December 31, 2013 are described following the table. At December 31, 2013, the Named Executive Officers did not hold any other equity awards.
Option Awards | Stock Awards | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Name (a) |
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable (b) |
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Non-Exercisable (c) |
Option Exercise Price($) (e) |
Option Expiration Date (f) |
Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested (#) (g) |
Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested ($) (h) |
||||||||||||||||||
Thomas J. Shara |
| | | | 60,536 | 748,830 | ||||||||||||||||||
Joseph F. Hurley |
|
12,763 12,155 |
|
|
|
13.48 12.91 |
|
|
12/07/2014 12/13/2015 |
|
21,153 | 261,663 | ||||||||||||
Robert A. Vandenbergh |
|
12,763 12,155 |
|
|
|
13.48 12.91 |
|
|
12/07/2014 12/13/2015 |
|
34,150 | 422,436 | ||||||||||||
Ronald E. Schwarz |
| | | | 15,686 | 194,036 | ||||||||||||||||||
Louis E. Luddecke |
|
12,763 12,155 |
|
|
|
13.48 12.91 |
|
|
12/07/2014 12/13/2015 |
|
15,495 | 191,673 |
In the table above, we are disclosing:
| in column (b), the number of shares of our Common Stock underlying unexercised stock options that were exercisable as of December 31, 2013; |
| in column (c), the number of shares of our Common Stock underlying unexercised stock options that were non-exercisable as of December 31, 2013; |
| in columns (e) and (f), respectively, the exercise price and expiration date for each stock option that was outstanding as of December 31, 2013; |
| in column (g), the number of shares of our Common Stock covered by stock awards that were not vested as of December 31, 2013; and |
| in column (h), the aggregate market value as of December 31, 2013 of the stock awards referenced in column (g). |
In calculating the market values of restricted stock in the table above, we have multiplied the closing market price of our Common Stock on the last trading day in 2013, which was $12.37, by the applicable number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Named Executive Officers stock awards. The following summarizes by individual grants the total number of restricted shares for each Named Executive Officer in column (g):
| The 60,536 shares underlying Mr. Sharas restricted stock awards vest as follows: 9,992 shares vested on January 25, 2014, 8,826 shares vested on January 30, 2014, 8,825 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 12,920 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 2,222 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 12,920 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 1,960 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 2,871 shares vest on February 1, 2018. |
| The 21,153 shares underlying Mr. Hurleys restricted stock awards vest as follows: 4,469 shares vested on January 25, 2014, 3,741 shares vested on January 30, 2014, 672 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 3,741 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 3,019 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 991 shares vested on January 25, 2016, 3,019 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 831 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 670 shares vest on February 1, 2018. |
-136-
Table of Contents
| The 34,150 shares underlying Mr. Vandenberghs restricted stock awards vest as follows: 6,120 shares vested on January 25, 2014, 4,946 shares vested on January 30, 2014, 446 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 4,946 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 6,856 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 1,359 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 6,856 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 1,098 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 1,523 shares vest on February 1, 2018. |
| The 15,686 shares underlying Mr. Schwarzs restricted stock awards vest as follows: 3,325 shares vested on January 25, 2014, 2,775 shares vested on January 30, 2014, 382 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 2,775 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 2,282 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 740 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 2,282 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 617 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 508 shares vest on February 1, 2018. |
| The 15,495 shares underlying Mr. Luddeckes restricted stock awards vest as follows: 3,303 shares vested on January 25, 2014, 2,721 shares vested on January 30, 2014, 572 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 2,721 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 2,178 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 734 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 2,178 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 605 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 483 shares vest on February 1, 2018. |
Options Exercised and Stock Awards Vested
The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, information regarding stock options exercised during 2013 and stock awards vested during 2013. The phrase value realized on exercise represents the difference between the market price on the date of exercise minus the exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in column (b). The phrase value realized on vesting represents the number of shares of Common Stock set forth in column (d) multiplied by the market price of our Common Stock on the date on which the Named Executive Officers stock award vested.
Option Awards | Stock Awards | |||||||||||||||
Name (a) |
Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) (b) |
Value Realized on Exercise ($) (c) |
Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#) (d) |
Value Realized on Vesting ($) (e) |
||||||||||||
Thomas J. Shara |
| | 9,993 | 98,731 | ||||||||||||
Joseph F. Hurley |
| | 7,493 | 74,031 | ||||||||||||
Robert A. Vandenbergh |
12,763 | 4,084 | 8,123 | 80,255 | ||||||||||||
Ronald E. Schwarz |
| | 5,048 | 49,874 | ||||||||||||
Louis E. Luddecke |
| | 5,874 | 58,035 |
-137-
Table of Contents
Pension Plans
The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, information regarding the benefits payable under each of our plans that provides for payments or other benefits at, following, or in connection with such Named Executive Officers retirement. In accordance with the SECs rules, the following table does not provide information regarding tax-qualified defined contribution plans or nonqualified defined contribution plans.
Name (a) |
Plan Name (b) |
Number of Years of Credited Service (#) (c) |
Present Value
of Accumulated Benefit ($) (d) |
Payments During Last Fiscal Year ($) (e) | ||||
Thomas J. Shara | Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan |
Not Applicable | 469,653 | | ||||
Joseph F. Hurley | | | | | ||||
Robert A. Vandenbergh | Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan |
Not Applicable | 397,384 | | ||||
Ronald E. Schwarz | | | | | ||||
Louis E. Luddecke | | | | |
In the table above:
| when we use the phrase present value of accumulated benefit, we are referring to the actuarial present value of the Named Executive Officers accumulated benefits under the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans, calculated as of December 31, 2013; and |
| column (e) refers to the dollar amount of payments and benefits, if any, actually paid or otherwise provided to the Named Executive Officer during 2013 under our pension plans. |
See Employment Agreements and other Arrangements with Executive Officers for a description of various agreements with the Named Executive Officers.
Deferred Compensation
The following table sets forth, for each of the Named Executive Officers, information regarding each defined contribution plan that we maintain and each other plan that we maintain that provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax-qualified.
Name (a) |
Executive Contributions in 2013 ($) (b) |
Registrant Contributions in 2013 ($) (c) |
Aggregate Earnings in 2013 ($) (d) |
Aggregate Withdrawals/ Distributions ($) (e) |
Aggregate Balance at December 31, 2013 ($) (f) | |||||
Thomas J. Shara | | | | | | |||||
Joseph F. Hurley | | | | | | |||||
Robert A. Vandenbergh | | | 31,737 | 21,069 | 339,108 | |||||
Ronald E. Schwarz | | | | | | |||||
Louis E. Luddecke | | | | | |
In the table above:
| when we refer to the term earnings, we are referring to the aggregate interest or other earnings accrued to the Named Executive Officers account during 2013; |
-138-
Table of Contents
| the amount included in column (d) of this table is also included under the column All Other Compensation in the Summary Compensation Table set forth above (the amount in column (e) was paid out of the amount set forth in column (d)); and |
| the amount included in column (f) of this table was not included in our Summary Compensation Table in any prior years proxy statement or in the Summary Compensation Table set forth above. |
The National Bank of Sussex County (NBSC) entered into a salary continuation agreement during 1996 with Mr. Vandenbergh, its president, which entitled him to certain payments upon his retirement. As part of the merger of the Company and NBSCs parent (High Point Financial Corp.) in July 1999, the Company placed in trust amounts equal to the present value of the amounts that would be owed to Mr. Vandenbergh in his retirement. This amount was $381,000. The earnings for 2013 were $31,737 and the aggregate balance of the trust at December 31, 2013 was $339,108. We have no further obligation to pay additional amounts pursuant to this agreement. The $21,069 withdrawn in 2013 was used to pay the premium for additional life insurance and trustee fees for Mr. Vandenbergh. In December 2008, the salary continuation agreement with Mr. Vandenbergh was amended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
NBSC also provided Mr. Vandenbergh with a split dollar life insurance death benefit, pursuant to which his beneficiary will receive an amount equal to three times his last salary. The one time premium for such insurance was paid prior to 2013.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table gives information about the Companys common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options under the Companys Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Compensation Program and the Companys Amended and Restated 2009 Equity Compensation Program as of December 31, 2013. These plans were the Companys only equity compensation plans in existence as of December 31, 2013. The 2009 Equity Compensation Program is the successor to the 2000 Equity Compensation Program, and no additional awards will be granted under the 2000 Equity Compensation Program. No warrants or rights may be granted, or are outstanding, under the 2000 or the 2009 Equity Compensation Programs.
Plan Category |
(a) Number Of Securities To Be Issued Upon Exercise Of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights |
(b) Weighted-Average Exercise Price Of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights |
(c) Number Of Securities Remaining Available For Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected In Column (a)) |
|||||||||
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders |
647,561 | 12.05 | 1,793,701 | |||||||||
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Shareholders |
| | | |||||||||
TOTAL |
647,561 | 12.05 | 1,793,701 |
The number in column (a) does not include a total of 92,339 shares of Lakeland common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of options assumed in the Somerset Hills merger with a weighted average exercise price of $7.52.
Employment Agreements and Other Arrangements with Named Executive Officers
Thomas J. Shara joined the Company as President and Chief Executive Officer of Lakeland and Lakeland Bank on April 2, 2008. On May 22, 2008, Lakeland, Lakeland Bank and Mr. Shara executed an Employment Agreement (the Employment Agreement) and a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement (the SERP). Both the Employment Agreement and the SERP are effective as of April 2, 2008. (As previously
-139-
Table of Contents
disclosed, Mr. Vandenbergh was named Regional President of Lakeland Bank in January 2013 and Mr. McClure was named Co-Regional President of Lakeland Bank with Mr. Vandenbergh upon the closing of the mergers with Somerset Hills Bancorp and Somerset Hills Bank on May 31, 2013. Mr. Shara currently serves as President and Chief Executive Officer of Lakeland Bank and Lakeland Bancorp.)
The Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Shara will be employed as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Lakeland Bank for a term commencing on April 2, 2008 (the Effective Date) and expiring on April 1, 2011 (the Initial Term). The Initial Term will automatically be extended for an additional one year period on each anniversary date of the Effective Date, unless on or before each such anniversary date either party provides written notice to the other of its (or his) intent not to extend the then current term, provided, however, that on and after the 15th anniversary of the Effective Date, if Mr. Shara remains employed, his employment will be on an at-will basis. The Initial Term and any renewal period through the 15th anniversary of the Effective Date collectively are referred to as the Term.
The Employment Agreement further provides that Mr. Shara will be nominated for election (i) as a member of Lakeland Banks Board of Directors at each annual meeting of the sole shareholder of Lakeland Bank occurring during the Term and (ii) as a member of the Companys Board of Directors at each annual meeting of shareholders of the Company at which Mr. Sharas term as a director of the Company expires occurring during the Term. Mr. Shara initially was appointed to the Lakeland Bank Board and the Company Board on April 2, 2008, and was nominated to stand for election at the Companys 2008 annual meeting of shareholders for a term of two years, at which he was so elected. He was nominated and elected for a three year term at the 2010 Annual Meeting and at the 2013 Annual Meeting.
The Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Shara will receive a base salary of not less than $400,000 per year. He will participate in the executive bonus program as approved annually by the Companys Board. Upon joining the Company on April 2, 2008, Mr. Shara received a restricted stock award of 60,000 shares, which vested in 25% increments on December 1, 2009, December 1, 2010, December 1, 2011 and December 1, 2012. The Employment Agreement also provides that Mr. Shara will be entitled to participate in all employee benefit plans or programs, including without limitation the 401(k) Plan and Profit Sharing Plan, and to receive all benefits and perquisites, including without limitation an automobile, which are approved by the Boards of the Company and Lakeland Bank and are generally made available to executive officers of the Company, to the extent permissible under the general terms and provisions of such plans or programs.
The Employment Agreement provides that if Mr. Sharas employment is terminated during the Term by the Company without Cause (as contractually defined) or Mr. Shara resigns for Good Reason (as contractually defined), Mr. Shara will receive a severance payment equal to 36 months of his annual base salary at the rate in effect as of the termination date. In addition, all of Mr. Sharas restricted shares and stock options (to the extent not already vested) will become fully vested, and he will be permitted to exercise any such option for the period specified in the Companys equity compensation plan as in effect at such time. He will also be entitled to the continuation of certain medical benefits. However, if within 90 days following a Change in Control (as contractually defined), Mr. Sharas employment is terminated without Cause or he resigns for Good Reason, then he will receive a severance payment equal to three times the sum of (a) an amount equal to his annual base salary at the rate in effect as of the termination date, plus (b) an amount equal to the highest annual bonus paid to Mr. Shara during the last three years prior to the his termination date.
The Employment Agreement provides that in the event it is determined that any payment or benefit made or provided by the Company or Lakeland Bank pursuant to the terms of the Employment Agreement or otherwise would be subject to the excise tax (the Excise Tax) imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code, then Mr. Shara will be entitled to receive an additional payment from the Company (a Gross-Up Payment) such that the net amount received by Mr. Shara after deduction of such Excise Tax and any federal, state and local income tax, penalties, interest and Excise Tax upon the Gross-Up Payment will be equal to the payments otherwise payable to him under the terms of the Employment Agreement. Mr. Shara also agrees in the
-140-
Table of Contents
Employment Agreement not to compete with Lakeland Banks business for a 12 month period following termination of employment in a geographic area equal to 20 miles from any of Lakeland Banks branches at the time of Mr. Sharas termination of employment.
The SERP provides that Mr. Shara will receive a normal retirement benefit of $150,000 per year for 15 years upon termination of his employment after the normal retirement age of 65. The benefit will be paid in monthly payments of $12,500 each. The SERP further provides that if, prior to a Change in Control, Mr. Shara resigns his employment with the Company or Lakeland Bank for Good Reason, his employment with the Company or Lakeland Bank terminates due to disability, or his employment with the Company or Lakeland Bank is terminated by the Company or Lakeland Bank other than for Cause, he will receive the same benefit of $150,000 per year for 15 years, payable in monthly payments of $12,500 each, commencing with the month following Mr. Sharas 65th birthday. If Mr. Shara is employed by the Company or Lakeland Bank at the time of a Change in Control, he will receive the same benefit, beginning with the month following his 65th birthday. If Mr. Shara should die while employed, his beneficiary will receive the same monthly payment described above for the period specified, except that such payments will commence within 60 days of receipt of a death certificate. If Mr. Shara should die after the benefit payments have commenced but before receiving all such payments, the Company will pay the remaining benefits to his beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to Mr. Shara had he survived. The SERP provides that Mr. Shara is not entitled to any benefit under the SERP if (i) the Company terminates his employment for Cause, or (ii) he resigns his employment with the Company other than for Good Reason prior to the earlier of attaining age 65 or a Change in Control. Amounts payable under the SERP are subject to the same gross up provisions as are applicable under the Employment Agreement. Amounts payable under both the Employment Agreement and the SERP may be delayed in order to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
Lakeland and Lakeland Bank also entered into agreements, dated March, 2001 and as amended by agreements dated March 10, 2003, with each of Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Luddecke (each, an Executive) providing for certain terms and conditions of their employment in the event of a change in control (each a Change in Control Agreement). Under such Change in Control Agreements, the term of each Executives employment becomes fixed for a period (the contract period) ending on the earlier of the Executives death, attainment of age 65, or the second anniversary of the date of such change in control. During the contract period, each Executive is to be employed in the same position as held by him immediately prior to such event, and is entitled to base salary equal to the annual salary in effect immediately prior to the change in control and bonus equal to the highest annual bonus paid during the three most recent fiscal years prior to the change in control. In addition, during the contract period, each Executive is entitled to certain other benefits and perquisites as in effect as of the change in control. If during the contract period, an Executives employment is terminated without cause, or he resigns for good reason (each as defined in the Change in Control Agreement), he will be entitled to continued life and health insurance benefits for the balance of the contract period and a lump sum cash payment equal to two times the sum of his highest salary and bonus paid to him during any of the three most recent calendar years prior to the change in control. For purposes of each Change in Control Agreement, the term change in control has the same meaning as under the Equity Compensation Program. Each Change in Control Agreement contains confidentiality and non-compete covenants in favor of Lakeland. Mr. Luddecke attained age 65 in November 2011, at which time his Change in Control Agreement expired pursuant to its terms.
In December 2008, the Change in Control Agreements with each of Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Luddecke were amended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. The amendments provide for a six month payment delay and interest paid during that six month payment delay period, in accordance with Section 409A.
Lakeland and Lakeland Bank entered into a Change in Control Agreement with Mr. Schwarz, dated as of June 12, 2009, which contains provisions comparable to those contained in the Change in Control Agreements for Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Luddecke.
-141-
Table of Contents
The Company entered into a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) agreement, dated December 23, 2008, with Mr. Vandenbergh. The SERP provides that Mr. Vandenbergh will receive a normal retirement benefit of $90,000 per year for 10 years upon termination of his employment after the normal retirement age of 65. The benefit will be paid in monthly payments of $7,500 each. The SERP further provides that if, prior to a change in control Mr. Vandenbergh resigns his employment with the Company or Lakeland Bank for Good Reason (as defined), his employment with the Company or Lakeland Bank terminates due to disability or his employment with the Company or Lakeland Bank is terminated by the Company or Lakeland Bank other than for Cause (as defined), he will receive the same benefit of $90,000 per year for 10 years, payable in monthly payments of $7,500 each, commencing with the month following Mr. Vandenberghs 65th birthday. If Mr. Vandenbergh is employed by the Company or Lakeland Bank at the time of a change in control, he will receive the same benefit, beginning with the month following his 65th birthday. If Mr. Vandenbergh should die while employed, his beneficiary will receive the same monthly payment described above for the period specified, except that such payments will commence within 60 days of receipt of a death certificate. If Mr. Vandenbergh should die after the benefit payments have commenced but before receiving all such payments, the Company will pay the remaining benefits to his beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to Mr. Vandenbergh had he survived. The SERP provides that Mr. Vandenbergh is not entitled to any benefit under the SERP if (i) the Company terminates his employment for Cause, or (ii) he resigns his employment with the Company other than for Good Reason prior to the earlier of attaining age 65 or a change in control. Amounts payable under the SERP may be delayed in order to comply with Section 409A.
-142-
Table of Contents
The following table provides information as to the amounts that would have been payable to the Named Executive Officers if they had terminated employment in the circumstances described in the table:
Named Executive Officer |
Termination by Company Without Cause or Resignation by Executive for Good Reason (before a Change In Control) |
Termination by Company Without Cause or Resignation by Executive for Good Reason (after a Change In Control) |
||||||
Thomas J. Shara |
||||||||
Cash severance |
$ | 1,800,000 | (1) | $ | 1,800,000 | (2) | ||
SERP (3) |
2,250,000 | 2,250,000 | ||||||
Acceleration of Stock Options |
| | ||||||
Acceleration of Restricted Stock (4) |
748,830 | 748,830 | ||||||
Welfare Benefits (5) |
| | ||||||
Tax Gross-up |
| 2,226,073 | (6) | |||||
Automobile |
| | ||||||
Total |
$ | 4,798,830 | $ | 7,024,903 | ||||
Joseph F. Hurley |
||||||||
Cash severance |
| $ | 657,612 | (7) | ||||
SERP |
| | ||||||
Acceleration of Stock Options |
| | ||||||
Acceleration of Restricted Stock (4) |
| 261,663 | ||||||
Welfare Benefits |
| 22,060 | (8) | |||||
Tax Gross-up |
| | ||||||
Automobile (9) |
| | ||||||
Total |
| $ | 941,335 | (10) | ||||
Robert A. Vandenbergh |
||||||||
Cash severance |
| $ | 680,078 | (7) | ||||
SERP (3) |
900,000 | 900,000 | ||||||
Acceleration of Stock Options |
| | ||||||
Acceleration of Restricted Stock (4) |
| 422,436 | ||||||
Welfare Benefits |
| 22,060 | (8) | |||||
Tax Gross-up |
| | ||||||
Automobile (9) |
| | ||||||
Total |
$ | 900,000 | $ | 2,024,574 | (10) | |||
Ronald E. Schwarz |
||||||||
Cash severance |
| $ | 566,770 | (7) | ||||
SERP |
| | ||||||
Acceleration of Stock Options |
| | ||||||
Acceleration of Restricted Stock(4) |
| 194,036 | ||||||
Welfare Benefits |
| 30,082 | (8) | |||||
Tax Gross-up |
| | ||||||
Automobile (9) |
| | ||||||
Total |
| $ | 790,888 | (10) | ||||
Louis E. Luddecke |
||||||||
Cash severance |
| | ||||||
SERP |
| | ||||||
Acceleration of Stock Options |
| | ||||||
Acceleration of Restricted Stock(4) |
| 191,673 | ||||||
Welfare Benefits |
| | ||||||
Tax Gross-up |
| | ||||||
Automobile |
| | ||||||
Total |
| $ | 191,673 |
-143-
Table of Contents
(1) | The figure shows the cumulative amount of cash severance that Mr. Shara would be entitled to under the circumstances presented. The cash severance amount, which is equal to 36 months of base salary in effect as of the date of termination, is payable over a period of 12 months. |
(2) | In the event that termination of employment occurs following a Change in Control as defined in Mr. Sharas employment agreement, the cash severance amount is payable in a single lump sum. |
(3) | The SERP benefits, which are described further under Pension Plans above, are payable to Messrs. Shara and Vandenbergh in, respectively, 180 and 120 equal monthly installments of, respectively, $12,500 and $7,500 each, commencing at age 65. The same benefit is payable if Mr. Shara or Mr. Vandenbergh, respectively, terminates employment due to disability. In the event that Mr. Shara or Mr. Vandenbergh terminates employment due to death, his beneficiary is entitled to payment of the same SERP benefit, but commencing immediately following death. |
(4) | These figures represent, based on the closing price of the Companys common stock on December 31, 2013 ($12.37 per share), the aggregate value of outstanding shares of restricted stock awarded to each officer, the vesting of which would accelerate in the event of an involuntary termination of such officers employment under the circumstances presented. |
(5) | Mr. Shara has the right to purchase continued coverage under the Companys group health plan, if permitted by the health plan insurer, for up to three years following termination of employment under the circumstances presented, inclusive of any COBRA coverage period. |
(6) | This figure represents an estimate of the tax gross-up amount Mr. Shara would be entitled to under his employment agreement to the extent that the payments or benefits to which he becomes entitled would be subject to a 20% excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Such estimate is based on a number of assumptions, including that the full value of the restricted stock that vests would be considered a change in control payment for purposes of the excise tax. Facts and circumstances at the time of any change in control transaction and termination thereafter as well as changes in Mr. Sharas compensation history preceding such a transaction could materially impact whether and to what extent an excise tax would be imposed and therefore the amount of any potential tax gross-up. For purposes of performing these calculations, we have made the following additional assumptions: an individual effective tax rate of 48.22% (composed of a federal tax rate of 39.60%, a New Jersey state tax rate of 8.97% and FICA/FUTA of 2.35%), and 120% Applicable Federal Semi-annual long-term Rate (AFR) as of December 2013 of 3.95%). AFR is applicable in determining the value of accelerating the vesting of the SERP benefit for purposes of computing the excise tax. |
(7) | For each of Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Schwarz, the cash severance payable under the circumstances presented is equal to two times the individuals highest aggregate annual salary and bonus compensation for any of the three calendar years preceding a Change in Control (as defined in their respective Change in Control Agreements), and is payable in a single lump sum. The figures presented above are based on salary and bonus compensation for the year ended December 31, 2013. |
(8) | Each of Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Schwarz is entitled to continued medical and hospital insurance, disability insurance and life insurance for the remainder of the applicable Contract Period under their respective Change in Control Agreements, which begins on the day immediately preceding a Change in Control and ends on the earlier of (i) the second anniversary of the Change in Control, (ii) the individuals attainment of age 65, or (iii) the individuals death. The figures presented above assume that such coverages will continue for two years. |
(9) | Each of Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Schwarz has the right, in the event of an involuntary termination without cause or a resignation for good reason following a Change in Control, to purchase from the Company, at book value price, the automobile, if any, that was provided to him while employed by the Company. |
(10) | Payments due each of Messrs. Hurley, Vandenbergh and Schwarz under their respective Change in Control Agreements are subject to reduction to the extent necessary to ensure that no portion of the payments they are to receive under their Change in Control Agreements or otherwise will be non-deductible by the Company under Code Section 280G or will be subject to an excise tax under Code Section 4999. |
-144-
Table of Contents
See Deferred Compensation for a description of a salary continuation agreement with Mr. Vandenbergh.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Lakelands Compensation Committee, which is currently comprised of Janeth C. Hendershot (Chairperson), Edward B. Deutsch, Mark J. Fredericks and Robert E. McCracken, makes recommendations to the Board concerning compensation for Lakelands executive officers and directors.
Mark J. Fredericks, a director, is the President of Fredericks Fuel & Heating Service in Oak Ridge, New Jersey. During 2013, Lakeland paid Fredericks Fuel & Heating Service $143,213 for oil and related heating and air conditioning services for bank locations.
Stephen R. Tilton, Sr., a director of Lakeland, is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Fletcher Holdings, LLC, which owns a building in Little Falls, New Jersey in which Lakeland rents a branch office. During 2013, the Company paid $161,112 to Fletcher Holdings, LLC as rent and related expenses.
Lakeland Bank has made, and expects to make in the future, in the ordinary course of business, loans to directors, officers, principal shareholders and their associates. All loans to such persons were made, and will be made, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the Company or Lakeland Bank.
Compensation Committee Report
The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed with management the information provided under the caption Compensation Discussion and Analysis set forth above. Based on that review and those discussions, the Compensation Committee recommended to our Board that such Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this proxy statement.
Janeth C. Hendershot (Chairman)
Edward B. Deutsch
Mark J. Fredericks
Robert E. McCracken
-145-
Table of Contents
ITEM 12Security | Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters. |
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth information regarding the number of shares of Lakeland common stock beneficially owned as of February 1, 2014 by:
| each of Lakelands four Named Executive Officers (as defined above in Item 11Executive Compensation) who are not directors of Lakeland; |
| each of Lakelands current directors; |
| all of Lakelands current executive officers and directors as a group; and |
| each person who is known by Lakeland to beneficially own 5% or more of the Lakeland common stock, based on filings made with the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
Unless otherwise indicated, each of the named shareholders possesses sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned. Shares covered by stock options are included in the table below only to the extent that such options may be exercised by April 2, 2014. The address for each officer and director in the table is c/o Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., 250 Oak Ridge Road, Oak Ridge, New Jersey 07438.
Shares Beneficially Ownedas of February 1, 2014 |
||||||||
Shareholder |
Number | Percent | ||||||
Named Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors: |
||||||||
Joseph F. Hurley |
58,147 | (1) | 0.2 | % | ||||
Robert A. Vandenbergh |
136,952 | (2) | 0.4 | % | ||||
Ronald E. Schwarz |
37,806 | (3) | 0.1 | % | ||||
Louis E. Luddecke |
87,890 | (4) | 0.2 | % | ||||
Current Directors: |
||||||||
Bruce D. Bohuny |
65,952 | (5) | 0.2 | % | ||||
Roger Bosma |
136,597 | (6) | 0.4 | % | ||||
Mary Ann Deacon |
370,068 | (7) | 1.0 | % | ||||
Edward B. Deutsch |
162,423 | (8) | 0.4 | % | ||||
Brian Flynn |
41,911 | (9) | 0.1 | % | ||||
Mark J. Fredericks |
464,463 | (10) | 1.3 | % | ||||
Janeth C. Hendershot |
89,253 | (11) | 0.2 | % | ||||
Thomas J. Marino |
24,511 | (12) | 0.1 | % | ||||
Robert E. McCracken |
162,070 | (13) | 0.4 | % | ||||
Robert B. Nicholson, III |
103,791 | 0.3 | % | |||||
Joseph P. ODowd |
60,615 | (14) | 0.2 | % | ||||
Thomas J. Shara |
188,287 | (15) | 0.5 | % | ||||
Stephen R. Tilton, Sr. |
749,108 | (16) | 2.1 | % | ||||
All current executive officers and |
3,256,813 | (17) | 8.9 | % | ||||
5%-or-more Beneficial Owners: |
||||||||
Wellington Management Company, LLP |
3,417,939 | (18) | 9.54 | % | ||||
280 Congress Street |
||||||||
Boston, MA 02210 |
||||||||
BlackRock, Inc. |
2,168,802 | (19) | 6.10 | % | ||||
40 East 52nd Street New York, NY 10022 |
-146-
Table of Contents
(1) | Includes 24,918 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Also includes 12,943 shares subject to restricted stock awards that have not yet vested. The 12,943 shares underlying Mr. Hurleys restricted stock awards vest as follows: 672 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 3,741 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 3,019 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 991 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 3,019 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 831 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 670 shares vest on February 1, 2018. |
(2) | Includes 3,595 shares held jointly with his wife; 19,122 shares which have been allocated to Mr. Vandenbergh in the ESOP; and 24,918 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Also includes 23,084 shares subject to restricted stock awards that have not yet vested. The 23,084 shares underlying Mr. Vandenberghs restricted stock awards vest as follows: 446 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 4,946 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 6,856 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 1,359 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 6,856 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 1,098 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 1,523 shares vest on February 1, 2018. Includes 36,947 shares pledged as security for loan obligations. |
(3) | Includes 9,586 shares subject to restricted stock awards that have not yet vested. The 9,586 shares underlying Mr. Schwarzs restricted stock awards vest as follows: 382 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 2,775 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 2,282 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 740 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 2,282 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 617 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 508 shares vest on February 1, 2018. |
(4) | Includes eight shares held by Mr. Luddeckes wife and 24,918 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Also includes 9,471 shares subject to restricted stock awards that have not yet vested. The 9,471 shares underlying Mr. Luddeckes restricted stock awards vest as follows: 572 shares vest on January 26, 2015, 2,721 shares vest on January 30, 2015, 2,178 shares vest on February 1, 2015, 734 shares vest on January 25, 2016, 2,178 shares vest on February 1, 2016, 605 shares vest on January 30, 2017 and 483 shares vest on February 1, 2018. |
(5) | Includes 5,745 shares held by the Bohuny Family LLC of which Mr. Bohuny is a passive member; 469 shares held by Mr. Bohunys wife; 1,522 shares held by Mr. Bohuny as custodian for his children; and 28,940 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. Includes 7,499 shares pledged as security for loan obligations. |
(6) | Includes 85,437 shares held by Holly Bosma Living Trust of which Mr. and Mrs. Bosma are trustees; and 27,563 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. |
(7) | Includes 18,035 shares held in the name of Mary Ann Deacons husband; 241,061 shares held in the name of the Philip Deacon Limited Partnership; and 91,598 shares held by the Deacon Home Inc. Profit Sharing Plan of which Ms. Deacon is a trustee. |
(8) | Includes 29,157 shares held by the Edward B. Deutsch Holding Trust; 45,290 shares held in the name of Mr. Deutschs wife; 26,860 shares held by the Edward B. Deutsch Short Term Trust UAD 3/30/2012; and 28,724 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. |
(9) | Includes 22,050 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. |
(10) | Includes 50,504 shares owned jointly by Mr. Fredericks wife; 132,831 shares held by Mark J. Fredericks as custodian for his children; 39,286 shares held by Mark J. Fredericks as Trustee of the Keil Oil Employee Profit Sharing Plan; 32,396 shares held by Mark J. Fredericks as Trustee for the Fredericks Fuel & Heating Service Profit Sharing Plan; and 22,396 shares held by Fredericks Fuel & Heating Service of which Mark Fredericks is President. Includes 206,777 shares pledged as security for loan obligations. |
(11) | Includes 31,907 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. |
(12) | Includes 8,926 shares owned jointly by Mr. Marino and his wife; 2,392 shares held in the name of Mr. Marinos wife; and 13,074 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. |
(13) | Includes 33 shares owned jointly by Mr. McCracken and his wife; 3,846 shares held as custodian for his children; 71,358 shares held by REM, LLC of which Mr. McCracken is sole managing member; 13,833 shares held by the McCracken Family Trust, of which Mr. McCracken is a co-trustee; 20,575 shares held in the Shirley McCracken Irrevocable Trust, of which Mr. McCracken is a Trustee; and 31,907shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options. |
(14) | Includes 58,346 shares owned jointly by Mr. ODowd and his wife. |
-147-
Table of Contents
(15) | Includes 118,702 shares owned jointly by Mr. Shara and his wife; 1,801 shares held as custodian for his son; 711 shares held by a family partnership of which Mr. Shara and his wife are general partners or trustees; and 41,718 shares subject to restricted stock awards that have not yet vested. These 41,718 shares vest as follows: 8,825 shares on January 30, 2015, 12,920 shares on February 1, 2015, 2,222 shares on January 25, 2016, 12,920 shares on February 1, 2016, 1,960 shares on January 30, 2017, and 2,871 shares on February 1, 2018. All of these restricted shares may be voted, unless forfeited. |
(16) | Includes 30,165 shares held by Mr. Tiltons wife; 3,347 shares held by Chaumont Holdings, Inc. of which Mr. Tilton is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; and 47,571 shares held by the Tilton Securities LLC Profit Sharing Plan of which Mr. Tilton is the beneficiary. |
(17) | Includes an aggregate of 347,463 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options, 126,671 shares subject to restricted stock awards that have not yet vested; and 19,122 shares which have been allocated under the ESOP. |
(18) | Pursuant to a filing made by Wellington Management Company, LLP (Wellington Management) with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 14, 2014, Wellington Management, in its capacity as investment adviser, may be deemed to beneficially own 3,417,939 shares of Lakeland common stock which are held of record by clients of Wellington Management. The filing indicates that Wellington Management has shared power to vote or direct the vote with respect to 2,915,606 shares and shared dispositive power with respect to 3,417,939 shares. The filing further indicates that the clients who own the shares of record have the right to receive, or the power to direct the receipt of, dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of, such shares, and that no client is known to Wellington Management to have such right or power with respect to more than 5% of Lakeland common stock. |
(19) | Pursuant to a filing made by BlackRock, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 2014, BlackRock, Inc., a parent holding company or control person, beneficially owned 2,168,802 shares, or 6.10%, of Lakeland common stock. The filing indicates that BlackRock has sole power to vote or to direct the vote with respect to 2,086,016 shares and sole power to dispose or to direct the disposition of 2,168,802 shares. The filing identifies the following subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. as having acquired the shares being reported: BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A., BlackRock Fund Advisors, BlackRock Investment Management, LLC, BlackRock Advisors, LLC and BlackRock Asset Management Canada Limited. The filing states that various persons have the right to receive or the power to direct the receipt of dividends from, or the proceeds from the sale of Lakeland common stock, and that no one persons interest is more than 5% of the total outstanding shares of Lakeland common stock. |
Stock Ownership Guidelines for Executive Officers
During 2010, the Board, through the Compensation Committee, adopted executive officer stock ownership guidelines which established certain goals that current executive officers own or otherwise control, at a minimum, the following number of shares or share equivalents of Company stock within the next three years: for the President and Chief Executive Officer, 100,000 shares; for Senior Executive Vice Presidents, 50,000 shares; and for Executive Vice Presidents, 25,000 shares. New executive officers would be expected to attain the prescribed goals within three years from the date of promotion or joining Lakeland. The Compensation Committee periodically reviews these stock ownership goals, and has determined that all executive officers are in compliance with the prescribed guidelines.
Stock Ownership Guidelines for Directors; Adoption of Prospective Anti-Pledging Policy
Although Lakelands by-laws provide that the minimum value of Lakeland common stock to be held by directors is $1,000, during 2010, the Board adopted Corporate Guidelines which established a goal that directors own or otherwise control, at a minimum, the number of shares or share equivalents of Lakeland common stock equal to approximately five times (5x) the director annual retainer fee, with new directors attaining that goal within five years. The Compensation Committee periodically reviews this stock ownership goal, and has determined that all directors have attained the prescribed goal.
-148-
Table of Contents
In March 2013, Lakelands Board adopted an anti-pledging policy that prohibits future pledging of Lakeland common stock by Lakelands executive officers and directors. The policy does not require existing pledges to be unwound.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table gives information about the Companys common stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options under the Companys Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Compensation Program and the Companys 2009 Equity Compensation Program as of December 31, 2013. These plans were the Companys only equity compensation plans in existence as of December 31, 2013. The 2009 Equity Compensation Program is the successor to the 2000 Equity Compensation Program, and no additional awards will be granted under the 2000 Equity Compensation Program. No warrants or rights may be granted, or are outstanding, under the 2000 or the 2009 Equity Compensation Programs.
Plan Category |
(a) Number Of Securities To Be Issued Upon Exercise Of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights |
(b) Weighted-Average Exercise Price Of Outstanding Options, Warrants and Rights |
(c) Number Of Securities Remaining Available For Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected In Column(a)) |
|||||||||
Equity Compensation Plans Approved by Shareholders |
647,561 | $ | 12.05 | 1,793,701 | ||||||||
Equity Compensation Plans Not Approved by Shareholders |
| | | |||||||||
TOTAL |
647,561 | $ | 12.05 | 1,793,701 |
The number in column (a) does not include a total of 92,339 shares of Lakeland common stock that are issuable upon the exercise of options assumed in the Somerset Hills merger with a weighted average exercise price of $7.52.
ITEM 13Certain | Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
Mark J. Fredericks, a director, is the President of Fredericks Fuel & Heating Service in Oak Ridge, New Jersey. During 2013, Lakeland paid $143,213 for oil and related heating and air conditioning services for bank locations.
Stephen R. Tilton, Sr., a director of Lakeland, is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Fletcher Holdings, LLC, which owns a building in Little Falls, New Jersey in which Lakeland rents a branch office. During 2013, the Company paid $161,112 to Fletcher Holdings, LLC as rent and related expenses.
Lakeland Bank has made, and expects to make in the future, in the ordinary course of business, loans to directors, officers, principal shareholders and their associates. All loans to such persons were made, and will be made, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the Company or Lakeland Bank.
Policies and Procedures Concerning Related Party Transactions
The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has adopted written procedures governing related party transactions. The procedures provide that:
| related party transactions that have been previously approved by the full Board of Directors will not be included in the transactions that are approved by the Audit Committee; |
-149-
Table of Contents
| any single related party transaction up to $5,000 is automatically deemed to be pre-approved by the Audit Committee, which transactions are reviewed and approved at the next Audit Committee meeting; |
| either the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Audit Committee is authorized to approve, prior to payment, related party transactions over $5,000 but not exceeding $10,000, and may override any previously approved transaction; and |
| related party transactions over $10,000 must be approved, prior to payment, by a majority of the members of the Audit Committee. |
In general, the Audit Committee reviews related party transactions on a quarterly basis. By related party transaction, we mean a transaction between the Company or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and an executive officer, director or immediate family member of an executive officer or a director, on the other hand.
Board Independence
Since the adoption of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in July 2002, there has been a growing public and regulatory focus on the independence of directors. NASDAQ adopted amendments to its definition of independence. Additional requirements relating to independence are imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act with respect to members of the Audit Committee, and by the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules with respect to the Compensation Committee. The Board has determined that the members of the Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee satisfy all applicable definitions of independence. The Board has also determined that the following members of the Board satisfy the NASDAQ definition of independence: Bruce D. Bohuny, Roger Bosma, Mary Ann Deacon, Edward B. Deutsch, Brian Flynn, Mark J. Fredericks, Janeth C. Hendershot, Thomas J. Marino, Robert E. McCracken, Robert B. Nicholson, III, Joseph P. ODowd and Stephen R. Tilton, Sr.
ITEM 14Principal | Accounting Fees and Services. |
In accordance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Audit Committees charter, all audit and audit-related work and all non-audit work performed by the Companys independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP (KPMG), is approved in advance by the Audit Committee, including the proposed fees for such work. The Audit Committee is informed of each service actually rendered.
As previously reported and as described in the Companys Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 23, 2013 and filed with the SEC on December 30, 2013, on December 24, 2013, the Company appointed KPMG as the Companys independent registered public accounting firm for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2013. The effect of this action was to accelerate the previously reported appointment of KPMG so as to apply to the 2013 audit. KPMG had previously been appointed to serve as the Companys independent registered public accounting firm for its first quarter ending March 31, 2014 and its fiscal year ending December 31, 2014. Grant Thornton LLP (Grant Thornton) audited the Companys financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. The following table sets forth a summary of the fees billed or expected to be billed to the Company by (i) Grant Thornton for professional services rendered for the year ended December 31, 2012 and (ii) KPMG for professional services rendered for the year ended December 31, 2013.
Fee Category |
Fees for 2012 | Fees for 2013 | ||||||
Audit Fees |
$ | 573,688 | $ | 1,155,000 | ||||
Audit-Related Fees |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 | ||||
Tax Fees |
$ | 95,080 | $ | 75,000 | ||||
All Other Fees |
$ | 0 | $ | 0 |
Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of the aggregate fees billed or expected to be billed to the Company for the audit of the financial statements included in the Companys Annual Reports on Form 10-K for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013, and review of the financial statements included in the Companys Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q during 2012 and 2013.
-150-
Table of Contents
Audit-Related Fees. Audit-related fees consist of the aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services which are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Companys financial statements but are not reported under the immediately preceding paragraph.
Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of the aggregate fees billed or expected to be billed for tax services, principally representing advice regarding the preparation of income tax returns.
All Other Fees. All other fees consist of the aggregate fees billed for all services not covered in the immediately three preceding paragraphs.
Other Matters. The Companys Audit Committee has determined that the provision of all services provided by the Companys principal independent accountants during the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2013 is compatible with maintaining the independence of the Companys principal independent accountants.
Applicable law and regulations provide an exemption that permits certain services to be provided by the Companys outside auditors even if they are not pre-approved. The Company has not relied on this exemption at any time since the Sarbanes-Oxley Act was enacted.
-151-
Table of Contents
ITEM 15Exhibits | and Financial Statement Schedules |
(a) 1. The following portions of the Companys consolidated financial statements are set forth in Item 8 of this Annual Report:
(i) | Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. |
(ii) | Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. |
(iii) | Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. |
(iv) | Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. |
(v) | Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. |
(vi) | Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. |
(vii) | Report of Former Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. |
(a) 2. Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules are omitted as the information, if applicable, is presented in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.
(a) 3. Exhibits
2.1 | Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 28, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Somerset Hills Bancorp, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 29, 2013. |
3.1 | Registrants Restated Certificate of Incorporation, dated May 19, 2005, including Certificate of Amendment dated February 4, 2009 to Registrants Restated Certificate of Incorporation, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 9, 2009. |
3.2 | Certificate of Amendment, dated January 29, 2009, to Registrants Restated Certificate of Incorporation is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 3, 2009. |
3.3 | Registrants Amended and Restated Bylaws are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. |
10.1 | Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. Amended and Restated 2000 Equity Compensation Program is incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Registrants definitive proxy materials for its 2005 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. |
10.2 | Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. 2009 Equity Compensation Program, as Amended and Restated Effective February 27, 2014, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 28, 2014. |
10.3 | Employment AgreementChange in Control, Severance and Employment Agreement for Roger Bosma, dated as of January 1, 2000, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Roger Bosma, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999. |
-152-
Table of Contents
10.4 | Employment Agreement, dated as of April 2, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Thomas J. Shara, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 28, 2008. |
10.5 | Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement for Thomas J. Shara, effective as of April 2, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Thomas J. Shara is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on May 28, 2008. |
10.6 | Change of Control Agreement dated March 1, 2001, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Joseph F. Hurley is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000. |
10.7 | Change of Control Agreement dated March 1, 2001, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Robert A. Vandenbergh is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000. |
10.8 | Change of Control Agreement dated March 6, 2001, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Louis E. Luddecke is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000. |
10.9 | Change of Control Agreement dated March 7, 2001, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. Lakeland Bank and Jeffrey J. Buonforte is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2000. |
10.10 | Amendments to Change of Control Agreements, dated March 10, 2003, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and each of Joseph F. Hurley, Robert A. Vandenbergh, Louis E. Luddecke and Jeffrey J. Buonforte are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002. |
10.11 | Change of Control Agreement dated April 7, 2004, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. Lakeland Bank and James R. Noonan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004. |
10.12 | Lakeland Bancorp, Inc. Directors Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008. |
10.13 | Change in Control, Severance and Employment Agreement, dated as of November 24, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and David S. Yanagisawa, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008. |
10.14 | Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement for Roger Bosma, dated August 21, 2003, and First Amendment to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, adopted December 13, 2006, are incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006. |
10.15 | Second Amendatory Agreement to Change in Control Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Jeffrey J. Buonforte, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008. |
10.16 | Second Amendatory Agreement to Change in Control Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Joseph F. Hurley, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008. |
-153-
Table of Contents
10.17 | Second Amendatory Agreement to Change in Control Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Louis E. Luddecke, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008. |
10.18 | First Amendatory Agreement to Change in Control Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and James R. Noonan, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008. |
10.19 | Second Amendatory Agreement to Change in Control Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Robert A. Vandenbergh, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008. |
10.20 | Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement, effective as of December 23, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Robert A. Vandenbergh, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008. |
10.21 | Amendment No. 3 to Salary Continuation Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2008, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Robert A. Vandenbergh, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 30, 2008. |
10.22 | Change in Control Agreement, dated as of June 12, 2009, among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Ronald E. Schwarz, is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrants Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010. |
10.23 | Employment Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2013, by and among the Registrant, Lakeland Bank and Stewart E. McClure, Jr., is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 29, 2013. |
10.24 | Amendatory Agreement, dated as of January 28, 2013 to the Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, among Somerset Hills Bancorp, Somerset Hills Bank and Stewart E. McClure, Jr., is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on January 29, 2013. |
10.25 | Somerset Hills Bancorp 1998 Combined Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 3, 2013. |
10.26 | Somerset Hills Bancorp 2001 Combined Stock Option Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 3, 2013. |
10.27 | Somerset Hills Bancorp 2007 Equity Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 3, 2013. |
10.28 | Somerset Hills Bancorp 2012 Equity Incentive Plan is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registrants Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on June 3, 2013. |
10.29 | Third Amendatory Agreement to Change of Control Agreement dated October 31, 2013 among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Jeffrey J. Buonforte is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013. |
10.30 | Change of Control Agreement dated October 31, 2013 among Lakeland Bancorp, Inc., Lakeland Bank and Timothy J. Matteson is incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013. |
-154-
Table of Contents
12.1 | Statement of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges. |
21.1 | Subsidiaries of Registrant. |
23.1 | Consent of KPMG LLP. |
23.2 | Consent of Grant Thornton LLP. |
24.1 | Power of Attorney. |
31.1 | Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
31.2 | Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
32.1 | Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. |
101.INS* | XBRL Instance Document |
101.SCH* | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document |
101.CAL* | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document |
101.DEF* | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document |
101.LAB* | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document |
101.PRE* | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document |
* | Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this interactive data file is deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections. |
-155-
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
LAKELAND BANCORP, INC. | ||||||||
Dated: April 28, 2014 | By: | /S/ THOMAS J. SHARA | ||||||
Thomas J. Shara | ||||||||
President and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
Capacity |
Date | ||
/S/ ROGER BOSMA* Roger Bosma |
Director | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ BRUCE D. BOHUNY* Bruce D. Bohuny |
Director | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ MARY ANN DEACON* Mary Ann Deacon |
Director | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ EDWARD B. DEUTSCH* Edward B. Deutsch |
Director | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ BRIAN FLYNN* Brian Flynn |
Director | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ MARK J. FREDERICKS* Mark J. Fredericks |
Director | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ JANETH C. HENDERSHOT* Janeth C. Hendershot |
Director | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ THOMAS J. MARINO* Thomas J. Marino |
Director | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ ROBERT E. MCCRACKEN* Robert E. McCracken |
Director | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ ROBERT B. NICHOLSON, III* Robert B. Nicholson, III |
Director | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ JOSEPH P. ODOWD* Joseph P. ODowd |
Director | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ THOMAS J. SHARA Thomas J. Shara |
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ STEPHEN R. TILTON, SR.* Stephen R. Tilton, Sr. |
Director | April 28, 2014 | ||
/S/ JOSEPH F. HURLEY Joseph F. Hurley |
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) | April 28, 2014 |
*By: |
/S/ THOMAS J. SHARA Thomas J. Shara Attorney-in-Fact |
April 28, 2014 |
-156-